高考资料高中英语语法全附练习附答案

高考资料高中英语语法全附练习附答案

更多电子书、学习资料下载 高中英语语法教案(全套)及配套练习 ‎1. 名词 ‎ ‎　名词可以分为专有名词和普通名词，专有名词是某个（些）人，地方，机构等专有的名称，如Beijing，China等。普通名词是一类人或东西或是一个抽象概念的名词，如：book，sadness等。普通名词又可分为下面四类： ‎ ‎　 1）个体名词：表示某类人或东西中的个体，如：gun。 ‎ ‎　 2）集体名词：表示若干个个体组成的集合体，如：family。 ‎ ‎　 3）物质名词：表示无法分为个体的实物，如：air。 ‎ ‎　 4）抽象名词：表示动作、状态、品质、感情等抽象概念，如：work。 ‎ 个体名词和集体名词可以用数目来计算，称为可数名词，物质名词和抽象名词一般无法用数目计算，称为不可数名词。归纳一下，名词的分类可以下图表示： ‎ 名词 专有名词 不可数名词 ‎ 普通名词 物质名词 ‎ 抽象名词 ‎ 集体名词 ‎ 可数名词 ‎ 个体名词 ‎ ‎1.1 名词复数的规则变化 ‎ 情况 构成方法 读音 例词 ‎ 一般情况 加 -s 清辅音后读/s/ map-maps ‎ 浊辅音和元音后读 /z/ bag-bags /car-cars ‎ 以s, sh, ch, x等结尾 加 -es 读 /iz/ bus-buses/ watch-watches ‎ 以ce, se, ze,等结尾 加 -s 读 /iz/ license-licenses ‎ 以辅音字母+y结尾 变y 为i再加es 读 /z/ baby---babies ‎ ‎1.2 其它名词复数的规则变化 ‎ ‎1） 以y结尾的专有名词，或元音字母+y 结尾的名词变复数时，直接加s变复数。例如：　 ‎ ‎　 　two Marys　　　　 the Henrys ‎ ‎　　　　 monkey---monkeys　 holiday---holidays　　 ‎ ‎2） 以o 结尾的名词，变复数时： ‎ ‎　　 a. 加s，如： photo---photos　　 piano---pianos ‎ ‎　　　　　　　　 radio---radios　　 zoo---zoos； ‎ ‎　　 b. 加es，如：potato--potatoes　 tomato--tomatoes ‎ ‎　　 c. 上述a和b两种方法均可，如zero---zeros / zeroes。　 ‎ ‎3） 以f或fe 结尾的名词变复数时： ‎ ‎　　 a. 加s，如： belief---beliefs　 roof---roofs ‎ ‎　　　　　　　　 safe---safes　 gulf---gulfs； ‎ ‎　　 b. 去f,fe 加ves，如：half---halves　　 ‎ ‎　　　 knife---knives　leaf---leaves　 wolf---wolves ‎ ‎　　　 wife---wives　 life---lives　 thief---thieves； ‎ c. 上述a和b两种方法均可，如handkerchief: handkerchiefs / handkerchieves。 ‎ ‎1.3 名词复数的不规则变化 ‎ ‎1） child---children　 foot---feet　 tooth---teeth ‎ mouse---mice　　　 man---men　 woman---women　 ‎ 注意：由一个词加 man 或 woman构成的合成词，其复数形式也是 -men 和-women，如an Englishman，two Englishmen。但German不是合成词，故复数形式为Germans；Bowman是姓，其复数是the Bowmans。 ‎ ‎2） 单复同形，如deer，sheep，fish，Chinese，Japanese ，li，jin，yuan，two li，three mu，four jin等。但除人民币的元、角、分外，美元、英镑、法郎等都有复数形式。如：a dollar, two dollars; a meter, two meters。 ‎ ‎3）集体名词，以单数形式出现，但实为复数。例如： ‎ people　police　cattle 等本身就是复数，不能说 a people，a police，a cattle，但可以说a person，a policeman，a head of cattle, the English，the British，the French，the Chinese，the Japanese，the Swiss 等名词，表示国民总称时，作复数用，如The Chinese are industries and brave.　中国人民是勤劳勇敢的。 ‎ ‎4） 以s结尾，仍为单数的名词，如： ‎ a. maths，politics，physics等学科名词，一般是不可数名词，为单数。 ‎ b. news 为不可数名词。 ‎ c. the United States，the United Nations 应视为单数。 ‎ ‎　　　The United Nations was organized in 1945. 联合国是1945年组建起来的。 ‎ d. 以复数形式出现的书名，剧名，报纸，杂志名，也可视为单数。例如： ‎ ‎"The Arabian Nights" is a very interesting story-book. 《一千零一夜》是一本非常有趣的故事书。 ‎ ‎5） 表示由两部分构成的东西，如：glasses （眼镜）　trousers,　clothes等，若表达具体数目，要借助数量词 pair（对，双）;　suit（套）; a pair of glasses; two pairs of trousers等。 ‎ ‎6） 另外还有一些名词，其复数形式有时可表示特别意思，如：goods货物，waters水域，fishes（各种）鱼。　 ‎ ‎1.4 不可数名词量的表示 ‎ ‎1）物质名词 ‎ a. 当物质名词转化为个体名词时为可数。 ‎ 比较：Cake is a kind of food.　蛋糕是一种食物。 （不可数） ‎ These cakes are sweet.　这些蛋糕很好吃。 （可数） ‎ b. 当物质名词表示该物质的种类时，可数。例如： ‎ This factory produces steel.　（不可数） ‎ We need various steels.　（可数） ‎ c. 当物质名词表示份数时，可数。例如： ‎ Our country is famous for tea. 我国因茶叶而闻名。 ‎ Two teas, please. 请来两杯茶。 ‎ ‎2） 抽象名词表示具体的事例时也可数。例如： ‎ four freedoms 四大自由 the four modernizations四个现代化 ‎ 物质名词和抽象名词可以借助单位词表一定的数量，如a glass of water 一杯水/ a piece of advice　一则建议。 ‎ ‎　 ‎ ‎5. 定语名词的复数 ‎ 名词作定语一般用单数，但也有以下例外。 ‎ ‎1) 用复数作定语。例如： ‎ sports meeting 运动会 students reading-room 学生阅览室 ‎ ‎　　 talks table 谈判桌 the foreign languages department 外语系 ‎ ‎2） man, woman, gentleman等作定语时，其单复数以所修饰的名词的单复数而定。例如： ‎ ‎　　 men workers　　women teachers　　gentlemen officials ‎ ‎3） 有些原有s结尾的名词，作定语时，s保留。例如： ‎ ‎　　 goods train （货车） arms produce　武器生产 ‎ ‎　　　　 customs papers 海关文件 clothes brush 衣刷 ‎ ‎4） 数词+名词作定语时，这个名词一般保留单数形式。例如： ‎ two-dozen eggs　两打鸡蛋　 a ten-mile walk 十英里路 ‎ two-hundred trees 两百棵树 a five-year plan.　一个五年计划 ‎ ‎1.6 不同国籍人的单复数 ‎ 国籍 总称（谓语用复数） 单数 复数 ‎ 中国人 the Chinese a Chinese two Chinese ‎ 瑞士人 the Swiss a Swiss two Swiss ‎ 澳大利亚人 the Australians an Australian two Australians ‎ 俄国人 the Russians a Russian two Russians ‎ 意大利人 the Italians an Italian two Italians ‎ 希腊人 the Greek a Greek two Greeks ‎ 法国人 the French a Frenchman two Frenchmen ‎ 日本人 the Japanese a Japanese two Japanese ‎ 美国人 the Americans an American two Americans ‎ 印度人 the Indians an Indian two Indians ‎ 加拿大人 the Canadians a Canadian two Canadians ‎ 德国人 the Germans a Germans two Germans ‎ 英国人 the English an Englishman two Englishmen ‎ 瑞典人 the Swedish a Swede two Swedes ‎ ‎1.7 名词的格 ‎ ‎　　英语中有些名词可以加"'s"来表示所有关系，带这种词尾的名词形式称为该名词的所有格，如：a teacher's book。名词所有格的规则如下： ‎ ‎1） 单数名词词尾加"'s"，复数名词词尾没有s，也要加"'s"，如the boy's bag 男孩的书包，men's room 男厕所。 ‎ ‎2） 若名词已有复数词尾-s ，只加" ' "，如：the workers' struggle　工人的斗争。 ‎ ‎3） 凡不能加"'s"的名词，都可以用"名词+of +名词"的结构来表示所有关系，如：the title of the song 歌的名字。 ‎ ‎4） 在表示店铺或教堂的名字或某人的家时，名词所有格的后面常常不出现它所修饰的名词，如：the barber's 理发店。 ‎ ‎5） 如果两个名词并列，并且分别有's，则表示"分别有"；只有一个's，则表示'共有'。例如： ‎ John's and Mary's rooms（两间）　　John and Mary's room（一间） ‎ ‎6） 复合名词或短语，'s 加在最后一个词的词尾。例如：a month or two's absence ‎ ‎1.8 练习 ‎ ‎1. He was eager to make some extra money, since during these years he could hardly live on his_______. ‎ a． little wage b. few wage c. wage d. wages ‎ ‎2. Most of the houses in the village were burnt to ______ during the war. ‎ a. an ash b. the ash c. ash d. ashes ‎ ‎3. The students at colleges or universities are making ______ for the coming New Year. ‎ a.many preparations b. much preparation c. preparations d. preparation ‎ ‎4. Painting in _____ is one of their spare-time activities. ‎ a. oil b. an oil c. oils d. the oil ‎ ‎5. In the view of the foreign experts, there wasn’t ____ oil here. ‎ a. much b. lots of c. a great deal of d. many ‎ ‎6. The large houses are being painted, but ______. ‎ a. of great expense b. at a great expense c. in a lot of expenses d. by high expense ‎ ‎7. The room was small and contained far too ______. ‎ a.much new furniture c. much new furnitures ‎ b.many new furniture d. many new furnitures ‎ ‎8. Jim was late for two classes this morning. He said that he forgot both of the ______. ‎ a. rooms number b. room number c. room’s numbers d. room numbers ‎ ‎9.Computers can do ______ work in a short time, but a man can not do ______ by himself. ‎ a great many…many c. much…a great deal ‎ b. a great deal of…much d. many…a great many ‎ ‎10. She didn’t know _____ he had been given. ‎ a. how many information c. how many informations ‎ b. the number of information d. how much information ‎ ‎11. He invited all of his ______ to join his wedding party. ‎ a. comrade-in-arms c. comrades-in-arm ‎ b. comrades-in-arms d. comrade-in-arm ‎ ‎12. All the ______ in the hospital got a rise last month. ‎ a. women doctors c. woman doctors ‎ b. women doctor d. woman doctor ‎ ‎13.After ten years, all these youngsters became_____. ‎ a. growns-ups c. growns-up ‎ b. grown-up d. grown-ups ‎ ‎14.The police investigated those _____ about the accident. ‎ a. stander-by c. standers-by ‎ b. stander-bys d. standers-bys ‎ ‎15.The Nazi kept those ______ in their concentration camp. ‎ a.prisoner-of-wars c. prisoners-of-war ‎ b.prisoners-of-wars d. prisoner-of-war ‎ ‎16.The manager was greatly appreciate that _____ made by Linda lately. ‎ a. new reel b. news reel c. new-reels d. news reels ‎ ‎17.Mary’s dress is similar in appearance to her ______. ‎ a. elder sister b. elder sister’s c. elder sisters d. elder sisters dress ‎ ‎18.All the people at the conference are ______. ‎ a. mathematic teachers c. mathematics teacher ‎ b.mathematics teachers d. mathematic’s teachers ‎ ‎19.Professor Mackay told us that ______ of lead are its softness and its resistance. ‎ a. some property c. properties ‎ b. some properties d. property ‎ ‎20.Physics _____ with matter and motion. ‎ a. deal b. deals c. dealing d. are ‎ ‎21.He has written several books, but his last works _____ well known among his friends. ‎ a. have b. have been c. is d. are ‎ ‎22.After he checked up my ______ heart, the doctor advised him to rest for a few days. ‎ a. father-in-law’s c. father’s-in-law ‎ b. father-in-law d. father’s-in-law’s ‎ ‎23.He told me _____ would come to his birthday party. ‎ a. many Jack friends c. many Jack’s friend ‎ b. Jack’s many friends d. many friends of Jack’s ‎ ‎24.I had my hair cut at the _____ around the corner. ‎ a.barber b. barbers c. barber’s d. barbers’ ‎ ‎25.Yesterday evening we had a lovely evening at ______. ‎ a. Peter and Helen’s c. Peter and Helen ‎ b. Peter and Helens d. Peter’s and Helen’s ‎ ‎26.______ receives only a small portion of the total amount of the sun’s energy. ‎ a. The earth’s surface c. The surface of earth ‎ b. The surface earth d. The earth surface ‎ ‎27.Numerous materials are available to ______. ‎ a. today of designers c. today’s of designers ‎ b. today’s designers d. today designers ‎ ‎28.Why did you speak to Peter that way? Don’t you know he is an old friend of ______? ‎ a. my brother b. my brothers c. my brother’s d. my brother’s friend ‎ ‎29.______ is a well-informed man. He can tell you anything you want to know. ‎ a. This John’s old friend c. That’s Jahn’s old friend ‎ b. This old friend of John d. This old friend of John’s ‎ ‎30.______ is too much for a little boy to carry. ‎ a.A bike’s weight c. The weight of a bike ‎ b.The weights of a bike d. Bile’s weight ‎ ‎31.Generally there are ______ television programs for children on Saturday. ‎ a.little b. much c. a large number of d. a large amount of ‎ ‎32.When they got to the lecture-room, there were ______ left. ‎ a.only few seats b. a very few seats c. only a few seats d. so a few seats ‎ ‎33.______ travels faster when the zip code is indicated on the envelope. ‎ a. A little mail b. A piece of mail c. A mail d. A small mail ‎ ‎34.The Department purchased ______ to improve the working conditions there. ‎ a. a new equipment c. new equipments ‎ b. a new piece of equipment d. new pieces of equipments ‎ ‎35.The boy tried hard but there has been ______ in his work. ‎ a.little improvement c. many improvements ‎ b. a little improvement d. few improvements ‎ ‎36.Today’s modern TV cameras require ______ light as compared with the earlier models. ‎ a. only a few b. only few c. only a little d. only little ‎ ‎37.No country can afford to neglect ______. ‎ a.an education b. educations c. education d. the education ‎ ‎38.Please write the answers to the questions at the end of ______. ‎ a. eighth chapter b. chapter eight c. eight chapter d. chapter the eight ‎ ‎39.______ is only surpassed by that of monkeys’ and apes’. ‎ a.The intelligent dog c. The intelligence of dogs ‎ b.The dogs whose intelligence d. The dogs being intelligent ‎ ‎40.All ______ must take the graduate Management Admission Test. ‎ a. business student b. business’s students c. business students d. business’s student ‎ ‎41.______ anywhere in the United States costs less than a dollar when you dial it yourself. ‎ a.Three minutes call c. A three-minutes call ‎ b.Three-minute call d. A three-minute call ‎ ‎42.The ______ about nuclear energy revolves around the waste problem. ‎ a.public’s chief concern c. chief public concern ‎ b.public chief concern d. chief concern of public’s ‎ ‎43.______ the first and largest ethnic group to work on the construction of the transcontinental railroad. ‎ a. Chinese were b. The Chinese was c. Chinese was d. The Chinese were ‎ ‎44.______ can get a better view of the game than the participants. ‎ a.Looker-on b. Lookers-on c. Looker-ons c. Lookers-ons ‎ ‎45.A group of spectators was dispersed by the police who ______ at the scene of the accidents within minutes. ‎ a. were b. have been c. was d. has been ‎ ‎46.Our livestock ______ not as numerous as they used to be. ‎ a.is b. are c. be d. been ‎ ‎47.One of the most surprising things is that ______ may come from petroleum. ‎ a. much of tomorrow food c. many of tomorrow’s food ‎ b. much of the food of tomorrow d. much of tomorrow’s food ‎ ‎48.Scott is an orphan but he received ______. ‎ a.very good education c. a very good education ‎ b.very good educations d. many good educations ‎ ‎49.After several day’s hardworking, we have made ______ on the design. ‎ a. much improvement c. many improvement ‎ b. several improvements d. some improvement ‎ ‎50.The boy was very happy that his mother bought him a new pair of shoes at a ______ yesterday. ‎ a.shoes shop b. shoe shop c. shoes’s shop d. shoe’s ‎ ‎51.Eggs, though nourishing, have ______ of fat content. ‎ a.large number b. a large number c. a high amount d. the high amount ‎ ‎52.He has done some ______ on that subject from various angles over the past ten years. ‎ a.research b. a research c. researches d. the researches ‎ ‎53.Recently, he has lost all his ______. ‎ a.wage and saving at card c. wages and saving at card ‎ b.wages and savings at card d. wages and savings at cards ‎ ‎54.The country’s wealth comes chiefly from its many ______. ‎ a.herd of cattle b. heard of cattles c. herds of cattle d. herds of cattles ‎ ‎55.In Britain the ______ are all painted red. ‎ a.letter boxes b. letters box c. letters boxes d. letters’s box ‎ ‎56.Ten years had passed. I found she had ______. ‎ a.a little white hair c. a few white hair ‎ b.some white hair d. much white hair ‎ ‎57.All his ______ far from satisfaction ‎ a. conduct is b. conduct are c. conducts is d. conducts will be ‎ ‎58.Although the town had been attacked by the storm several times, ______ was done. ‎ a. a few damages b. few damages c. little damage d. a little damage ‎ ‎59.He was ______ what to do. ‎ a. at his wit end b. at his wits end c. at his wit’s end d. at his wits’s end ‎ ‎60.Would you like to have a cup of tea and ______ with me? ‎ a two toasts b. two pieces of toast c. two piece of toasts d. tow pieces of toasts ‎ ‎61.Accurate ______ covering the fact are not obtainable. ‎ a. datum b. datums c. data d. datas ‎ ‎62.On Monday morning some teachers exchanged a few ______. ‎ a. how-are-yous c. how-are-you’s ‎ b. of how-are-you’s d. of how are you ‎ ‎63.Albert said he met the girl ______ ‎ a. at his uncle’s Smith room c. at his uncle Smith’s room ‎ b. at Smith’s his uncle’s room d. at the room of his uncle’s Smith’s ‎ ‎64.It is four months since I last saw Keats ______. ‎ a. at Mrt Smith’s ,the book seller c. at my aunt’s, a book seller ‎ b. at my aunt’s, Mrs Palmer’s d. at Mrs Palmer’s, the book seller’s ‎ ‎65.This room is ______. ‎ a. the editor’s-in-chief’s office c. the editor-in-chief’s office ‎ b. the editor-in-chief office d. the editor’s-in-chief office ‎ ‎66.My old classmate, Comrade Sun ,works at ______. ‎ a. a teacher college c. a teacher’s college ‎ b. a teachers’s college d. a college of a teacher’s ‎ ‎67.The policemen put the criminal ______. ‎ a. in a iron b. into a iron c. in irons d. into a pair of iron ‎ ‎68.Our teacher gave me ______. ‎ a. an advice b. the advice c. many advice d. much advice ‎ ‎69.My mother cut the cloth with ______ scissors. ‎ a. a b. two c. a couple of d. a pair of ‎ ‎70.My house is within ______ from the railway station. ‎ a. a stone’s throw b. a throw of a stone c. stone’s throw d. the stone’s throw ‎ 附：介词练习 ‎ ‎1. She is such an irritating woman, I don’t know how you can ______ her. ‎ a. put up b. stand up to c. stand with d. put up with ‎ ‎2. To get my traveler’s check I had to ______ a special check to the bank for the total amount. ‎ a. make for b. make out c. make off d. make up ‎ ‎3. Little boys are easily ______. ‎ a. taken in b. taken away c. taken out d. taken over ‎ ‎4. The company is going to hand ______ the free samples tomorrow. ‎ a. up b. out c. on d. down ‎ ‎5. It was purely ______ chance that the mistake was discovered. ‎ a. in b. for c. by d. from ‎ ‎6. The magician picked several persons ______ from the audience and asked them to help him with the performance. ‎ a. by accident b. on occasion c. on average d. at random ‎ ‎7. I left for the office earlier than usual this morning ______ traffic jam. ‎ a. in case of b. in line with c. for the sake of d. at the risk of ‎ ‎8. Some areas, _______ their severe weather conditions, are hardly populated. ‎ a. but for b. in spite of c. due to d. with regard to ‎ ‎9. Visitors are asked to comply ______ the regulations. ‎ a. at b. in c. with d. on ‎ ‎10. He ______ so much work that he couldn’t really do it efficiently. ‎ a. put on b. took on c. brought on d. turned on ‎ ‎11.In order to save time, I ______ my shopping to once a week. ‎ a. cut off b. cut out c. cut up d. cut down ‎ ‎12.The idea has ______ that science cannot be wrong. ‎ a. piled up b. picked up c. grown up d. put up ‎ ‎13.he did everything he could to prevent if from ______ into fighting. ‎ a. breaking off b. breaking up c. breaking out d. breaking of ‎ ‎14.The construction of the new building will cost ______ 1,000,000 dollars, and it’s not easy to get so much money. ‎ a. at last b. at most c. at least d. at large ‎ ‎15.The thief ran away as fast as he could ______ the policeman. ‎ a. in sight b. within the sight of c. within sight d. at the sight of ‎ ‎16.For too long, European can makers have fought to ______ old ways and old privileges. ‎ a. hang on to b. have access to c. refer to d. see to ‎ ‎17.Whoever ______ a full night’s sleep will be more than rewarded in heightened productivity, creativity and focus. ‎ a. invests at b. invests in c. invests by d. invests with ‎ ‎18.Prior ______ his departure, he wrote a letter to his mother. ‎ a. of b. from c. to d. in ‎ ‎19.The company is very famous ______ the high quality of its products. ‎ a. in b. for c. by d. with ‎ ‎20.Once he was given a chance to improve his position in the firm, he seized it ______ both hands and is now on his way to the top. ‎ a. on b. at c. in d. with ‎ ‎21.These misfortunes almost deprived him ______ his future career. ‎ a. with b. of c. from d. beyond ‎ ‎22.I don’t ______ the expense; I want the party to be a real success. ‎ a. care for b. care about c. be in care of d. take care of ‎ ‎23.We must get the roof mended before the wet weather sets ______. ‎ a. about b. on c. up d. in ‎ ‎24.The car pulled ______ beside me and the driver asked me to way to the Great Wall. ‎ a. down b. off c. up d. out ‎ ‎25.After the war, many warships were laid ______ as they were not needed any longer. ‎ a. up b. aside c. down d. over ‎ ‎26.When the rebellion died ______ things quickly returned to normal. ‎ a. out b. away c. down d. through ‎ ‎27.I’ll pick you ______ at your college gate and take you straight to the station. ‎ a. on b. off c. out d. up ‎ ‎28.Will you please see ______ our luggage when I am away? ‎ a. to b. in c. with d. for ‎ ‎29.______ they reached the small village before dusk. ‎ a. Towards the end b. By the end c. In the end d. At the end ‎ ‎30.Mary has left the book on the table ______ purpose so that you can read it. ‎ a. with b. on c. in d. out of ‎ ‎31.That noise is getting louder because the engineers are ______ the engine to see if the plane is ready to fly. ‎ a. doing with b. running up c. turning in d. trying for ‎ ‎32.The government is looking ______ new methods of raising money without increasing taxes. ‎ a. down on b. upon c. out for d. around ‎ ‎33.Man is superior to the animals ______ he sues language to convey his thoughts. ‎ a. and that b. in that c. so that d. in order that ‎ ‎34.Not long ago, a person who I know every well was ______ an accident. ‎ a. related to b. included in c. involved in d. subject to ‎ ‎35.I ______ to him for the error. ‎ a. excused b. pardoned c. forgave d. apologized ‎ ‎36.Though we have no interests ______ common, we are good friends. ‎ a. on b. in c. for d. at ‎ ‎37.The purse has returned to the original owner ______. ‎ a. in a long time b. in a long run c. in no time d. at no time ‎ ‎38.We can’t hope to catch up with that car ______ us. ‎ a. in advance of b. in the front of c. at the frontier of d. ahead of ‎ ‎39.Some animals will modify their behavior to ______ their environment. ‎ a. adapt to b. adopt to c. suit to d. conform to ‎ ‎40.Don't ______ going abroad this summer, we may not have enough money. ‎ a. count on b. come on c. attend upon d. frown upon ‎ ‎41.Don’t suspect your daughter ______ dishonesty. ‎ a. of b. for c. with d. to ‎ ‎42.At the head of the valley we turned right and ______ the summit. ‎ a. set up b. took up c. made for d. went for ‎ ‎43.Her type of women can ______ life much more easily. ‎ a. cope with b. take advantage of c. take care of d. look after ‎ ‎44.The manager accused one of the hotel servants ______ stealing the money. ‎ a. for b. with c. of d. about ‎ ‎45.It is difficult to _____ the implication between the lines. ‎ a. get to b. get into c. get over d. get at ‎ ‎46.While living there, she ______ the local accent. ‎ a. picked on b. picked at c. picked up d. picked out ‎ ‎47.We adopted the new method _____ raising our efficiency. ‎ a. in the event of b. on account of c. with a view of d. with regard to ‎ ‎48.______ the light of what you have told me, I will say that it is he who came here yesterday. ‎ a. By b. In c. Of d. Under ‎ ‎49.They will place China in the front ranks of countries of the world ______ the output of major industrial products. ‎ a. in support of b. in connection with c. in terms of d. by means of ‎ ‎50.When they had finished playing, the children were made to ______ all the toys they had taken out. ‎ a. put off b. put away c. put up d. put out ‎ ‎51.He failed to supply the facts relevant ______ the case in question. ‎ a. for b. with c. of d. to ‎ ‎52.In Britain, and on the Continent too, the Japanese are viewed _______ a threat to domestic industries. ‎ a. like b. as c. with d. for ‎ ‎53.When Jack was eighteen he ______ going around with a strange set of people and staying out very late. ‎ a. took up b. took for c. took to d. took on ‎ ‎54.While in London, we paid a visit to the hospital founded ______ the nurse Florence Nightingale. ‎ a. in line with b. in favor of c. in place d. in honor of ‎ ‎55.A poor man has to ______ many thing which a rich man regards as almost necessaries in life. ‎ a. go through b. go without c. go over d. go about ‎ ‎56.Digital computers are practical ______ their high speed of operation. ‎ a. instead of b. because of c. regardless of d. in spite of ‎ ‎57._____ the many hours of study that he devoted to the subject, he still found the subject matter difficult. ‎ a. After b. Due to c. Despite d. As for ‎ ‎58.The early part of the concert ______ comparatively satisfactorily. ‎ a. went after b. went down c. went off d. went up ‎ ‎59.Mary is _______ her face ready for the party. ‎ a. clearing up b. holding up c. keeping up d. making up ‎ ‎60. _______ a prolonged spell of fine weather, they were able to complete the film within the month. ‎ a. As to b. Thanks to c. In relation to d. With respect to ‎ ‎61.One day people will be able to go to the moon _____ holiday. ‎ a. on b. during c. for d. in ‎ ‎62.How did it come _____ that you made a lot of mistakes in your homework? ‎ a. about b. after c. with d. to ‎ ‎63.Whatever the rule is, you may be sure he will keep _____ it. ‎ a. on b. in c. off d. to ‎ ‎64.In one firm alone over three hundred people were laid _____ during the last month. ‎ a. in b. out c. on d. off ‎ ‎65.The safety of shops ______ sea depends much on the warnings given by lighthouses. ‎ a. in b. across c. on d. at ‎ ‎66.The mass of an object is multiplied by the speed of light squared, _____ other words , the speed of light is multiplied by itself. ‎ a. by b. for c. in d. with ‎ ‎67.The new system encourages companies to compete with each other ______ equal terms. ‎ a. on b. in c. with d. for ‎ ‎68.You should stick _____ the point in debate. ‎ a. to b. at c. in d. for ‎ ‎69.Tom has been sad recently, for his plan to go to college _____ at the last moment. ‎ a. fell out b. fell behind c. fell in d. fell through ‎ ‎70.David likes country life and has decided to ______ farming. ‎ a. go in for b. go into c. go through d. go after ‎ ‎71.The police haven’t caught the murder alive yet, but they are convinced that the really important facts of the case will soon ________ . ‎ a. come into force b. come into contact c. come into light d. come down to earth ‎ ‎72.The teacher expects us to do all the exercises, to study the spelling list and to get our paper ______ time. ‎ a. in b. on c. at d. by ‎ ‎73.Having been told bad weather was on the way, the climbers decided to ______ their attempt on Mount Tai until the following week. ‎ a. give up b. deny to c. put off d. refuse to ‎ ‎74.Bill did not hear the telephone because he was completely ______ his reading. ‎ a. absorbed for b. absorbed by c. absorbed on d. absorbed in ‎ ‎75.Unwanted tickets can be given ______ at the theatre office window up to half an hour before the performance. ‎ a. in b. out c. off d. over ‎ ‎76.Science was ______ regarded as a part of philosophy. ‎ a. at time b. at all time c. at a time d. at one time ‎ ‎77.The newly designed machines are high ______ quality. ‎ a. on b. in c. for d. with ‎ ‎78.Some quite artistic, yet inexpensive fabrics are now being _____ from British mills. ‎ a. turned over b. turned out c. turned up d. turned off ‎ ‎79.The mother scolded the boy ______ not cleaning up his room. ‎ a. to b. with c. at d. for ‎ ‎80.______ my car is being made ready for a long journey. ‎ a. In the moment b. For the moment c. At the moment d. By the moment ‎ ‎81.I’m bad ______ remembering faces. ‎ a. at b. in c. with d. on ‎ ‎82.Oil drilling in that area has now stopped because the company has ______ money. ‎ a. come out of b. come off c. run out of d. run down ‎ ‎83.The doctor was always ______ the poor and the sick, often giving them free medical services. ‎ a. reminded of b. absorbed in c. tended by d. concerned about ‎ ‎84.The company will send a representative to ______ their business in that region. ‎ a. attend to b. attempt at c. associate with d. approve of ‎ ‎85.Milk is ______ memories of home and mother so people away from home drink more milk. ‎ a. bound to b. kept to c. referred to d. tied to ‎ ‎86.Despite the traffic lights ahead, the car continued ______ full speed. ‎ a. with b. in on d. at ‎ ‎87.Something strange seems to be _____ me since I have been taking this drug. ‎ a. running into b. coming across c. happening to d. falling on ‎ ‎88.The shopkeeper was ______ inside his own shop, and all the day’s money was stolen. ‎ a. held over b. held up c. held out d. held off ‎ ‎89.Earth-like planets are extremely common in the Universe, ______ the latest computer simulation of the formation of the Solar System. ‎ a. according to b. in addition to c. in regard to d. thanks to ‎ ‎90.In Brazil, spending on science and technology ______ just 0.6 percent of gross national product. ‎ a. makes for b. makes up for c. accounts for d. stands for ‎ ‎91.______, wherever he lives, a man belongs to some society. ‎ a. For short b. In short c. Of short d. On short ‎ ‎92.A man who could ______ such treatment was a man of remarkable physical courage and moral strength. ‎ a. bear upon b. insist on c. stand up to d. persist in ‎ ‎93.Is his action consistent ______ his principles? ‎ a. with b. in c. of d. by ‎ ‎94.He is by far the best player ______ the team. ‎ a. for b. on c. in d. to ‎ ‎95.A foreign firm has bought more than half of the shares in his company and ______. ‎ a. got over it b. overtaken it c. taken it over d. overcome it ‎ ‎96.After a heated bargaining they agreed ______ the price for the car. ‎ a. to b. with c. on d. in ‎ ‎97._______ all the difficulties and discomforts, they went on working at the design. ‎ a. Because of b. In proportion with c. As a result of d. In spite of ‎ ‎98.all questions left ______ by history must be settled one by one. ‎ a. alone b. off c. out d. over ‎ ‎99.It is just three o’clock p.m. The plane just _____ five minutes ago. ‎ a. took off b. took up c. took out d. took in ‎ ‎100.The government warned the people living in the forest to be ______ fire. ‎ a. with regard to b. on guard c. on guard against d. in regard to ‎ ‎101.During sleep blood pressure is normally ______ its lowest. ‎ a. in b. for c. at d. by ‎ ‎102.The parents and the children will have to leave the country ______ good. ‎ a. with c. over c. on d. for ‎ ‎103.Neither their parents nor their friends have approved ______ their marriage yet. ‎ a. for b. of c. to d. with ‎ ‎104.Classroom testing, if well done, most certainly ______ a stimulus to study and real learning. ‎ a. acts for b. acts on c. acts as d. acts to ‎ ‎105.In the experiment we kept a watchful eye ______ the developments and recorded every detail. ‎ a. in b. at c. for d. on ‎ ‎106.The French pianist who had been praised very highly ______ to be a great disappointment. ‎ a. turned up b. turned in c. turned out d. turned down ‎ ‎107.In the advanced course students must take performance tests ______ monthly intervals. ‎ a. in b. over c. at d. between ‎ ‎108.We regret to inform you that the materials you ordered are ______. ‎ a. out of work b. out of reach c. out of practice d. out of stock ‎ ‎109.In the United States professors have many other duties ______ teaching, such as administrative or research work. ‎ a. besides b. except c. but d. with ‎ ‎110.he attempted ______ to set up a company of his own. ‎ a. with vain b. on vain c. in vain d. of vain ‎ ‎111.On hearing the news that her father died, she ______ tears. ‎ a. burst out b. burst in c. burst into d. burst forth ‎ ‎112.She was annoyed at his comment, thinking that he visitor _____ her. ‎ a. looked down b. looked highly of c. looked low at d. looked down upon ‎ ‎113.______ comparison to my boyhood, my undergraduate years in Oklahoma were paradise. ‎ a. In b. With c. By d. For ‎ ‎114.The United States is a major consumer of coffee, yet it does not have the climate to grow any ______ its own. ‎ a. on b. for c. of d. to ‎ ‎115.The accounts have always been handled ______ the banks policies. ‎ a. in accordance with c. in connection with ‎ c. in contrast with d. in line with ‎ ‎116.His inability to learn foreign languages was an obstacle ______ his career. ‎ a. of b. to c. for d. as ‎ ‎117.The purpose of the official inquiry is to ______ the true facts leading to the loss of the ship at sea. ‎ a. come at b. come for c. come into d. come over ‎ ‎118.Business picked up in the stores during December, but ______ again after Christmas. ‎ a. dropped off b. dropped out c. dropped over d. dropped on ‎ ‎119.Many words associated with life in the West are Spanish ______ origin. ‎ a. on b. in c. at d. from ‎ ‎120.The custom of visiting friends, relatives and neighbors on New Year’s Day is one the Old World traditions that has ______ a new form in the United States. ‎ a. taken up b. taken on c. taken over d. taken off ‎ ‎121.Some workers fear the loss of social identity that can ______ not having a job. ‎ a. result in b. result from c. bring up d. bring on ‎ ‎122.Most of the leading food shops have promised to ______ prices until after the new year. ‎ a. keep off b. keep down c. keep out d. keep back ‎ ‎123.______ classical music, which follows formal European traditions, jazz is a spontaneous and free form. ‎ a. In comparison with b. In connection with c. In contrast to d. In regard to ‎ ‎124.Alice ______ when a crowd from a train rushed through the gate. ‎ a. looked after b. looked in c. looked over d. looked up ‎ ‎125.The news of important events is broadcast often _______ over television. ‎ a. on the average b. on the contrary c. on the spot d. on the whole ‎ ‎2. 冠词和数词 ‎ ‎2.1 不定冠词的用法 ‎ ‎　　冠词本身不能单独使用，也没有词义，它用在名词的前面，帮助指明名词的含义。英语中的冠词有三种，一种是定冠词，另一种是不定冠词，还有一种是零冠词。 ‎ ‎　　不定冠词a （an）与数词one 同源，是"一个"的意思。a用于辅音音素前，一般读作[e]，而an则用于元音音素前，一般读做[en]。 ‎ ‎　1） 表示"一个"，意为one；指某人或某物，意为a certain。例如： ‎ ‎　　 A Mr. Ling is waiting for you. 有位姓凌的先生在等你。 ‎ ‎　2） 代表一类人或物。例如： ‎ ‎　　 A knife is a tool for cutting with. 刀是切割的工具。 ‎ ‎　　 Mr. Smith is an engineer. 史密斯先生是工程师。 ‎ ‎　3） 组成词组或成语，如a little / a few / a lot / a type of / a pile / a great many / many a / as a rule / in a hurry / in a minute / in a word / in a short while / after a while / have a cold / have a try /keep an eye on / all of a sudden等。 ‎ ‎2.2 定冠词的用法 ‎ ‎　定冠词the与指示代词this，that同源，有"那（这）个"的意思，但意义较弱，可以和一个名词连用，来表示某个或某些特定的人或东西。 ‎ ‎　1）特指双方都明白的人或物。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Take the medicine.　把药吃了。 ‎ ‎　2）上文提到过的人或事。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He bought a house.　I've been to the house. 他买了幢房子。我去过那幢房子。 ‎ ‎　3）指世上独一物二的事物，如the sun， the sky， the moon， the earth等。 ‎ ‎　4）与单数名词连用表示一类事物，如the dollar 美元; the fox ‎ 狐狸；或与形容词或分词连用，表示一类人：the rich 富人; the living 生者。 ‎ ‎　5）用在序数词和形容词最高级，及形容词only，very，same等前面。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Where do you live?　I live on the second floor.　 你住在哪？我住在二层。 ‎ ‎　　 That's the very thing I've been looking for.　 那正是我要找的东西。 ‎ ‎　6）与复数名词连用，指整个群体。例如： ‎ ‎　 They are the teachers of this school.（指全体教师） ‎ ‎　 They are teachers of this school.　 （指部分教师） ‎ ‎　7）表示所有，相当于物主代词，用在表示身体部位的名词前。例如： ‎ ‎　　 She caught me by the arm..　她抓住了我的手臂。 ‎ ‎　8）用在某些由普通名词构成的国家名称、机关团体、阶级、等专有名词前。例如： ‎ ‎　 the People's Republic of China　 中华人民共和国 ‎ ‎　 the United States　 美国 ‎ ‎　9）用在表示乐器的名词之前。例如：　 ‎ She plays the piano.　她会弹钢琴。 ‎ ‎　10） 用在姓氏的复数名词之前，表示一家人。例如： ‎ ‎　　 the Greens　 格林一家人 （或格林夫妇） ‎ ‎　11） 用在惯用语中。例如： ‎ in the day, in the morning （afternoon，evening）,　the day after tomorrow　 ‎ the day before yesterday,　the next morning,　 ‎ in the sky （water，field，country）　 ‎ in the dark,　in the rain,　in the distance,　 ‎ in the middle （of）,　in the end, ‎ on the whole,　by the way,　go to the theatre ‎ ‎2.3 零冠词的用法 ‎ ‎1） 国名，人名前通常不用定冠词：England，Mary。 ‎ ‎　2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时，可不用定冠词。例如： ‎ ‎　　 They are teachers. 他们是教师。 ‎ ‎　3）抽象名词表示一般概念时，通常不加冠词。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Failure is the mother of success.　失败乃成功之母。 ‎ ‎　4）物质名词表示一般概念时，通常不加冠词，当表示特定的意思时，需要加定冠词。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Man cannot live without water.　离开水人就无法生存。 ‎ ‎　5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等表示时间的名词之前，不加冠词。例如： ‎ ‎　 We go to school from Monday to Friday.　 我们从星期一到星期五都上课。 ‎ ‎　6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前不加冠词。例如： ‎ ‎　 The guards took the American to General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军那里。 ‎ ‎　7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前，不加冠词，如have breakfast，play chess。 ‎ ‎　8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时，常省去冠词。例如： ‎ ‎　　 I can't write without pen or pencil.　没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。 ‎ ‎　9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。 ‎ ‎　10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，college，prison，market，hospital，bed，table，class，town，church，court 等个体名词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 go to hospital　　 去医院看病 ‎ ‎　　　 go to the hospital　 去医院 （并不是去看病，而是有其他目的） ‎ ‎　11）不用冠词的序数词； ‎ ‎　 a. 序数词前有物主代词时。 ‎ ‎　 b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the race. 他跑步得了第一。 ‎ ‎　 c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all, from first to last等。 ‎ ‎2.4 冠词与形容词+名词结构 ‎ ‎1） 两个形容词都有冠词，表示两个不同的人或物。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He raises a black and a white cat.　他养了一只黑猫和一只白猫。 ‎ ‎　 The black and the white cats are hers.　这只黑猫和白猫都是他的。 ‎ ‎　2） 如后一个形容词无冠词，则指一人或一物。例如： ‎ He raises a black and white cat. 他养了一只花猫。 ‎ ‎2.5 冠词位置 ‎ ‎1） 不定冠词位置 ‎ ‎　不定冠词常位于名词或名词修饰语前。注意：　 ‎ ‎　a. 位于such，what，many，half等形容词之后。例如： ‎ ‎　　 I have never seen such an animal. 我从来没见过这样的动物。 ‎ ‎　　 Many a man is fit for the job. 许多人适合这岗位。 ‎ ‎　b. 当名词前的形容词被副词as, so, too, how, however, enough修饰时，不定冠词应放在形容词之后。例如： ‎ ‎　　 It is as pleasant a day as I have ever spent. 我从未这么高兴过。 ‎ ‎　　 So short a time 如此短的时间 ‎ ‎　　 Too long a distance 距离太远了 ‎ ‎　c. quite，rather与单数名词连用，冠词放在其后。但当rather，quite 前仍有形容词，不定冠词放其前后均可，如：rather a cold day/a rather cold day。 ‎ ‎　d. 在as，though 引导的让步状语从句中，当表语为形容词修饰的名词时，不定冠词放形容词后。例如：Brave a man though he is，he trembles at the sight of snakes. 他尽管勇敢，可见到蛇还是发抖。 ‎ ‎2） 定冠词位置 ‎ ‎　 定冠词通常位于名词或名词修饰语前，但放在all， both，double，half，twice，three times等词之后，名词之前。例如：All the students in the class went out.　班里的所有学生都出去了。 ‎ ‎2.6 数词 ‎ ‎　表示数目多少或顺序多少的词叫数词，数词分为基数词和序数词。表示数目多少的数词叫基数词；表示顺序的数词叫序数词。 ‎ ‎　一、基数词 ‎ ‎　　1）基数词一般可写成如345或three hundred and forty-five。 ‎ ‎　　2）基数词一般是单数形式，但遇下列情况，常用复数： ‎ ‎　　 a. 与of 短语连用，表示概数，不能与具体数目连用，如scores of people 指许多人； ‎ ‎　　 b. 在一些表示"一排"或"一组"的词组里。例如： ‎ They arrived in twos and threes.　他们三三两两的到了。 ‎ ‎　　 c. 表示"几十岁"。 ‎ ‎　　 d. 表示"年代"，用 in +the +数词复数。 ‎ ‎　　 e. 在乘法运算的一种表示法里，如Three fives is（are）fifteen。 ‎ ‎　二、序数词 ‎ ‎　　 序数词的缩写形式如first---1st　second---2nd　thirty-first---31st等。　 ‎ ‎　三、 数词的用法 ‎ ‎　　1）倍数表示法 ‎ ‎　　 a. 主语+谓语+倍数（或分数）+ as + adj. + as。例如 ‎ ‎　　　 I have three times as many as you.　我有你三倍那么多。 ‎ ‎　　 b. 主语+谓语+倍数（分数）+ the size （amount，length…） of…。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 The earth is 49 times the size of the moon.　地球是月球的49倍。 ‎ ‎　　 c. 主语+谓语+倍数（分数）+ 形容词（副词）比较级+ than…。例如： ‎ ‎　　 The grain output is 8 percent higher this year than that of last year. 今年比去年粮食产量增加8%。 ‎ ‎　　 d. 还可以用by+倍数，表示增加多少倍。例如： ‎ ‎　　 The production of grain has been increased by four times this year. 今年粮食产量增加了4倍。 ‎ ‎　　2）分数表示法的构成：基数词代表分子，序数词代表分母。分子大于1时，分子的序数词用单数，分母序数词用复数。例如： ‎ ‎　　 1/3 one-third； 3/37 three and three-sevenths. ‎ ‎2.7 冠词练习 ‎ ‎1.When Linda was a child, her mother always let her have ______ bed. ‎ a. the breakfast in b. the breakfast in the c. breakfast in d. breakfast in the ‎ ‎2.He has promised to give up ______ hundreds of times. ‎ a. a tobacco b. tobacco c. the tobacco d. tobaccos ‎ ‎3.______ usually go to church every Sunday. ‎ a. The Brown b. A Brown c. Browns d. The Browns ‎ ‎4.The train is running fifty miles ______. ‎ a. an hour b. one hour c. the hour d. a hour ‎ ‎5.He can play almost every kind of music instrument but he is good ______. ‎ a. at the flute b. at flute c. at a flute d. at that flute ‎ ‎6.The investigators found that more should be done for ______ in India. ‎ a. those poor b. a poor c. poor d. the poor ‎ ‎7.You look in high spirit. You must have ______ during your holiday. ‎ a. wonderful time b. a wonderful time c. the wonderful time d. some wonderful time ‎ ‎8.The city assigned a policeman to the school crossing because ______ traffic there was so heavy. ‎ a a b. an c. the d. one ‎ ‎9.A new teacher was sent to the village in place of ______ one who had retired. ‎ a. a b. the c. an d. its ‎ ‎10.Virtue and vice are before you;______ leads you to happiness,______ to misery. ‎ a. the former…latter b. a former…a latter ‎ c. the former…the latter d. former…latter ‎ ‎11.The children in the kinder-garden soon took ______ to their teachers. ‎ a. quite fancy b. a quite fancy c. quite a fancy d. the quite fancy ‎ ‎12.______ tend to bemoan the lack of character in the young generation. ‎ a. The old b. Old c. Elderly d. Older ‎ ‎13.A man suffering from a chock should be given ______. ‎ a. hot sweet tea b. a hot sweet tea c. the hot sweet tea d. one hot sweet tea ‎ ‎14.He answered my questions with ______ not to be expected of an ordinary schoolboy. ‎ a. his accuracy b. a accuracy c. the accuracy d. an accuracy ‎ ‎15.If you go by train you can have quite ______ comfortable journey. ‎ a. the b. one c. a d. that ‎ ‎16.We’re going to ______ with ______ today, aren’t we? ‎ a. the tea…the Smiths b. tea…those Smiths c. a tea…a Smith d. tea…the Smiths ‎ ‎17.I want an assistant with ______ knowledge of French and ______ experience of office routine. ‎ a. the…the b. a…the c. a…an d. the…an ‎ ‎18.Ann’s habit of riding a motorcycle up and down the road early in the morning annoyed the neighbors and ______ they took her to the court. ‎ a. in the end b. at the end c. in an end d. in end ‎ ‎19.It is reported that today ______ president will have lunch with ______ President Omon. ‎ a. the…the b. a…a c. the…/ d. /…/ ‎ ‎20.Tianan Men Square and ______ Great Wall are tow of the places everyone should see in ______ People’s Republic of China. ‎ a. the…the b. /…/ c. the…/ d. /…the ‎ ‎21.It has long been known that there is an electric field ______. ‎ a. inside the earth b. inside earth c. inside an earth d. on earth ‎ ‎22.______ much harder work, the volunteers were able to place the raging forest fire______. ‎ a. By the means of…under the control b. By means of…under control ‎ c.By means of…under a control d. By a means of…under control ‎ ‎23.No sooner had the man departed than the tree began dropping coffee beans ______. ‎ a. by the thousand b. by a thousand c. by thousands d. by thousand ‎ ‎24.He expressed ______ of their having ever been married. ‎ a. the doubt b. a doubt c. doubt d. an doubt ‎ ‎25.He saw through the little boy’s tricks ______. ‎ a. at glance b. at the glance c. at some glance d. at a glance ‎ ‎26.Their victory is ______,for they’ve lost too many men. ‎ a.out of question b. out of the question c. out question d. of question ‎ ‎27.Many a girl wants to become ______. ‎ a. some secretary b. a secretary c. secretary d. secretaries ‎ ‎28.He grabbed me ______ and pulled me onto the bus. ‎ a. a arm b. an arm c. the arm d. by the arm ‎ ‎29.I’ll come in ______ minute; in fact I’ll come ______ moment I’m through. ‎ a./…the b. a…the c. the…a d. /…/ ‎ ‎30.This is one of ______ interesting books on your subject. ‎ a.the most b. the most of the c. most d. most of the ‎ ‎31.He enjoys life ______ the “Queen Anne”. ‎ a. on a board b . on board c. in the board d. board ‎ ‎32.He lost his fob and ______ his wife left him. ‎ a. on that top b. on top of that c. on a top of that d. on the top ‎ ‎33.Most of the representatives think that ______ the meeting was very successful. ‎ a. on whole of b. on a whole c. on the whole d. on the whole that ‎ ‎34.Under no circumstances will there be wage control while I am ______ of the government. ‎ a.the head b. a head c. head d. that head ‎ ‎35.Like his sister, David needed ______ from some generous person in order to get home. ‎ a. a ride b. some ride c. ride d. the ride ‎ ‎36.The brain’s left hemisphere controls logic and language, while ______controls intuitive talents and musical ability. ‎ a. the right b. a right c. that right d. right one ‎ ‎37.______ is setting up a research team to see how children react to video games. ‎ a. The Japan’s Health Ministry b. Japan’s health Ministry ‎ b. A Japan’s health Ministry d. Japan health Ministry ‎ ‎38.Unlike Americans, who seem to prefer coffee,______ a great deal of tea. ‎ a. English drink b. The English drink c. English man drink d. the English drinks ‎ ‎39.Hundreds of people are ______ now, so there are about 50 people trying for the same position. ‎ a.out of the work b. out work c. out of work d. out of a work ‎ ‎40.His mother taught ______ ,but his father was only a blue-collar worker. ‎ a. piano b. an piano c. the piano d. a piano ‎ ‎41.Contrary to what I had expected, he lost for ______. ‎ a second time b. a second time c. second times d. the second time ‎ ‎42.Fashions change and people change too, but the old feeling remains ______. ‎ a. the same b. same c. that same d. as same ‎ ‎43.We are going to dine tomorrow with ______ to celebrate Christmas Day. ‎ a. the Cunning b. Cunnings c. The Cunnings d. Cunning’s ‎ ‎44.This is ______ which is collected before the first rain in Spring. ‎ a. one tea b. a tea c. the tea d. that tea ‎ ‎45.______ is known by its note,______ is known by his talk. ‎ a. A bird/a man b. One bird/one man c. The bird/the man d. Bird/man ‎ ‎46.Never travel with ______ who leaves you in case of danger. ‎ a. the friend b. that friend c. a friend d. friend ‎ ‎47.Do you think it possible for the North Pole to have ______ a few thousand years from now? ‎ a. Shanghai b. a Shanghai c. the Shanghai d. one Shanghai ‎ ‎48.I don’t think ______ is a better car than our makes. ‎ a. a Ford b. Ford’s c. the Ford d. Ford ‎ ‎49.I didn’t know why he looked angry when I patted him ______. ‎ a. on the head b. on head c. on a head d. on his head ‎ ‎50.he never fails to give you ______ when you are in trouble. ‎ a. his helping hands b. the helping hand c. helping hands d. a helping hand ‎ ‎51.The historical events of that period are arranged ______. ‎ a. in alphabetical order b. in an alphabetical order ‎ b. in the alphabetical orders d. in a alphabetical orders ‎ ‎52.The like to take a vacation ______. ‎ a. one time the year b. one time in a year c. once a year d. once in a year ‎ ‎53.“What is Todger?” “He is ______.” ‎ a. a poet and novelist b. a poet and a novelist ‎ b. poet and novelist d. the poet and novelist ‎ ‎54.“How did you pay the workers?” ‎ ‎“As a rule, they are paid ______.” ‎ a. by an your b. by the hour c. by a hour d. by hours ‎ ‎55.The DMZ extends about two hundred kilometers ______. ‎ a. from east to west b. from the east to west ‎ c. from the east to the west d. from eastern to western ‎ ‎56.What ______ are you planning to buy? ‎ a. make of car b. make of the car c. make of a car d. make of cars ‎ ‎57.______,you can’t fool her. ‎ a. The child though Rowena is b. Though child Rowena is ‎ b. As child Rowena is d. Child as Rowena is ‎ ‎58.What’s ______ is to get information about the situation first. ‎ a. the wisest b. a wisest c. the wiser d. wisest ‎ ‎59.The differences between ______ are gradually being eliminated. ‎ a. the town and the country b. town and country ‎ b. a town and a country d. a town and the country ‎ ‎60.Scientists hope to send an expedition to Mars during ______. ‎ a. the 1990s b. the 1990 c. 1990s d. 1990’s ‎ ‎2.8 数词练习 ‎ ‎1.______ martyrs have heroically laid down their lives for the people. ‎ a. Thousand upon thousand of b. Thousand and thousands of ‎ c. Thousands upon thousands of d. Thousand and thousand of ‎ ‎2.They received ______ of letters about their TV programs. ‎ a. dozen b. dozen and dozen c score d. dozens ‎ ‎3.Who is that man,______ in the front row? ‎ a. one b. the one c. first d. the first ‎ ‎4.We have produced ______ this year as we did in 1993. ‎ a. as much cotton twice b. as twice much cotton ‎ c. much as twice cotton d. twice as much cotton ‎ ‎5.The earth is about ______ as the moon. ‎ a. as fifty time big b. fifty times as big c. as big fifty time d. fifty as times big ‎ ‎6.The population of many Alaskan cities has ______ in the past three years. ‎ a. more than doubled b. more doubled than c. much than doubled d. much doubled than ‎ ‎7.The moon is about _____ in diameter as diameter as the earth. ‎ a. one-three as large b. one three as large c. one-third as large d. one third as large ‎ ‎8.Five hundred yuan a month _____ enough to live on. ‎ a. is b. are c. is being d. has been ‎ ‎9.______ of the buildings were ruined. ‎ a. Three fourth b. Three four c. Three-fourths d. Three-four ‎ ‎10.Consult _____ for questions about earthquakes. ‎ a. the six index b. index six c. sixth index d. index numbering six ‎ ‎11.She went to the countryside ______. ‎ a. in the morning at nine/on June first,1968 b. on June first,1968/in the morning at nine ‎ c. at nine in the morning/on June first,1968 d. on June first,1968/at nine in the morning ‎ ‎12.Three-fourths of the surface of the earth ______ covered with water. ‎ a. are b. is c. were d. be ‎ ‎13.This month the production of stainless steel in our steelworks has increased ______ 2,000 tons. ‎ a. with b. in c. on d. by ‎ ‎14.With the miniaturization of the structural components the weight of these electric devices has decreased ________ 30 percent. ‎ a. as b. with c. in d. by ‎ ‎15.The Olympic Games are held ______. ‎ a. every four years b. every four year c. every fourth years d. every four-years ‎ ‎16.As he is not in good health, he goes to his factory only ______ just to learn something about the progress of experiment. ‎ a. once a week b. one week c. one time a week d. one a week ‎ ‎17.Three students ______ in this university come from the South. ‎ a. of ten b. out of in ten c. out of ten d. in tens ‎ ‎18.Strings of the same thickness made of nylon are ______. ‎ a. five times stronger than those b. five time stronger than those ‎ c. five times strong than those d. five times stronger as those ‎ ‎19.the wheels of the old wagon are nearly ______ those of a modern car. ‎ a. twice the size of b. twice size of c. twice sizes of d. twice the size of ‎ ‎20.One day on the moon is ______. ‎ a. two Earth week long b. two Earth weeks long ‎ b. two Earth weeks longer d. two Earth weeks length ‎ 附：限定词练习 ‎ ‎1.My hand was hurt. Could you do ______ typing for me? ‎ a. some b. many c. such d. any ‎ ‎2.There were ______ students in the reading room. ‎ a. neither b. not c. no d. none ‎ ‎3.If it is of ______ use to you, please take it. ‎ a. some b. many c. no d. any ‎ ‎4.I’ve invited five people to tea this afternoon. Out of them, only John and Mary can come,______ can’t. ‎ a. other b. the other c. others d. the others ‎ ‎5.Most English people go to Spain for the sea, the sun and all the ______ things associated with a relaxing holiday. ‎ a. any b. another c. some d. other ‎ ‎6.______ were ironed by my mother yesterday. ‎ a. The all sheets b. all of sheets c. All the sheets d. Sheets of all ‎ ‎7.As usual,______ man was given his individual assignment. ‎ a. every b. each c. all d. both ‎ ‎8.They saw ______ girls the day before yesterday. ‎ a. both the other two b. the two other both c. the both other two d. the both two other ‎ ‎9.One uses the freezer, the computer and the business school to manufacture ______ dishes in never a tick longer than 100 seconds. ‎ a. such others b. other such c. such other d. other such a ‎ ‎10.______ boxer was strong, but ______ had a good build and was light on his feet. ‎ a.Either/every b. Neither/each c. Both/both d. All the/all ‎ ‎11.______ was astonished to find himself rooting and shouting in a most undignified manner. ‎ a. Many elderly man b. A many elderly men ‎ c. Many an elderly man d. Many elderly men ‎ ‎12.I know now, of course, there is ______ as love. ‎ a. no such a thing b. not such thing c. not a thing d. no such thing ‎ ‎13.As there were ______ life-boats for everybody,40 lives were lost. ‎ a. as little b. so little c. too few d. very few ‎ ‎14.He was brave;_____ soldiers fought so bravely in that battle. ‎ a. no others b. no another c. no other d. not other ‎ ‎15.I don’t think we have met before. I’m afraid you’re confusing me with ______. ‎ a. some other b. some other person c. other person d. one other ‎ ‎16. 16.Weekends last from Friday evening to Sunday night.______ days are week-days. ‎ a. The other b. Another c. Other d. Every other ‎ ‎17.We had ______ good time that we hated to leave the party. ‎ a. such a b. such c. so d. pretty ‎ ‎18.Paris is ______ that we can hardly visit all the beautiful parks in two or three days. ‎ a. such large a city b. so a large city c. such a large city d. a such large city ‎ ‎19.Deputies to the National People’s Congress are elected_______. ‎ a. every four year b. each four years c. every of four years d. every four years ‎ ‎20.There is hardly ______difference between the two libraries. ‎ a. no b. any c. much d. some ‎ ‎21.For young people, Carpenter is ______ singer. ‎ a. most their popular b. most popular of theirs ‎ c.their most popular d. most popular of their ‎ ‎22.______ are about the American Independent War. ‎ a. Both book b. Both books c. All the two book d. all of two books ‎ ‎23.When I am in trouble, my friends will give me their hands without ______ hesitation. ‎ a. some b. a c. any d. the ‎ ‎24.You’re welcome to my house ______ time you’d like. ‎ a. the b. any c. no d. some ‎ ‎25.He was very much disappointed because ______ went to his wedding party. ‎ a. no his friends b. all no his friends c. none his friends d. none of his friends ‎ ‎26.You shouldn’t stop your car here since there is a sign ‘______’. ‎ a. Not Parking b. No Park c. No Parking d. Not a Park ‎ ‎27.I cannot invited ______ of you, since I’ve got only one extra ticket. ‎ a. either b. both c. some d. one ‎ ‎28.______ the idioms are not easy to remember and use. ‎ a. Every b. Some c. All d. Each ‎ ‎29.There is a line of trees in ______ side of the river. ‎ a. every b. each c. per d. none ‎ ‎30.______ our countries are developing countries. ‎ a. Each b. Either c. Every d. Both ‎ ‎31.The scientist wrote a number of books, but ______ books were novels. ‎ a. last two his b. his last two c. two his last d. last two of his ‎ ‎32.Have you got ______ copies to go around? ‎ a. much c. a large amount of c. enough d. great ‎ ‎33.You can never use my car. ____ time should you touch it. ‎ a. At no b. At any c. any d. No ‎ ‎34.My brother is going on the picnic with ______ friends. ‎ a. his two little other b. other his two little c. his other little two d. his two other little ‎ ‎35.Those examples are not enough, you should give ______ examples to make your argument convincing. ‎ a. some b. any c. some more d. any more ‎ ‎36.______ feels entitled to more in life than just housework. ‎ a. Many women b. A lot of woman c. Many a woman d. A few woman ‎ ‎37.You will have to practice ______ times before you can do it. ‎ a.many more b. more many c. more often d. more several ‎ ‎38.It is ______ work of art that everyone wants to have a look at it. ‎ a. a so unusual b. such an unusual c. so unusual d. such unusual ‎ ‎39.This cake is delicious, but I can’t eat ______. ‎ a. some b. no c. any d. much ‎ ‎40.Here are some books by American writers. You can read ______ you like. ‎ a. any b. which c. what one d. whichever one ‎ ‎3. 代词 ‎ ‎　代词是代替名词的词类。大多数代词具有名词和形容词的功能。英语中的代词，按其意义、特征及在句中的作用分为：人称代词、物主代词、指示代词、自身代词、相互代词、疑问代词、关系代词和不定代词八种。 ‎ ‎　一、人称代词是表示"我"、"你"、"他"、"她"、"它"、"我们"、"你们"、"他们"的词。人称代词有人称、数和格的变化，见下表： ‎ 数 单数 复数 ‎ 格 主格 宾格 主格 宾格 ‎ 第一人称 I me we us ‎ 第二人称 you you you you ‎ 第三人称 he him they them ‎ she her they them ‎ it it they them ‎ ‎　　例如：He is my friend.　他是我的朋友。 ‎ ‎　　　　 It's me.　是我。 ‎ ‎　二、 物主代词是表示所有关系的代词，也可叫做代词所有格。物主代词分形容性物主代词和名词性物主代词两种，其人物和数的变化见下表。 ‎ 数 单数 复数 ‎ 人称 第一人称 第二人称 第三人称 第一人称 第二人称 第三人称 ‎ 形容词性物主代词 my your his/her/its our your their ‎ 名词性物主代词 mine yours his/hers/its ours yours theirs ‎ ‎　　 例如： I like his car. 我喜欢他的小汽车。 ‎ ‎　　　　 Our school is here，and theirs is there. 我们的学校在这儿，他们的在那儿。 ‎ ‎　三、 指示代词表示"那个"、"这个"、"这些"、"那些"等指示概念的代词。指示代词有this，that，these，those等。 ‎ 例如：That is a good idea.　那是个好主意。 ‎ ‎　四、 表示"我自己"、"你自己"、"他自己"、"我们自己"、"你们自己"和"他们自己"等的代词，叫做自身代词，也称为 ‎ ‎"反身代词"。 ‎ 例如：She was talking to herself.　 她自言自语。 ‎ ‎　五、 表示相互关系的代词叫相互代词，有each other 和one another两组，但在运用中，这两组词没什么大的区别。 ‎ 例如：They love each other.　　他们彼此相爱。 ‎ ‎　六、 不是指明代替任何特定名词的代词叫做不定代词。常见的不定代词有a11，both，each，every等，以及含有some-，any-，no-等的合成代词，如anybody， something，no one。这些不定代词大都可以代替名词和形容词，在句中作主语、宾语、表语和定语，但none和由some，any，no等构成的复合不定代词只能作主语、宾语或表语；every和no只能作定语。 ‎ 例如：--- Do you have a car?　 --你有一辆小汽车吗？ ‎ ‎--- Yes，I have one.　　 --是的，我有一辆。 ‎ ‎--- I don't know any of them.　 他们，我一个也不认识。 ‎ ‎　七、 疑问代词有who，whom，whose，what和which等。在句子中用来构成特殊疑问句。疑问代词都可用作连接代词，引导名词性从句（主语从句、宾语从句和表语从句） ‎ ‎　　 例如：Tell me who he is.　 告诉我他是谁。 ‎ ‎　八、 关系代词有who，whom，whose，that，which，as等，可用作引导从句的关联词。它们在定语从句中可作主语、 ‎ 表语、宾语、定语等；另一方面它们又代表主句中为定语从句所修饰的那个名词或代词（先行词）。 ‎ 例如：He is the man whom you have been looking for.　 他就是你要找的那个人。 ‎ ‎3.1 人称代词的用法 ‎ ‎1）人称代词的主格在句子中作主语或主语补语。例如： ‎ ‎　 John waited a while but eventually he went home. 约翰等了一会儿，最后他回家了。 ‎ ‎　 John hoped the passenger would be Mary and indeed it was she. 约翰希望那位乘客是玛丽，还真是她。 ‎ 说明：在复合句中，如果主句和从句主语相同，代词主语要用在从句中，名词主语用在主句中。例如： ‎ ‎　 When he arrived, John went straight to the bank. 约翰一到就直接去银行了。 ‎ ‎　2）人称代词的宾格在句子中作宾语或介词宾语，但在口语中也能作主语补语，第一人称在省略句中，还可以作主语。 ‎ 例如： I saw her with them, at least, I thought it was her. 我看到她和他们在一起，至少我认为是她。（her做宾语，them做介词宾语，her做主语补语） ‎ ‎　　　a. -- Who broke the vase?　--谁打碎了花瓶？ ‎ ‎　　 b. -- Me.　　　　 --我。（me做主语补语= It's me.） ‎ 说明：在上面两例句中，her和me分别作主语补语。现代英语中多用宾格，在正式文体中这里应为she和I。 ‎ ‎3.2 人称代词之主、宾格的替换 ‎ ‎1） 宾格代替主格 ‎ ‎　 a.在简短对话中，当人称代词单独使用或在not 后，多用宾语。 ‎ ‎　　　---- I like English.　　　 --我喜欢英语。 ‎ ‎　　　---- Me too.　　　　　　　--我也喜欢。 ‎ ‎　　　---- Have more wine?　　　--再来点酒喝吗? ‎ ‎　　　---- Not me.　　　　　　　--我可不要了。 ‎ ‎　 b.在表示比较的非正式的文体中，常用宾格代替主格。 但如果比较状语的谓语保留，则主语只能用主格。 ‎ ‎　　　 He is taller than I/me. ‎ ‎　　　 He is taller than I am. ‎ ‎2） 主格代替宾格 ‎ ‎　 a. 在介词but，except 后，有时可用主格代替宾格。 ‎ ‎　 b. 在电话用语中常用主格。　　　 ‎ ‎　　　 ---- I wish to speak to Mary. --我想和玛丽通话。 ‎ ‎　　　 ---- This is she.　　　　　　 --我就是玛丽。 ‎ ‎　 注意：在动词be 或to be 后的人称代词视其前面的名词或代词而定。 ‎ ‎　　　 I thought it was she.　　 我以为是她。　　　　　　（主格----主格） ‎ ‎　　　 I thought it to be her.　　　　　　　　　　　　　 （宾格----宾格） ‎ ‎　　　 I was taken to be she.　　我被当成了她。　　　　 （主格----主格） ‎ ‎　　　 They took me to be her.　 他们把我当成了她。　　 （宾格----宾格） ‎ ‎3.3 代词的指代问题 ‎ ‎1）不定代词 anybody，everybody，nobody，anyone， someone， everyone，no one， 及whoever和person在正式场合使用时，可用he, his, him代替。 ‎ 例如： Nobody came, did he?　谁也没来，是吗? ‎ ‎2）动物名词的指代一般用it或they代替，有时也用he, she，带有亲切的感情色彩。 ‎ 例如： Give the cat some food. She is hungry.　给这猫一些吃的。她饿了。 ‎ ‎3）指代车或国家，船舶的名词，含感情色彩时常用she。 ‎ ‎3.4 并列人称代词的排列顺序 ‎ ‎1）单数人称代词并列作主语时，其顺序为：第二人称－> 第三人称 －> 第一人称，即you－> he/she; it -> I。 ‎ 例如：You, he and I should return on time. ‎ ‎2） 复数人称代词作主语时，其顺序为：第一人称 －> 第二人称 －> 第三人称，即we　－>you－>they。 ‎ ‎　　　注意： 在下列情况中，第一人称放在前面。 ‎ ‎　　　a. 在承认错误，承担责任时， ‎ ‎　　　　 It was I and John that made her angry. 是我和约翰惹她生气了。 ‎ b. 在长辈对晚辈，长官对下属说话时，如长官为第一人称， ‎ 如：I and you try to finish it. 我和你去弄好它。 ‎ ‎　　　c. 并列主语只有第一人称和第三人称时。 ‎ ‎　　　d. 当其他人称代词或名词被定语从句修饰时。 ‎ ‎3.5 物主代词 ‎ ‎1）物主代词既有表示所属的作用又有指代作用。例如： ‎ John had cut his finger; apparently there was a broken glass on his desk. ‎ 约翰割破了手指，显而易见，他桌子上有个破玻璃杯。 ‎ 物主代词有形容词性（my, your等）和名词性（mine, yours等）两种，形容词性的物主代词属于限定词。名词性的物主代词在用法上相当于省略了中心名词的--'s属格结构。例如： ‎ ‎　　　Jack's cap　 意为The cap is Jack's。 ‎ ‎　　　His cap　　 意为The cap is his。 ‎ ‎　2） 名词性物主代词的句法功能 ‎ ‎　　 a. 作主语。例如： ‎ ‎　　　May I use your pen? Yours works better. 我可以用一用你的钢笔吗？你的比我的好用。 ‎ ‎　　　b. 作宾语。例如： ‎ ‎　　　I love my motherland as much as you love yours. 我深爱我的祖国就像你深爱你的祖国一样。 ‎ ‎　　　c. 作介词宾语。例如： ‎ Your should interpret what I said in my sense of the word, not in yours. ‎ 你应当按我所用的词义去解释我说的话，而不能按你自己的去解释。 ‎ ‎　　　d. 作主语补语。例如： ‎ ‎　　　The life I have is yours. It's yours. It's yours.　我的生命属于你，属于你，属于你。 ‎ ‎3.6 双重所有格 ‎ ‎　物主代词不可与 a, an, this, that, these, those, some, any, several, no, each, every, such, another, which等词一起前置，修饰一个名词，而必须用双重所有格。公式为：a, an, this, that +名词+of +名词性物主代词。例如：a friend of mine, each brother of his. ‎ ‎　　　　 ‎ ‎3.7 .反身代词 ‎ ‎1） 1） 列表 ‎ 数 单数 复数 ‎ 人称 第一人称 第二人称 第三人称 第一人称 第二人称 第三人称 ‎ 人称代词 I you he/she/it we you they ‎ 反身代词 myself yourself yourself/herself/himself ourselves yourselves themselves ‎ ‎　另外：one的反身代词为oneself ‎ ‎　2）做宾语 ‎ ‎　 a. 有些动词需有反身代词，如absent, bathe, amuse, blame, dry, cut, enjoy, hurt, introduce, behave等。例如： ‎ ‎　　　We enjoyed ourselves very much last night.　我们昨晚玩得很开心。 ‎ ‎　　 Please help yourself to some fish.　 请你随便吃点鱼。 ‎ ‎　 b. 用于及物动词+宾语+介词，如take pride in, be annoyed with, help oneself to sth等。例如： ‎ I could not dress（myself）up at that time.　那个时候我不能打扮我自己。 ‎ 注：有些动词后不跟反身代词，如：get up, sit-down, stand up, wake up等。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Please sit down.　请坐。 ‎ ‎　3） 用作表语，如结构be oneself。例如： ‎ I am not myself today.　 我今天不舒服。 ‎ ‎4） 用作同位语 ‎ The thing itself is not important.　　事情本身并不重要。 ‎ ‎　5） 在不强调的情况下，but, except, for 等介词后宾语用反身代词或人称代词宾格均可。如：No one but myself（me）is hurt. ‎ 注意： ‎ ‎　　 a. 反身代词本身不能单独作主语。 ‎ ‎　　　（错） Myself drove the car. ‎ ‎　　　（对） I myself drove the car.　我自己开车。 ‎ ‎　　 b. 但在and, or, nor连接的并列主语中，第二个主语可用反身代词，特别是myself 作主语。例如： ‎ Charles and myself saw it. 查尔斯和我看见了这件事。 ‎ ‎3.8 相互代词 ‎ ‎1）相互代词只有each other和one another两个词组。他们表示句中动词所叙述的动作或感觉在涉及的各个对象之间是相互存在的。例如： ‎ ‎　　 It is easy to see that the people of different cultures have always copied each other. ‎ 显而易见，不同文化的人总是相互借鉴的。 ‎ ‎2）相互代词的句法功能： ‎ ‎　　 a. 作动词宾语； ‎ ‎　　　 People should love one another. 人们应当彼此相爱。 ‎ ‎　　 b. 可作介词宾语； ‎ ‎　　　 Does bark, cocks crow, frogs croak to each other.　 吠、鸡鸣、蛙儿对唱。 ‎ 说明：传统语法认为，相互关系存在于两个人或物之间用each other， 存在于两个以上人和物之间用one another。现代英语中，两组词交替使用的实例也很多。例如： ‎ ‎　　　He put all the books beside each other/one another. 他把所有书并列摆放起来。 ‎ ‎　　　Usually these small groups were independent of each other. 这些小团体通常是相互独立的。 ‎ ‎　　 c. 相互代词可加-'s构成所有格。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 The students borrowed each other's notes. 学生们互借笔记。 ‎ ‎3.9 指示代词 ‎ ‎1） 指示代词分单数（this / that）和复数（these / those）两种形式，既可作限定词又可做代词。例如： ‎ 单数 复数 ‎ 限定词 This girl is Mary. Those men are my teachers. ‎ 代词 This is Mary. Those are my teachers. ‎ ‎　2） 指示代词的句法功能； ‎ ‎　　a. 作主语。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 This is the way to do it.　　　 这事儿就该这样做。 ‎ ‎　　b. 作宾语。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 I like this better than that.　　 我喜欢这个甚至那个。 ‎ ‎　　c. 作主语补语。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 My point is this.　　　 我的观点就是如此。 ‎ ‎　　d. 作介词宾语。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 I don't say no to that.　　　 我并未拒绝那个。 ‎ ‎　　　 There is no fear of that.　　　 那并不可怕。 ‎ ‎　说明1：指示代词在作主语时可指物也可指人，但作其他句子成分时只能指物，不能指人。例如： ‎ ‎　 （对）That is my teacher.　那是我的老师。（that作主语，指人） ‎ ‎　 （对）He is going to marry this girl.　他要和这个姑娘结婚。（this作限定词） ‎ ‎　 （错）He is going to marry this.　（this作宾语时不能指人） ‎ ‎　 （对）I bought this.　我买这个。（this指物，可作宾语） ‎ ‎　说明2：That和those可作定语从句的先行词，但this和 these不能，同时，在作先行词时，只有those可指人，试比较： ‎ ‎　 （对） He admired that which looked beautiful.　他赞赏外表漂亮的东西。 ‎ ‎　 （对） He admired those who looked beautiful. 他赞赏那些外表漂亮的人。（those指人） ‎ ‎　 （错） He admired that who danced well.　（that作宾语时不能指人） ‎ ‎　 （对） He admired those who danced well.　他赞赏跳舞好的人。（those指人） ‎ ‎　 （对） He admired those which looked beautiful. 他赞赏那些外表漂亮的东西。（those指物） ‎ ‎3.10 疑问代词 ‎ ‎1） 疑问代词在句中起名词词组的作用，用来构成疑问句。疑问代词有下列几个： ‎ ‎　　 指人： who, whom, whose ‎ ‎　　 指物： what ‎ ‎　　 既可指人又可指物： which ‎ ‎　2） 疑问代词在句中应位于谓语动词之前，没有性和数的变化，除who之外也没有格的变化。what, which, whose还可作限定词。试比较： ‎ ‎　 疑问代词：Whose are these books on the desk?　 　桌上的书是谁的？ ‎ ‎　　　　　　 What was the directional flow of U. S. territorial expansion? 美国的领土扩张是朝哪个方向的？ ‎ ‎　　 限定词：Whose books are these on the desk? 桌上的书是谁的？ ‎ What events led to most of the east of the Mississippi River becoming part of the United States?　 ‎ 哪些事件使密西西比河以东的大部分土地归属于美国？ ‎ ‎　 说明1：无论是做疑问代词还是限定词，which 和 what 所指的范围不同。what所指的范围是无限的，而which则指在一定的范围内。例如： ‎ ‎　 Which girls do you like best? 你喜欢哪几个姑娘？ ‎ ‎　　 What girls do you like best? 你喜欢什么样的姑娘？ ‎ ‎　 说明2：Whom是who的宾格，在书面语中，它作动词宾语或介词宾语，在口语中作宾语时，可用who代替，但在介词后只能用whom, 例如： ‎ ‎　　 Who（m）did you meet on the street? 你在街上遇到了谁？（作动词宾语） ‎ ‎　　　 　Who（m） are you taking the book to? 你要把这书带给谁？（作介词宾语，置句首） ‎ ‎　　　 　　To whom did you speak on the campus? 你在校园里和谁讲话了？（作介词宾语，置介词后，不能用who取代。） ‎ ‎　　　说明3： ‎ 疑问代词用于对介词宾语提问时，过去的文体中介词和疑问代词通常一起放在句首，现代英语中，疑问代词在句首，介词在句末。例如： ‎ ‎　 For what do most people live and work? 大部分人生活和工作的目的是什么？（旧文体） ‎ What are you looking for? 你在找什么？（现代英语） ‎ ‎　 说明4： 疑问代词还可引导名词性从句。例如： ‎ ‎　 I can't make out what he is driving at. 我不知道他用意何在。 ‎ ‎　　 　 Can you tell me whose is the blue shirt on the bed?　 你能告诉我床上的蓝衬衣是谁的吗？ ‎ Much of what you say I agree with, but I cannot go all the way with you. ‎ 你说的我大部分同意，但并不完全赞同。 ‎ ‎　 ‎ ‎3.11. 关系代词 ‎ ‎1） 关系代词用来引导定语从句。它代表先行词，同时在从句中作一定的句子成分。例如： ‎ The girl to whom I spoke is my cousin.　跟我讲话的姑娘是我表妹。 ‎ 该句中whom既代表先行词the girl，又在从句中作介词to的宾语。 ‎ ‎2） 关系代词有主格，宾格和属格之分，并有指人与指物之分。在限定性定语从句中，that 可指人也可指物，见表： ‎ 指人 指物 指人或指物 ‎ 主 格 who which that ‎ 宾 格 whom that that ‎ 属 格 whose of which/whose of which/whose ‎ ‎　例如：This is the pencil whose point is broken. 这就是那枝折了尖的铅笔。（whose 指物，在限定性定语从句中作定语） ‎ ‎　　　 He came back for the book which he had forgotten.　他回来取他丢下的书。（which指物，在限定性定语从句中作宾语，可以省略） ‎ 说明：非限定性定语从句中，不能用that作关系代词。 ‎ ‎　3） 关系代词which的先行词可以是一个句子。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He said he saw me there, which was a lie. 他说在那儿看到了我，纯属谎言。 ‎ ‎　　　说明： 关系代词在从句中作宾语时可以省略。另外，关系代词that在从句中作表语时也可省略，例如： ‎ ‎　 I've forgotten much of the Latin I once knew.　 我过去懂拉丁语，现在大都忘了。 ‎ ‎　　　He's changed. He's not the man he was. 他变化很大，已不是过去的他了。 ‎ ‎　　 ‎ ‎3.12 every , no, all, both, neither, nor ‎ ‎1）不定代词有all , both, every, each, either, neither, more, little, few, much, many, another, other, some, any , one, no 以及some, something, anything, everything, somebody, someone, anybody, anyone, nothing , nobody, no one, none, everybody, everyone.等。 ‎ ‎　2）不定代词的功能与用法 ‎ ‎　 a. 除every 和no外不定代词既可用作名词，也可用作形容词。every和no在句中只能作定语。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 I have no idea about it. 我不知该咋办。 ‎ ‎　 b. all 都，指三者以上。all 的主谓一致：all的单复数由它所修饰或指代的名词的单复数决定。例如： ‎ ‎　　　　All goes well.　 一切进展得很好。 ‎ ‎　　　 all 通常不与可数名词单数连用，如：不说 all the book，而说 the whole book。 ‎ ‎　　　 但all可与表时间的可数名词单数连用，如 all day，all night，all the year；但习惯上不说 all hour，all century。 ‎ ‎　　　 all还可以与一些特殊的单数名词连用，如 all China，all the city，all my life，all the way ‎ ‎　3）both　都，指两者。 ‎ ‎　 a. both 与复数动词连用，但 both… and…可与单数名词连用。 ‎ ‎　 b. both, all 都可作同位语，其位置在行为动词前， be 动词之后。如果助动词或情态动词后面的实义动词省去，则位于助动词或情态动词之前。例如： ‎ Who can speak Japanese?　谁能讲日本话？　 ‎ We both（all）can. 我们都不会。 ‎ ‎　4）neither　两者都不 ‎ ‎　 a.　neither作主语时，谓语动词用单数。 ‎ ‎　 b. 作定语与单数名词连用，但neither… nor 用作并列连词，可与复数名词连用。其谓语采用就近原则。 ‎ c.　可用于下列句型，避免重复。例如： ‎ She can't sing，neither（can）he. 她不会唱歌，他也不会。 ‎ ‎　5）neither 与nor 的比较 ‎ ‎　 a.　如前句是否定式从句，则主句用neither，而不用 nor。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 If you don't do it，neither should I.　如果你不干，我也不干。 ‎ ‎　 b. 如后连续有几个否定句式，则用nor，不用neither。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 He can't sing，nor dance，nor skate. 他不会唱歌，不会跳舞，也不会滑冰。 ‎ ‎3.13 none, few, some, any, one, ones ‎ 一、 none 无 ‎ ‎　 1） none作主语，多与of 构成短语 none of。 在答语中，none可单独使用。例如：　　　　　　 ‎ Are there any pictures on the wall?　墙上有画吗？ ‎ None. 没。 ‎ ‎　 2） none作主语，谓语动词单复数均可。但如做表语，则其单复数与表语一致。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 It is none of your business. 闲事莫管。 ‎ 二、few 一些，少数 ‎ ‎　　few 作主语时，谓语动词用复数，多用于肯定句。 ‎ 三、some 一些 ‎ ‎　 1） 可与复数名词及不可数名词连用。 ‎ ‎　 2） 当做"某一"解时，也可与单数名词连用。（= a certain） ‎ ‎　　　 You will be sorry for this some day. 总有一天，你会为此后悔的。 ‎ ‎　　　 A certain （some） person has seen you break the rule. 有些人不同意你的看法。 ‎ ‎　 注意： ‎ ‎　　（1）在肯定疑问句中用some代替any。 ‎ ‎　　（2）some用于其他句式中: ‎ ‎　　　 a.肯定疑问句中：说话人认为对方的答案会是肯定的，或期望得到肯定回答时。 ‎ ‎　　　 Would you like句式中，表委婉请求或建议。例如： ‎ ‎　　　　Would you like some coffee? 喝咖啡吗？ ‎ ‎　　　 b.在条件状语从句中表示确定的意义时。例如： ‎ ‎　　　　If you need some help，let me know. 需要帮助，跟我说。 ‎ ‎　　　 c.some位于主语部分。例如： ‎ ‎　　　　Some students haven't been there before. 有些学生没去过那儿。 ‎ ‎　　　 d.当否定的是整体中的部分时，some可用于否定句。例如： ‎ ‎　　　　I haven't heard from some of my old friends these years. 这些年我没有收到一些老朋友的信。 ‎ 四、any 一些 ‎ ‎　 1） any 多用于否定句和疑问句和条件状语从句中。 ‎ ‎　　 当句中含有任何的意思时，any可用于肯定句。 ‎ ‎　　　 Here are three novels. You may read any.　这有三本小说，你可任读一本。 ‎ 五、one, 复数形式为ones ‎ ‎　 ones必须和形容词连用。如果替代的名词时无形容词在前，则用some, any，而不用ones。例如： ‎ Have you bought any rulers?　买尺了吗？ ‎ Yes, I 've bought some. 买了，买了几把。 ‎ ‎3.14 one，that 和it ‎ ‎　one表示泛指，that和it 表示特指。that与所指名词为同类，但不是同一个，而it 与所指名词为同一个。例如： ‎ ‎　 I can't find my hat. I think I must buy one.（不定）我找不到我的帽子了。我想我该去买一顶。 ‎ ‎　　The hat you bought is bigger than that I bought.（同类但不同个）你买的那顶帽子比我买的大。 ‎ ‎　　I can't find my hat. I don' t know where I put it.（ 同一物）我找不到我的帽子。我不知道我把它放在哪了。 ‎ ‎　 ‎ ‎3.15 one/another/the other ‎ one… the other　只有两个　　　　　　　　 ‎ ‎　some… the others　 有三个以上 ‎ ‎　one… another，another… ‎ ‎　some… others，others… ‎ ‎　others = other people/things ‎ ‎　the others = the rest　剩余的全部 ‎ ‎　1） 泛指另一个用another。 ‎ ‎　2） 一定范围内两人（物），一个用one，另一个用the other。 ‎ ‎　3） 一定范围内三者，一个用one，另一个用one （another），第三个可用the other，a third。 ‎ ‎　4） 一定范围内，除去一部分人/物，剩余的全部用the others。 ‎ ‎　5） 泛指别的人或物时，用others当在一定范围内，除去一部分后，剩余部分但不是全部时，也用others。 ‎ ‎3.16 “the”的妙用 ‎ He is one of the students who help me. ‎ ‎　 He is the one of the students who helps me. 他是帮我的学生之一。 ‎ ‎　 第一句定语从句与the students 一致。 ‎ ‎　 第二句定语从句与the one 一致。 ‎ ‎3.17 anyone/any one；no one/none；every/each ‎ ‎1．anyone 和 any one ‎ ‎　 anyone仅指人，any one既可指人，也可指物。 ‎ ‎2．no one 和none ‎ ‎　a） none 后跟of短语，既可指人又可指物，而no one只单独使用，只指人。 ‎ ‎　b） none 作主语，谓语动词用单，复数均可，而no one作主语谓语动词只能是单数。例如： ‎ ‎　　 None of you could lift it. 你们中没有人可举起它。 ‎ ‎　 ---- Did any one call me up just now?　--刚才有人打电话给我吗? ‎ ‎　 ---- No one.　　　　　　　　　　　 --没有。 ‎ ‎3．every 和each ‎ ‎1） every 强调全体的概念， each强调个体概念。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Every student in our school works hard.　我们学校的学生都很用功。 ‎ ‎　　 Each student may have one book..　每个学生都可有一本书。 ‎ ‎2） every 指三个以上的人或物（含三个），each指两个以上的人或物 （含两个）。 ‎ ‎3） every 只作形容词，不可单独使用。each可作代词或形容词。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Every boy has to take one. 每个男孩必须取一个。 ‎ ‎　　 Each boy has to take one. ‎ ‎　　 Each of the boys has to take one. ‎ ‎4） every不可以作状语，each可作状语。 ‎ ‎5） every 有反复重复的意思，如 every two weeks等； each没有。 ‎ ‎6） every 与not 连用，表示部分否定； each 和not连用表示全部否定。例如： ‎ ‎　　　Every man is not honest. 并非每个人都诚实。 ‎ ‎　　　Each man is not honest.　这儿每个人都不诚实。 ‎ ‎3.18 both, either, neither, all, any, none ‎ ‎　　这些词都可用作代词或形容词。其位置都在be 动词之后，行为动词之前或第一个助动词之后。 ‎ ‎　1） both （两者都），either（两者中任何一个），neither （两者都不）。以上词使用范围为两个人或物。例如： ‎ ‎　　Neither of the two boys is clever.　两个男孩都不聪明。 ‎ ‎　2） both，either ‎ ‎　 both与复数连用，either与单数连用。例如： ‎ ‎　 Both the boys are clever.　 两个男孩都很聪明。 ‎ ‎　 Either of the two boys is clever. ‎ ‎　 There are flowers on both sides of the street. 路边长满了野花。 ‎ ‎　 There are flowers on either side of the street. ‎ ‎　3） all （所有的，全部的人或物），any （任何一个）， none （都不）。 以上词使用范围为三者以上。例如： ‎ ‎　 All the flowers are gone.　所有的花都谢了。 ‎ ‎　 I don't like any of the flowers.　这些花我都不喜欢。 ‎ ‎　 I like none of the flowers.　这些花我都不喜欢。 ‎ ‎　注意：all与none用法一样。跟单数名词，用单数动词；跟复数名词，用复数动词。例如： ‎ ‎　　　　All of the students are there. 所有的学生都在那。 ‎ ‎　　　　All （of） the milk is there.　 所有的牛奶都在那。 ‎ ‎3.19 many, much ‎ ‎　 Many，much都意为"许多"， many + 可数名词，much + 不可数名词。例如： ‎ ‎　　 How many people are there at the meeting? 多少人出席了会议。 ‎ ‎　　 How much time has we left? 还剩多少时间？ ‎ ‎　　 Many of the workers were at the meeting.许多工人在开会。 ‎ ‎　　 Much of the time was spent on learning.学习上化了许多时间。 ‎ ‎3.20 few, little, a few, a little ‎ ‎（a） few + 可数名词, （a） little + 不可数名词 ‎ ‎　a few / a little 为肯定含义，还有一点 ‎ ‎　few / little　为否定含义，没有多少了。例如： ‎ ‎　He has a few friends.　　　他有几个朋友。 ‎ ‎　He has few friends.　　　 他几乎没有朋友。 ‎ ‎　We still have a little time. 我们还有点时间。 ‎ ‎　There is little time left. 几乎没剩下什么时间了。 ‎ 固定搭配：only a few （=few）　 not a few （=many）　 quite a few （=many） many a （=many）。例如： ‎ ‎　　Many books were sold. ‎ Many a book was sold. 卖出了许多书。 ‎ 典型例题: ‎ ‎　 Although he 's wealthy，he spends___ on clothes. ‎ ‎　 A. little　 B. few　C. a little　 D. a few ‎ ‎　 答案： A. spend所指的是钱，不可数，只能用little或 a little. 本句为although引导的让步状语从句，由句意知后句为否定含义，因此应用little表示几乎不。 ‎ ‎3.21 代词练习 ‎ ‎1.There are several pretty girls standing under the tree, but ______ are known to me. ‎ a. neither b. none c. no one d. all ‎ ‎2.In one year rats eat 40 to 50 times ______ weight. ‎ a. its b. and c. their d. theirs ‎ ‎3.You’d better continue to use the same spelling of your name as ______ you used in your application. ‎ a. one b. the one c. any d. some one ‎ ‎4.The little baby was left alone, with ______ to look after it. ‎ a. someone b. anyone c. not one d. no one ‎ ‎5.John can play chess better than ______ else. ‎ a. the one b. no one c. any one d. another ‎ ‎6.The weight of something is another way of describing the amount of force exerted on ______ by gravity. ‎ a. it b. them c. that d. one ‎ ‎7.It is one thing to enjoy listening to good music, but it is quite ______ to perform skillfully ‎ yourself. ‎ a. other b. another c. some d. any ‎ ‎8.Children should be taught how to get along with ______. ‎ a. another b. other c. others d. any other ‎ ‎9.The poor man lived on wild berries and roots because they had ______ to eat. ‎ a. nothing else b. anything else c. something other d. nothing other ‎ ‎10.I go to the cinema ______ day, Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Saturdays. ‎ a. each other b. every other c. this and the other d. all other ‎ ‎11.One of the properties of light is ______ traveling in wave form as it goes from one place to another. ‎ a. it b. it’s c. its d. their ‎ ‎12.______ in the world has been asked to do his duty for the human society. ‎ a. Each of the tramps b. Every of the tramps c. The each tramp d. The every tramp ‎ ‎13.In some restaurants, food and service are worse than ______ used to be. ‎ a. they b. it c. them d. that ‎ ‎14.Let the porter take all the baggage out and put ______ in the lobby. ‎ a.it b. they c. them d. its ‎ ‎15.Everyone who comes to the party is given a wooden apple with _____ own names cut in it as a souvenir. ‎ a. his b. her c. their d. our ‎ ‎16.Everybody in the class must give in ______ exercise book within the given time. ‎ a. their b. our c. his d. her ‎ ‎17.During the journey, the boys and girls entertained ______ with songs and games. ‎ a. themselves b. theirselves c. himself d. itself ‎ ‎18.You’d better buy ______ some fruits when you go on a trip. ‎ a. youself b. myself c. yourself d. you ‎ ‎19.The boys in this town like to bully ______. ‎ a. one another b. one and other c. each other d. one and the other ‎ ‎20.One common family name is Black,______ is Anderson. ‎ a. another b. the other c. others d. none other ‎ ‎21.I have two novels: one of the two is “Gone with the Wind’, and ______ is “the Tale of Two Cities’. ‎ a. another b. other c. none other d. the other ‎ ‎22.All girls wear beautiful clothes. Some are dressed in red;______ in green. ‎ a. other b. another c. others d. none other ‎ ‎23.She can’t seem to help herself. And ______ can help her, either. ‎ a. none else b. no one else c. not any d. somebody else ‎ ‎24.Children can usually dress ______ by the age of five. ‎ a. him b. them c. hiself d. themselves ‎ ‎25.The gold watch had belonged to me for years, but the police refused to believe it was ______. ‎ a. me b. my c. mine d. I’s ‎ ‎26.Mother would not let Mary and ______ attend the hockey game. ‎ a. I b. my c. me d. we ‎ ‎27.In a news conference this afternoon, the university announced that ______ intends to make ‎ several important changes in next year’s budget. ‎ a. he b. it c. she d. they ‎ ‎28.______ but a fool can make such a mistake. ‎ a. Everyone b. No other c. Not all d. None ‎ ‎29.The poem by Browning is so observed that I cannot grasp ______ meaning. ‎ a. its b. it’s c. their d. that ‎ ‎30.The mayor felt that the police, in spite of the reports, had done ______ best. ‎ a. its b. their c. his d. our ‎ ‎31.I haven’t read ______ of the last four chapters, so I know little about them. ‎ a. anything b. any c. some d. something ‎ ‎32.A pretty face may win friends but it takes character and personality to hold ______. ‎ a. it b. them c. that d. one ‎ ‎33.In the discussion, one speaker held that, since we live in a money-oriented society, the average individual cares little about solving ______. ‎ a. anyone else’s problems b. anyone’s else problems ‎ b. anyone else problems d. problems of anyone else ‎ ‎34.I don’t know whether small oranges are sweeter than big ______. ‎ a. those b. ones c. one d. that ‎ ‎35.‘How much water is left in the bottle?’ ‘______’ ‎ a. Nothing b. None c. Not some d. Not one ‎ ‎36.It took two of them to do the work that ______ of us could do. ‎ a. someone b. anyone c. any one d. everyone ‎ ‎37.He has five children, and ______ of them is good at painting. ‎ a. everyone b. everybody d. every one d. every ‎ ‎38.I have three brothers,______ are in Beijing. ‎ a. no one of them b. neither of them c. some of them d. none of them ‎ ‎39.Some of my students study a lot,______ just don’t care. ‎ a. anothers b. the other c. some other d. others ‎ ‎40.As a matter of fact, Saudi Arabia’s oil reserves are second only to ______. ‎ a. Kuweit b. that of Kuweit c. Kuweits’s d. those of Kuweit ‎ ‎41.This book of _______ used to be one of the best sellers in the shop. ‎ a. his b. him c. that man d. this ‎ ‎42.We should always keep ______ well-informed of the changing information. ‎ a. us b. ours c. ourselves d. we ‎ ‎43.The climate here is often said to be similar to ______. ‎ a. Japan b. one of Japan c. that of Japan d. in Japan ‎ ‎44.Hunted by constant fear of arrest, the thief ______ to the police at last. ‎ a. gave it up b. gave up himself c. gave him up d. gave himself up ‎ ‎45.______ of the boys in the class who have passed the test is to receive certificates. ‎ a. Every b. Every one c. Any d. Anyone ‎ ‎46.Do you believe that she has blamed us for the accident, especially ______? ‎ a. you and me b. you and I c. I and you d. me and you ‎ ‎47.Of those who graduated with ______,Ellen is the only one who has found a good job. ‎ a. Betty and he b. he and Betty c. Betty and him d. Him and Betty ‎ ‎48.He is surprised by ______ having to pay for the accident. ‎ a. you b. yours c. your d. your’s ‎ ‎49.This is a left hand glove and that is ______. ‎ a. other b. the other one c. other one d. another ‎ ‎50.Add those examples to ______ you have already noted. ‎ a. one b. the one c. one d. the ones ‎ ‎51.Have you got a ticket? Yes, I’ve got ______. ‎ a. it b. the one c. one d. the ones ‎ ‎52.There’s the doorbell; I hope ______ Tom. ‎ a. its b. it’s c. is d. he’s ‎ ‎53.It’s cheaper to buy old furniture than to have new ______ made. ‎ a. one b. ones c. furniture d. furnitures ‎ ‎54.Those of us who are over fifty years old should get ______ blood pressure checked regularly. ‎ a. their b. their’s c. our d. ours ‎ ‎55.Every man and woman eighteen years of age or older is eligible to vote for the candidate of ______. ‎ a. his choice b. their choice c. the choice of him d. the choice of theirs ‎ ‎56.I bite my nails. I must break ______. ‎ a. the habit of me b. the habit with myself c. myself of the habit d. of the habit myself ‎ ‎57.______ of them shared my opinions, so we have ______ in common to discuss. ‎ a. Nobody/a little b. Few/little c. A few/little d. None/many ‎ ‎58.When science, business and art learn something of ______ methods and goals, the world will have come closer to cultural harmony. ‎ a. one and the other’s b. each and the other’s ‎ c. one another’s d. the one’s and the other’s ‎ ‎59.The boy is ______ of a musician. ‎ a. anyone b. anything c. someone d. something ‎ ‎60.For ______ interested in nature, the club offers hikes and overnight camping each week during the summer. ‎ a. them b. whom c. themselves d. those ‎ ‎61.The use of radar as well as the two-way radio ______ for the police to intercept most speeders. ‎ a. make it possible b. makes it possible c. makes possible d. make it a possibility ‎ ‎62.The family never agree about ______ shares of the property. ‎ a. her b. its c. their d. his ‎ ‎63.The flock of geese was flying through the sky in perfect formation following ______ leader. ‎ a. its b. their c. his d. her ‎ ‎64.When Jonathan went to Spain with his sister, he bought a leather coat for her and another for ______. ‎ a. him b. himself c. he d. his ‎ ‎65.Those of us who wear glasses should have ______ eyes examined at regular intervals. ‎ a. their b. our c. his d. her ‎ ‎66.Frank admired his friends Tom and David. He imitated ______. ‎ a. theirs every action b. every action of theirs c. every of their action d. every action of their one ‎ ‎67.My desk is ______. ‎ a. between his b. between his one c. beside his one d. beside his ‎ ‎68.“May I speak to Iris?” ‎ ‎“This is ______ speaking.” ‎ a. she b. hers’s c. hers d. her ‎ ‎69.Mary is the landlady ______. ‎ a. from who we rent the flat b. from whom we rent the flat ‎ c. whom we rent the flat d. who we rent the flat ‎ ‎70.Give the message to ______ is at the table. ‎ a. whomever b. whosever c. whatever d. whoever ‎ ‎71.It was through experimentation ______ people found out he behavior of electricity. ‎ a. that b. which c. / d. the ‎ ‎72.______ Nat Turner who led a revolt against slavery in Virginia in 1831. ‎ a. Where was b. It was c. He was d. it was him ‎ ‎73.It wasn’t ______ telephoned me. ‎ a. he whom b. him whom c. he who d . his who ‎ ‎74.It was ______ he bought the magazine. ‎ a. from a second-hand store where b. a second-hand store in which ‎ b. in a second-hand store that d. in a second-hand store where ‎ ‎75.It was ______ late in the evening that the students returned to the dormitories. ‎ a. till b. before c. when d. not until ‎ ‎76.It was ______ that he did not go to Mount Lao with us. ‎ a. because he was ill b. as he was ill ‎ c. since he was ill d. though he was ill ‎ ‎77.It was ______ that he joined the evening party. ‎ a. finding Comrade Li b. found Comrade Li c. to find Comrade Li d. find Comrade Li ‎ ‎78.Was it ______ she agreed to help? ‎ a. very reluctantly so that b. very reluctantly that ‎ c. so reluctantly that d. very reluctantly when ‎ ‎79.______ she gave the postcards to? ‎ a. Whom it was that b. Who it was that c. Who was it that d. It was who that ‎ ‎80.______ the camel can go for three days without food or drink? ‎ a. That it is why b. That is it why c. Why it is that d. Why is it that ‎ ‎4. 形容词和副词 ‎ ‎4.1 形容词及其用法 ‎ ‎　 形容词修饰名词，说明事物或人的性质或特征。通常，可将形容词分成性质形容词和叙述形容词两类，其位置不一定都放在名词前面。 ‎ ‎1）直接说明事物的性质或特征的形容词是性质形容词，它有级的变化，可以用程度副词修饰，在句中可作定语、表语和补语。例如：hot。 ‎ ‎2）叙述形容词只能作表语，所以又称为表语形容词。这类形容词没有级的变化，也不可用程度副词修饰。大多数以a开头的形容词都属于这一类。例如：afraid 害怕的。 ‎ ‎　　　（错）　He is an ill man. ‎ ‎　　　（对）　The man is ill. ‎ ‎　　　（错）　She is an afraid girl. ‎ ‎　　　（对）　The girl is afraid. ‎ ‎　　 这类词还有： well，unwell，ill，faint，afraid，alike，alive，alone，asleep，awake 等。 ‎ ‎3）形容词作定语修饰名词时，要放在名词的前边。但是如果形容词修饰以-thing为字尾的词语时，要放在这些词之后。例如：something nice. ‎ ‎　　 ‎ ‎4.2 以-ly结尾的形容词 ‎ ‎1） 大部分形容词加-ly可构成副词。但 friendly，deadly，lovely，lonely，likely，lively，ugly，brotherly，仍为形容词。 ‎ ‎　 改错： （错） She sang lovely. ‎ ‎　　　 （错） He spoke to me very friendly. ‎ ‎　　　 （对） Her singing was lovely. ‎ ‎　　　 （对） He spoke to me in a very friendly way. ‎ ‎2）有些以-ly 结尾既为形容词，也为副词，如daily，weekly，monthly，yearly，early等。例如： ‎ ‎　　 The Times is a weekly paper. 《时代周刊》为周刊。 ‎ ‎　　 The Times is published weekly. 《时代周刊》每周发行一期。 ‎ ‎4.3 用形容词表示类别和整体 ‎ ‎1） 某些形容词加上定冠词可以泛指一类人，与谓语动词的复数连接，如the dead，the living，the rich，the poor，the blind，the hungry等。例如： ‎ ‎　　 The poor are losing hope. 穷人行将失去希望。 ‎ ‎2） 有关国家和民族的形容词加上定冠词指这个民族的整体，与动词的复数连用，如the British，the English，the French，the Chinese等。例如： ‎ ‎　　 The English have wonderful sense of humor. 英国人颇有幽默感。 ‎ ‎4.4 多个形容词修饰名词的顺序 ‎ 多个形容词修饰名词时，其顺序为：限定词--数词--描绘词--（大小，长短，形状，新旧，颜色）--出处--材料性质--类别--名词。例如： ‎ ‎　　 a small round table/ a tall gray building/ a dirty old brown shirt/ a famous German medical school/ an expensive Japanese sports car ‎ 典型例题: ‎ ‎1） Tony is going camping with ___ boys.　 ‎ ‎　 A.　little two other　B. two little other　　C.　two other little　 D.　little other two ‎ ‎　 答案：C。由"限定词--数词--描绘词--（大小，长短，形状，新旧，颜色） --性质--名词"的顺序可知数词，描绘词，性质依次顺序，只有C符合答案。 ‎ ‎2） One day they crossed the ____bridge behind the palace. ‎ ‎　 A. old Chinese stone　B. Chinese old stone　C. old stone Chinese　D. Chinese stone old ‎ ‎　 答案A. 几个形容词修饰一个名词，他们的排列顺序是：年龄，形状，大小+颜色+来源+质地+用途+国家+名词。 ‎ ‎3） ---- How was your recent visit to Qingdao? ‎ ‎　 ---- It was great. We visited some friends，and spent the ___days at the seaside. ‎ ‎　 A. few last sunny　 B. last few sunny　 C. last sunny few　 D. few sunny last ‎ 答案：B ‎。本题考查多个形容词的排序问题。一般与被修饰形容词关系密切的形容词靠近名词；如果几个形容词的重要性差不多，音节少的形容词在前，音节多的方在后，在不能确定时，可参照：限定词+数量词（序数词在前，基数词在后）+性状形容词+大小、长短、高低等形体+新旧+颜色+国籍+材料+名词，如those + three + beautiful + large + square +old + brown + wood + table。 ‎ ‎4.5 副词及其基本用法 ‎ ‎　 副词主要用来修饰动词，形容词，副词或其他结构。 ‎ 一、副词的位置 ‎ ‎1） 在动词之前。 ‎ ‎2） 在be动词、助动词之后。　 ‎ ‎3） 多个助动词时，副词一般放在第一个助动词后。 ‎ 注意： ‎ ‎　 a. 大多数方式副词位于句尾，但宾语过长，副词可以提前，以使句子平衡。例如： ‎ ‎　　　We could see very clearly a strange light ahead of us.我们清楚地看到前面有奇怪的光。 ‎ ‎　 b. 方式副词well，badly，hard等只放在句尾。例如： ‎ ‎　　　He speaks English well. 他英语说得好。 ‎ 二、副词的排列顺序： ‎ ‎1） 时间，地点副词，小单位的在前，大单位在后。 ‎ ‎2） 方式副词，短的在前，长的在后，并用and或but等连词连接。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 Please write slowly and carefully. 请写得慢一些，仔细一些 ‎ ‎3） 多个不同副词排列：程度+地点+方式+时间副词。 ‎ 注意：副词very 可以修饰形容词，但不能修饰动词。 ‎ ‎　 改错：（错）　I very like English. ‎ ‎　　　　 （对）　I like English very much. ‎ 注意：副词enough要放在形容词的后面，形容词enough放在名词前后都可。例如： ‎ ‎　　　　 I don't know him well enough. 他我不熟悉。 ‎ ‎　　　　 There is enough food for everyone to eat.有足够的食物供每个人吃。 ‎ ‎　　　　 There is food enough for everyone to eat. ‎ ‎4.6 兼有两种形式的副词 ‎ ‎1） close与closely ‎ ‎　 close意思是"近"；closely 意思是"仔细地"。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 He is sitting close to me. 他就坐在我边上。 ‎ ‎　　　 Watch him closely. 盯着他。 ‎ ‎2） late 与lately ‎ ‎　　 late意思是"晚"；lately 意思是"最近"。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 You have come too late. 你来得太晚了。 ‎ ‎　　　 What have you been doing lately? 近来好吗？ ‎ ‎3） deep与deeply ‎ ‎　　 deep意思是"深"，表示空间深度；deeply时常表示感情上的深度，"深深地"。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 He pushed the stick deep into the mud.他把棍子深深插进泥里。 ‎ ‎　　　 Even father was deeply moved by the film.老爸也被电影深深打动了。 ‎ ‎4） high与highly ‎ ‎　　 high表示空间高度；highly表示程度，相当于much。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 The plane was flying high. 这架飞机飞得很高。 ‎ ‎　　　 I think highly of your opinion. 你的看法很有道理。 ‎ ‎5） wide与widely ‎ ‎　　 wide表示空间宽度；widely意思是"广泛地"，"在许多地方"。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 He opened the door wide. 他把门开得大大的。 ‎ ‎　　　 English is widely used in the world.英语在世界范围内广泛使用。 ‎ ‎6） free与freely ‎ ‎　　 free的意思是"免费"；freely 的意思是"无限制地"。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 You can eat free in my restaurant whenever you like.无论什么时候，我这饭铺免费对你开放。 ‎ ‎　　　 You may speak freely; say what you like.你可以畅所欲言，想说什么就说什么。 ‎ ‎4.7 形容词与副词的比较级 ‎ ‎　大多数形容词（性质形容词）和副词有比较级和最高级的变化，即原级、比较级和最高级，用来表示事物的等级差别。原级即形容词的原形，比较级和最高级有规则变化和不规则变化两种。 ‎ ‎1） 规则变化 ‎ ‎　 单音节词和少数双音节词，加词尾-er，-est来构成比较级和最高级。 ‎ 构成法 原级 比较级 最高级 ‎ 一般单音节词未尾加-er,-est tall taller tallest ‎ 以不发音的e结尾的单音词和少数以- le结尾的双音节词只加-r,-st nice nicer nicest ‎ 以一个辅音字母结尾的闭音节单音节词，双写结尾的辅音字母，再加-er,-est big bigger biggest ‎ ‎"以辅音字母+y"结尾的双音节词，改y为i，再加-er，-est busy busier busiest ‎ 少数以-er,-ow结尾的双音节词未尾加-er,-est clever/narrow cleverer/ narrower cleverest/ narrowest ‎ 其他双音节词和多音节词，在前面加more，most来构成比较级和最高级 important/ easily more important/ more easily most important/ most easily ‎ ‎2） 不规则变化 ‎ 原级 比较级 最高级 ‎ good better best ‎ well（健康的） worse worst ‎ bad ‎ ill（有病的） ‎ old older/elder oldest/eldest ‎ much/many more most ‎ little less least ‎ far farther/further farthest/furthest ‎ ‎4.8. as + 形容词或副词原级 + as ‎ ‎1）在否定句或疑问句中可用so… as。例如： ‎ ‎　　　He cannot run so/as fast as you. 他没你跑得快。 ‎ ‎2）当as… as 中间有名词时采用以下格式：as +形容词+ a +单数名词/ as + many/much +名词。例如： ‎ ‎　　 This is as good an example as the other is. 这个例子和另外一个一样好。 ‎ ‎　　 I can carry as much paper as you can. 你能搬多少纸，我也能。 ‎ ‎3）用表示倍数的词或其他程度副词做修饰语时，放在as的前面。例如： ‎ ‎　　 This room is twice as big as that one. 这房间的面积是那间的两倍。 ‎ ‎　　 Your room is the same size as mine.　你的房间和我的一样大。 ‎ ‎4）倍数+ as + adj. + as　<=> 倍数+ the … + of。例如： ‎ ‎　　 This bridge is three times as long as that one. 这座桥的长度是那座的三倍。 ‎ ‎　　 This bridge is three times the length of that one. ‎ ‎　　 Your room is twice as large as mine. 你的房间是我的两倍大。 ‎ ‎　　 Your room is twice the size of mine. ‎ ‎4.9 比较级形容词或副词 + than 。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 You are taller than I. 你比我高。 ‎ ‎　　　 They lights in your room are brighter than those in mine.你房间的那些灯比我房间里的亮。 ‎ 注意： ‎ ‎1）要避免重复使用比较级。 ‎ ‎　　 （错） He is more cleverer than his brother. ‎ ‎　　 （对） He is more clever than his brother. ‎ ‎　　 （对） He is clever than his brother. ‎ ‎2）要避免将主语含在比较对象中。 ‎ ‎　　 （错） China is larger than any country in Asia. ‎ ‎　　 （对） China is larger than any other countries in Asia. ‎ ‎3）要注意对应句型，遵循前后一致的原则。 ‎ ‎　　　 The population of Shanghai is larger than that of Beijing. ‎ ‎　　　 It is easier to make a plan than to carry it out. ‎ ‎4）要注意定冠词在比较级中的使用。 ‎ ‎　 比较：Which is larger, Canada or Australia? ‎ ‎　　　　 Which is the larger country, Canada or Australia? ‎ ‎　　　　 She is taller than her two sisters. ‎ ‎　　　　 She is the taller of the two sisters. ‎ ‎4.10 可修饰比较级的词 ‎ ‎1）a bit, a little, rather, much, far, by far, many, a lot, lots, a great deal, any, still, even等。 ‎ ‎2）还可以用表示倍数的词或度量名词作修饰语。 ‎ ‎3）以上词（除by far）外，必须置于比较级形容词或副词的前面。 ‎ 典型例题： ‎ ‎1）---- Are you feeling ____?　 ‎ ‎　　 ---- Yes，I'm fine now. ‎ ‎　 A. any well　B. any better　C. quite good　D. quite better　　 ‎ 答案：B. any 可修饰比较级，quite修饰原级，well的比较级为better. ‎ ‎2）The experiment was____ easier than we had expected.　 ‎ ‎　 A.　more　 B.　much more　　 C.　much　　　 D.　more much ‎ 答案：C.　much可修饰比较级，因此B，C都说得通，但easier本身已是比较级，不需more，因此C为正确答案。 ‎ ‎3）If there were no examinations, we should have ___ at school.　 ‎ A. the happiest time　　B. a more happier time　C. much happiest time　 D.　a much happier time ‎ 答案：D。 ‎ ‎4.11 many, old 和 far ‎ ‎1） 如果后接名词时，much more +不可数名词，many more +可数名词复数。　　　 ‎ ‎2） old 有两种比较级和最高级形式: older/oldest 和elder/eldest。elder，eldest 只用于兄弟姐妹的长幼关系。例如： ‎ ‎　　　My elder brother is an engineer. 我哥哥是个工程师。 ‎ ‎　　　Mary is the eldest of the three sisters. 玛丽是三姐妹中最大的。 ‎ ‎3） far 有两种比较级，farther，further。一般father 表示距离，further表示进一步。例如： ‎ ‎　 I have nothing further to say. 我没什么要说了。 ‎ ‎4.12 the + 最高级 + 比较范围 ‎ ‎1）形容词最高级前通常必须用定冠词 the，副词最高级前可不用。例如： ‎ The Sahara is the biggest desert in the world. 撒哈拉沙漠是世界上最大的沙漠。 ‎ 形容词most前面没有the，不表示最高级的含义，只表示"非常"。例如： ‎ ‎　　 It is a most important problem. =It is a very important problem. 这是个很重要的问题。 ‎ ‎　　 注意：使用最高级要注意将主语包括在比较范围内。 ‎ ‎　　　 （错）　Tom is the tallest of his three brothers. ‎ ‎　　　 （对）　Tom is the tallest of the three brothers. ‎ ‎2） 下列词可修饰最高级，by far, far, much, mostly, almost。例如： ‎ ‎　　　This hat is nearly / almost the biggest. 这帽子差不多是最大的了。 ‎ 注意： ‎ ‎　 a. very可修饰最高级，但位置与much不同。 ‎ ‎　　　　This is the very best. ‎ ‎　　　　This is much the best. ‎ ‎　 b. 序数词通常只修饰最高级。例如： ‎ ‎　　　　 Africa is the second largest continent.非洲是第二大洲。 ‎ ‎3） 最高级的意义有时可以用比较级表示出来。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Mike is the most intelligent in his class. 马克是班上最聪明的。 ‎ ‎　　 Mike is more intelligent than any other students in his class. ‎ ‎4） "否定词语+比较级"，"否定词语+ so… as"结构也可以表示最高级含义。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Nothing is so easy as this. 没比这更简单的了。 ‎ ‎　　 =Nothing is easier than this. ‎ ‎　　 =This is the easiest thing. ‎ ‎4.13 和more有关的词组， ‎ ‎1） the more…the more…　越……就越……。例如： ‎ ‎　 The harder you work，the greater progress you'll make. 越努力，进步越大。 ‎ ‎2） more B than A=less A than B 与其说A不如说B。例如： ‎ ‎　 He is more lazy than slow at his work. = He is less slow than lazy at his work. 他工作时，与其说是反应慢不如说是懒。 ‎ ‎3） no more… than… 与……一样……，不比……多。例如： ‎ ‎　 The officials could see no more than the Emperor. 官员们看到的和皇帝一样多。 ‎ ‎　　 no less… than…　与……一样……。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He is no less diligent than you. 他和你一样勤勉。 ‎ ‎4） more than　不只是，非常。例如： ‎ ‎　　 She is more than kind to us all. 她对我们非常热心。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎1）The weather in China is different from____. ‎ ‎　A. in America　 B. one in America　 C. America ‎ ‎　D. that in America ‎ 答案：D. 本题意为"中国的天气比美国热。"比较的是天气而不是国家，C不能选。A没有名词，后句成分不全，排除。B和D中，B中的one常用来代替可数名词，而that可车以代替不可数或抽象名词，所以选D。 ‎ ‎2）After the new technique was introduced，the factory produced ___ tractors in 1988 as the year before. ‎ A. as twice many　　B. as many twice　　C. twice as many　D. twice many as ‎ ‎　答案C. 此句意为"这个厂1988能生产的拖拉机是往年的两倍"。表示倍数用"倍数+ as + 形容词原形+ as +比较对象"的句型。所以此句答案为C。 ‎ ‎　 ‎ ‎4.14 形容词和副词练习 ‎ ‎1. The modern machine proved ______ in heart surgery. ‎ a. high valuable b. highly valuable c. valuable high d. valuable highly ‎ ‎2. Mr. Johnson and his ______ daughter do not always understand each other. ‎ a. older b. the oldest c. eldest d. the eldest ‎ ‎3. They ______ thought that the truth would be finally discovered. ‎ a. little b. not c. small d. bit ‎ ‎4. They hardly believe that the apartment which costs them $ 4,000 is ______. ‎ a. so small b. such little c. so little d. such small ‎ ‎5. If a claim is kept ______, it is more likely to be recognized. ‎ a. live b. lived c. alive d. living ‎ ‎6. On his way to school he met ______, so he sent him to hospital. ‎ a. very ill man b. much sick man c. serious ill man d. very sick man ‎ ‎7. She was operated a month ago but now she was ______. ‎ a. very good b. very well c. healthy d. good conditioned ‎ ‎8. What I would do is to go ______. ‎ a. really quietly somewhere b. somewhere quietly really ‎ c. really quiet somewhere d. somewhere really quiet ‎ ‎9. The chairman asked ______ to write their questions on a piece of paper and send them to the front. ‎ a. the present members b. the members presently ‎ c. the members present d. the presently members ‎ ‎10. The price was very reasonable; I would gladly have paid ______ he asked. ‎ a. three times much as b. three times as many as ‎ c. as three times much as d. three times as much as ‎ ‎11. The trousers are ______, but Tom does not care a bit. ‎ a. too a little small b. a little too small c. a too little small d. a small too little ‎ ‎12. She wore a dress to the party that was far more attractive than ______. ‎ a. other girls b. that of other girls c. the other girls d. those of other girls ‎ ‎13. he can play tennis better than ______ in the class. ‎ a. any boys b. any other boy c. any boy d. any other ‎ ‎14. Kasia is taking her ______ tour of the shops in search of bargains. ‎ a. daily b. day c. day time d. night ‎ ‎15. ______ the child expresses his interest in an activity, the stronger it will become. ‎ a. The more frequent b. The frequenter c. The more frequently d. the frequentlier ‎ ‎16. We’d better wait _______ , Peter and Tom will come very soon. ‎ a. a little longer b. more longer c. long d. as longer ‎ ‎17. although the medicine tastes ______, it seems to help my condition. ‎ a. bad b. badly c. too much bad d. too badly ‎ ‎18. When she got her first month salary, Diana bought herself ______ dress. ‎ a. a cotton , blue …expensive b. an expensive … blue, cotton ‎ c. a blue, expensive … cotton d. a cotton, expensive… blue ‎ ‎19. The doctors have tried ______ to save the life of the wounded soldier. ‎ a. everything possible humanly b. humanly everything possible ‎ c. everything humanly possible d. humanly possible everything ‎ ‎20. I was worried very much because I’ll miss my flight if the bus arrives ______. ‎ a. lately b. late c. latter d. more later ‎ ‎21. The noise outside was ______ his speech was hardly audible. ‎ a. too irritating that b. so irritating so c. so irritating that d. so irritating enough that ‎ ‎22. The harder the shrub is to grow, ______. ‎ a. the more higher price it b. the higher price it is ‎ c. the higher the price is d. the higher is the price ‎ ‎23. The photographs of Mars taken by satellite are ______ taken from the earth. ‎ a. clearest than those b. clearer than that ‎ c. much clear than those d. much clearer than those ‎ ‎24. ______ anywhere in the United States costs less than a dollar when you dial it yourself. ‎ a. Three-minute call b. A three-minutes call ‎ c. A three-minute call d. A three-minutes-call ‎ ‎25. We arrived ______ Professor Baker had already called the roll. ‎ a. so lately that b. as late that c. so later that d. so late that ‎ ‎26. It is ______ that I would like to go to the beach. ‎ a. so nice weather b. such nice weather c. so nice a weather d. such a nice weather ‎ ‎27. Her little car isn’t ______ to seat more than two people comfortably. ‎ a. big enough b. enough big c. so big enough d. big as enough ‎ ‎28. His score on the exam was ______ to qualify him for a graduate program. ‎ a. too good b. well enough c. as high as d. good enough ‎ ‎29. The plane is scheduled to arrive ______ because of bad weather. ‎ a. lately b. late c. later d. latest ‎ ‎30. There are ______ that I can’t finish them. ‎ a. so long assignments b. such long assignments ‎ c. long assignments d. so very long assignments ‎ ‎31. Bats find their way by squeaking ______ and guiding themselves by echoes. ‎ a. very fast b. very fastly c. much faster d. most fastly ‎ ‎32. Your application will be considered ______ your file is completed. ‎ a. as quickly as b. as soon as c. as fast as d. as early as ‎ ‎33. This dress is prettier, but it costs ______ that one. ‎ a. twice more than b. twice as much as c. as much twice as d. twice so much as ‎ ‎34. A new shopping center on the north side will have ______. ‎ a. five hundred more than shops b. as more than five hundred shops ‎ c. five hundred shops more than d. more than five hundred shops ‎ ‎35. The more you study during the semester, ______ you have to study the week before exams. ‎ a. the less b. the lesser c. less d. the little ‎ ‎36. To answer accurately is more important than ______. ‎ a. a quick finish b. to finish quickly c. finishing quickly d. you finish quickly ‎ ‎37. When a body enters the earth’s atmosphere, it travels ______. ‎ a. in a rapid manner b. fastly c. with great speed d. very rapidly ‎ ‎38. The salary of a taxi driver is much higher _______. ‎ a. in comparison with the salary of a teacher b. than a teacher ‎ c. than that of a teacher d. to compare as a teacher ‎ ‎39. Frost occurs in valleys and on low grounds ______ on adjacent hills. ‎ a. more frequently as b. as frequently than ‎ c. more frequently than d. frequently than ‎ ‎40. She can speak _______ in front of Mack, but she can’t eat ______ in his restaurant. ‎ a. free, free b. free, freely c. freely, free d. freely, freely ‎ ‎41. You will have to practice ______ times before you can do it. ‎ a. may more b. more several c. more often d. more many ‎ ‎42. I have been going to Shanghai ______ than I used to. ‎ a. lesser b. less c. fewer d. less often ‎ ‎43. Tuition at American university runs ______ one thousand dollars a semester. ‎ a. so high as b. as high to c. as high as d. as higher than ‎ ‎44. I enjoy the concert last night; they played ______ beautiful music. ‎ a. such b. such a c. so d. so a ‎ ‎45. Several day ______, I saw the man again on the street. ‎ a. late b. later c. latter d. last ‎ ‎46. When electricity was first invented, people refused to believe such a thing ______. ‎ a. impossible b. possibly c. possible d. impossibly ‎ ‎47. The reason why so many people sit before the television tonight is that there will be a ______ show. ‎ a. living b. live c. alive d. lived ‎ ‎48. When the three boys met one another, they found they looked very much ______. Then they knew they were triplet. ‎ a. like b. alike c. likely d. liked ‎ ‎49. The doctor assured the patient that there was ______ with her, but she could not help ‎ worrying. ‎ a. seriously wrong nothing b. nothing serious wrong ‎ c. nothing seriously wrong d. serious nothing wrong ‎ ‎50. If you live in Wuhan one day and in Shenyang the next, you ______ the change in temperature. ‎ a. are certainly to feel b. certainly feel c. are to feel certainly d. are certain to feel ‎ ‎51. As a safety precaution, all drivers carry only enough money to make change for ______. ‎ a. a bill of ten-dollar b. a ten-dollars bill ‎ c. a ten-dollar bill d. a tens-dollar bill ‎ ‎52. When I spent holidays Europe, I bought _____ vases. ‎ a. two lovely big old German b. two lovely old big German ‎ c. two German big old lovely d. lovely big two old German ‎ ‎53. Everyone will agree that food in the south is as good as ______ in the country. ‎ a. other region b. any other region c. that of any region d. that of any other region ‎ ‎54. Stars are so far away that they are ______ spots of light when seen from the earth. ‎ a. nothing more as b. anything more than ‎ c. more than d. nothing more than ‎ ‎55. What deeply impressed his was that magnificent ______. ‎ a. eight-century-old b. eight-centuries c. old-eight-centuries d. eight-century’s-old ‎ ‎56. _______ focus on cultural differences between Chinese and Western societies. ‎ a. The below text and dialogues b. Below the text and dialogues ‎ c. The text and dialogues below d. Text and dialogues the below ‎ ‎57. People will be able to fly from one planet to another in ______. ‎ a. little nasty arrow-shaped tubes b. nasty little arrow-shaped tubes ‎ c. arrow-shaped little nasty tubes d. arrow-shaped little nasty tubes ‎ ‎58. Beginning in the late 19th century, the _______ rise in the productivity of England was just ______ less than Germany and the U.S. ‎ a. year…slightly b. yearly…slight c. yearly…slightly d. year…slightly ‎ ‎59. In Spain, officials estimate that ______ 75 percent of the current violent crime is drug related. ‎ a. much as b. as much as c. as many as d. as great ‎ ‎60. You should spend ______ in the study of the various senses and uses of the common words. ‎ a. much time as you can b. as time much as you can ‎ c. time as many as you can d. as much time as you can ‎ ‎61. Professor Chen asked us to write ______ essay on individual differences in second language learning. ‎ a. a no more than two-thousand-word b. a less two-thousand-words ‎ c. a less than two-thousands-words d. a no more two than thousand word ‎ ‎62. Her voice is ______. ‎ a. loud b. aloud c. loudly d. loudness ‎ ‎63. That so many advances have been made in ______ is the most valid argument for retaining the research unit. ‎ a. such short time b. so a short time c. such a short time d. such short a time ‎ ‎64. ______ curriculum includes all experiences which the students may have within the environment of the school. ‎ a. Broad speaking b. Speaking broadly c. Broadly speaking d. Broadly ‎ ‎65. Since taxi fare in the city may run ______ twenty dollars, I suggest that you take a bus. ‎ a. as high as b. as expensive as c. so high that d. so expensive as ‎ ‎66. If negotiations for the new trade agreements take ______, critical food shortages will develop in several countries. ‎ a. too much longer b. much too long c. the longest d. the longer ‎ ‎67.If he had followed the directions carefully in taking the medicine, he would have felt better ______. ‎ a. much quicker b. more quick c. much quickly d. more quickly ‎ ‎68.Since he spent his childhood in France, Jack is able to converse in French ______. ‎ a. rather good b. quite better c. fairly more d. rather well ‎ ‎69.Of the two cars that the Smiths have, the Plymouth is, without any question, ______. ‎ a. the cheapest to run b. the cheaper to run c. cheaper d. more cheaper ‎ ‎70.With ______ three inches of rain falling in a six-month period, the farmers found it necessary to irrigate the land ‎ a. less than b. little than c. fewer than d. less few than ‎ ‎71. On a small marble table in the center of her boudoir stands ______ vase. ‎ a. a little exquisite antique brown Chinese porcelain ‎ b. an exquisite little antique brown Chinese porcelain ‎ c. an antique little exquisite brown Chinese porcelain ‎ d. a Chinese antique little expensive brown porcelain ‎ ‎72.“When is Tom going to leave?” ‎ ‎“He is going to leave ______ this week.” ‎ a. sometimes b. some time c. sometime d. somewhat ‎ ‎73.The librarian insists that Dana take ______ books from library before she returns the dictionary she borrowed last month. ‎ a. no b. many c. not many d. no more ‎ ‎74.The facilities of the older hospital are ______ the new hospital. ‎ a. as good or better than b. as good as or better as ‎ c. as good as or better than d. as good as or better than those of ‎ ‎75.______ iron has relatively few economical uses. ‎ a. Chemical pure b. Chemically pure c. Pure chemical d. Purely chemical ‎ ‎76.I walked 8 miles today. I never guessed that I could walk ______ far. ‎ a. much b. that c. such d. as ‎ ‎77.They _____ to our proposal. ‎ a. have not still responded b. have not responded still ‎ c. have still not responded d. still have not responded ‎ ‎78.True hibernation takes place only among ______ animals. ‎ a. whose blood is warm b. blood worm ‎ c. warm-blooded d. they have warm blood ‎ ‎79.He works ______. ‎ a. lone b. lonely c. alone d. lonesome ‎ ‎80.A _____ road goes ______ from our college to the center. ‎ a. straight…straight b. straightly…straightly c. straight…straightly d. straightly…straight ‎ ‎5. 动词 ‎ ‎1） 表示动作中状态的词叫做动词。 ‎ ‎2） 根据其在句中的功能，动词可分为四类，分别是：实义动词、系动词、助动词、情态动词。 ‎ 说明：有些情况下，有些动词是兼类词。例如： ‎ ‎　　 We are having a meeting.　 我们正在开会。（have是实义动词。） ‎ ‎　　 He has gone to New York.　他已去纽约。（have是助动词。） ‎ ‎3） 动词根据其后是否带有宾语，可分为两类，分别是：及物动词、不及物动词，英语缩写形式分别为vt. 和vi.。 ‎ 说明：同一动词有时可用作及物动词，有时可用作不及物动词。例如： ‎ ‎　 She can dance and sing. 她能唱歌又能跳舞。（sing在此用作不及物动词。） ‎ ‎　 She can sing many English songs. 她能唱好多首英文歌曲。（sing用作及物动词。） ‎ ‎4） 动词根据是否受主语的人称和数的限制，可分两类，分别是：限定动词、非限定动词例如： ‎ ‎　 She sings very well. 她唱得很好。（sing受主语she的限制，故用第三人称单数形式sings。） ‎ ‎　 She wants to learn English well. 她想学好英语。（to learn不受主语she的限制，没有词形变化，是非限定动词。） ‎ ‎　 说明：英语中共有三种非限定动词，分别是：动词不定式、动名词、分词。 ‎ ‎5） 根据动词的组成形式，可分为三类，分别是：单字词、短语动词、动词短语例如： ‎ ‎　 The English language contains many phrasal verbs and verbal phrases. 英语里有许多短语动词和动词短语。（contains是单字动词。） ‎ ‎　 Students should learn to look up new words in dictionaries. 学生们学会查字典。（look up是短语动词。） ‎ ‎　 The young ought to take care of the old. 年轻人应照料老人。（take care of是动词短语。） ‎ ‎6） 动词有五种形态，分别是：原形、第三人称单数形式、过去式、过去分词、现在分词。 ‎ ‎5.1 系动词 ‎ ‎　系动词亦称联系动词（Link Verb），作为系动词，它本身有词义，但不能单独用作谓语，后边必须跟表语（亦称补语），构成系表结构说明主语的状况、性质、特征等情况。说明：有些系动词又是实义动词，该动词表达实义时，有词义，可单独作谓语。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He fell ill yesterday.　 他昨天病了。（fell是系动词，后跟补足语，说明主语情况。） ‎ ‎　　 He fell off the ladder.　 他从梯子上摔下来。fell是实义动词，单独作谓语。 ‎ ‎1）状态系动词 ‎ 用来表示主语状态，只有be一词。例如： ‎ He is a teacher.　他是一名教师。（is与补足语一起说明主语的身份。） ‎ ‎2）持续系动词 ‎ 用来表示主语继续或保持一种状况或态度，主要有keep, rest, remain, stay, lie, stand。例如： ‎ He always kept silent at meeting.　 他开会时总保持沉默。 ‎ This matter rests a mystery.　 此事仍是一个谜。 ‎ ‎3）表像系动词 ‎ 用来表示"看起来像"这一概念，主要有seem, appear, look。例如： ‎ He looks tired.　 他看起来很累。 ‎ He seems （to be） very sad.　 他看起来很伤心。 ‎ ‎4）感官系动词 ‎ 感官系动词主要有feel, smell, sound, taste。 例如： ‎ ‎　 This kind of cloth feels very soft.　 这种布手感很软。 ‎ ‎　 This flower smells very sweet. 这朵花闻起来很香。　 ‎ ‎5）变化系动词 ‎ 这些系动词表示主语变成什么样，变化系动词主要有become, grow, turn, fall, get, go, come, run。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He became mad after that.　 自那之后，他疯了。 ‎ ‎　　 She grew rich within a short time.　 她没多长时间就富了。 ‎ ‎6）终止系动词 ‎ 表示主语已终止动作，主要有prove, turn out, 表达"证实"，"变成"之意。例如： ‎ ‎　　 The rumor proved false.　这谣言证实有假。 ‎ ‎　　 The search proved difficult.　搜查证实很难。 ‎ ‎　　 His plan turned out a success.　 他的计划终于成功了。（turn out表终止性结果） ‎ ‎5.2 助动词 ‎ ‎1）协助主要动词构成谓语动词的词叫助动词。被协助的动词称作主要动词。助动词自身没有词义，不可单独使用。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He doesn't like English.　他不喜欢英语。 ‎ ‎（doesn't是助动词，无词义；like是主要动词，有词义） ‎ ‎2） 助动词协助主要动词完成以下功用，可以用来： ‎ ‎　 a. 表示时态。例如： ‎ ‎　　　He is singing.　他在唱歌。 ‎ ‎　　　He has got married.　他已结婚。 ‎ ‎　 b. 表示语态。例如： ‎ ‎　　　He was sent to England.　他被派往英国。 ‎ ‎　 c. 构成疑问句。例如： ‎ ‎　　　Do you like college life?　你喜欢大学生活吗？ ‎ ‎　　　Did you study English before you came here?　你来这儿之前学过英语吗？ ‎ ‎　 d. 与否定副词not合用，构成否定句。例如： ‎ ‎　　　I don't like him.　 我不喜欢他。 ‎ ‎　 e. 加强语气。例如： ‎ ‎　　　Do come to the party tomorrow evening. 明天晚上一定来参加晚会。 ‎ ‎　　　He did know that.　 他的确知道那件事。 ‎ ‎3） 最常用的助动词有：be, have, do, shall, will, should, would等。 ‎ ‎5.3 助动词be的用法 ‎ ‎1） be +现在分词，构成进行时态。例如： ‎ They are having a meeting.　他们正在开会。 ‎ English is becoming more and more important. 英语现在越来越重要。 ‎ ‎2）　be + 过去分词，构成被动语态。例如： ‎ The window was broken by Tom..　窗户是汤姆打碎的。 ‎ English is taught throughout the world.　世界各地都教英语。 ‎ ‎3） be + 动词不定式，可表示下列内容： ‎ ‎　 a. 表示最近、未来的计划或安排。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He is to go to New York next week..　他下周要去纽约。 ‎ ‎　　 We are to teach the freshmen.　我们要教新生。 ‎ ‎　　 说明： 这种用法也可以说成是一种将来时态表达法。 ‎ ‎　 b. 表示命令。例如： ‎ ‎　　 You are to explain this.　对此你要做出解释。 ‎ ‎　　 He is to come to the office this afternoon.　要他今天下午来办公室。 ‎ ‎　 c.　征求意见。例如： ‎ ‎　　 How am I to answer him?　我该怎样答复他？ ‎ ‎　　 Who is to go there?　谁该去那儿呢？ ‎ ‎　 d. 表示相约、商定。例如： ‎ ‎　　 We are to meet at the school gate at seven tomorrow morning.　我们明天早晨7点在校门口集合。 ‎ ‎5.4 助动词have的用法 ‎ ‎1）have +过去分词，构成完成时态。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He has left for London.　他已去了伦敦。 ‎ ‎　　 By the end of last month, they had finished half of their work.　 上月未为止，他们已经完成工作的一半。 ‎ ‎　　2）have + been +现在分词，构成完成进行时。例如： ‎ ‎　 I have been studying English for ten years. 我一直在学英语，已达十年之久。 ‎ ‎　 3）have +been +过去分词，构成完成式被动语态。例如： ‎ ‎　 English has been taught in China for many years. 中国教英语已经多年。 ‎ ‎　 ‎ ‎5.5 助动词do 的用法 ‎ ‎1）构成一般疑问句。例如： ‎ ‎　 Do you want to pass the CET?　你想通过大学英语测试吗？ ‎ ‎　 Did you study German?　你们学过德语吗？ ‎ ‎2）do + not 构成否定句。例如： ‎ ‎　 I do not want to be criticized.　 我不想挨批评。 ‎ ‎　 He doesn't like to study.　 他不想学习。 ‎ ‎　 In the past, many students did not know the importance of English.　 ‎ 过去，好多学生不知道英语的重要性。 ‎ ‎3） 构成否定祈使句。例如： ‎ ‎　 Don't go there.　不要去那里。 ‎ ‎　 Don't be so absent-minded.　不要这么心不在焉。 ‎ 说明： 构成否定祈使句只用do，不用did和does。 ‎ ‎4）放在动词原形前，加强该动词的语气。例如： ‎ ‎　 Do come to my birthday party.　一定来参加我的生日宴会。 ‎ ‎　 I did go there.　我确实去那儿了。 ‎ ‎　 I do miss you.　我确实想你。 ‎ ‎5）用于倒装句。例如： ‎ ‎　 Never did I hear of such a thing.　 我从未听说过这样的事情。 ‎ ‎　 Only when we begin our college life do we realize the importance of English. 进了大学以后，我们才认识到英语的重要性。 ‎ 说明： 引导此类倒装句的副词有never, seldom, rarely, little, only, so, well等。 ‎ ‎6）用作代动词。例如： ‎ ‎　 ---- Do you like Beijing?　--你喜欢北京吗？ ‎ ‎　 ---- Yes, I do.　--是的，喜欢。（do用作代动词，代替like Beijing.） ‎ ‎　 He knows how to drive a car, doesn't he? 他知道如何开车，对吧？ ‎ ‎5.6 助动词shall和will的用法 ‎ ‎　 shall和will作为助动词可以与动词原形一起构成一般将来时。例如： ‎ ‎　　　I shall study harder at English.　 我将更加努力地学习英语。 ‎ ‎　　　He will go to Shanghai.　　他要去上海。 ‎ 说明：在过去的语法中，语法学家说shall用于第一人称，will 只用于第二、第三人称。现在，尤其是在口语中，will常用于第一人称，但shall只用于第一人称，如用于第二、第三人称，就失去助动词的意义，已变为情态动词，试比较: ‎ ‎　 He shall come.　他必须来。（shall有命令的意味。） ‎ ‎　 He will come.　他要来。（will只与动词原形构成一般将来时。） ‎ ‎5.7 助动词should, would的用法 ‎ ‎1）should无词义，只是shall的过去形式，与动词原形构成过去将来时，只用于第一人称。例如： ‎ ‎　 I telephoned him yesterday to ask what I should do next week. 我昨天给他打电话，问他我下周干什么。 ‎ ‎　 比较："What shall I do next week?" I asked. "我下周干什么？"我问道。 ‎ ‎　 可以说，shall变成间接引语时，变成了should。 ‎ ‎2） would也无词义，是will的过去形式，与动词原形构成过去将来时，用于第二、第三人称。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He said he would come.　 他说他要来。 ‎ 比较："I will go," he said. 他说："我要去那儿。"变成间接引语，就成了He said he would come。原来的will变成would，go变成了come.。 ‎ ‎5.8 短语动词 ‎ ‎　　动词加小品构成的起动词作用的短语叫短语动词。例如： ‎ ‎　　Turn off the radio.　把收音机关上。（turn off是短语动词） ‎ ‎　　短语动词的构成基本有下列几种： ‎ ‎1）动词+副词，如：black out； ‎ ‎2）动词+介词，如：look into； ‎ ‎3）动词+副词+介词，如：look forward to。构成短语动词的副词和介词都统称为小品词。 ‎ ‎5.9 非谓语动词 ‎ ‎　　在句子中充当除谓语以外的句子成分的动词形式叫做非谓语动词。非谓语动词分为三种形式:不定式，动名词，和分词（分词包括现在分词和过去分词）。 ‎ ‎1）不定式 ‎ 时态语态 主动 被动 ‎ 一般式 to do to be done ‎ 完成式 to have done to have been done ‎ ‎2）动名词 ‎ 时态语态 主动 被动 ‎ 一般式 doing being done ‎ 完成式 having done having been done ‎ ‎3）分词 ‎ 时态语态 主动 被动 ‎ 一般式 doing being done ‎ 完成式 having done having been done ‎ 否定形式： not +不定式，　not + 动名词，　not + 现在分词 ‎ ‎5.10 助动词练习 ‎ ‎1.If it is fine tomorrow, we ______ a football match. ‎ a. have b. will have c. has d. shall has ‎ ‎2.When he was at school, he ______ early and take a walk before breakfast. ‎ a. will rise b. shall rise b. should rise would rise ‎ ‎3.In the past 30 years China ______ great advances in the socialist revolution and socialist construction. ‎ a. has made b. have made c. had made d. having made ‎ ‎4.I ______ go to bed until I ______ finished my work. ‎ a. don’t/had b. didn’t/have c. didn’t/had d. don’t/have ‎ ‎5.______ you think he ______ back by dinner time? ‎ a. Do/have come b. Did/will have come c. Does/will come d. Do/will have come ‎ ‎6.He said that he dropped his bag when he ______ for the bus. ‎ a. was runing b. was running c. were running d. is running ‎ ‎7.No sooner ______ he arrived home than he ______ to start on another journey. ‎ a. has/was asked b. have/were asked c. had/is asked d. had/was asked ‎ ‎8.“______ you give me a room for the night?” I asked on arriving at the hotel. ‎ a. Should b. Can c. Might d. May ‎ ‎9.There are nine of them, so ______ get into the car at the same time. ‎ a. they may not at all b. all they may not c. they can’t all d. all they can’t ‎ ‎10.“We didn’t see him at the lecture yesterday.” “He ______ it.” ‎ a. mustn’t attend b. cannot have attended ‎ c. would have not attended d. needn’t have attended ‎ ‎11.“You realize that you were driving at 100 mph, don’t you?” ‎ ‎“No, officer. I ______. This car can’t do more than 80.” ‎ a. didn’t need to be b. may not have been c. couldn’t have been d. needn’t have been ‎ ‎12.he was a good runner so he ______ escape from the police. ‎ a. might b. succeeded to c. would d. was able to ‎ ‎13.If they ______, our plan will fall flat. ‎ a..are co-operating b. had not co-operated c. won’t co-operate d. didn’t co-operate ‎ ‎14.I hoped ______ my letter. ‎ a. her to answer b. that she would answer c. that she answers d. her answering ‎ ‎15.He ______ live in the country than in the city. ‎ a. prefers b. likes to c. had better d. would rather ‎ ‎16.______ to see a film with us today? ‎ a. Did you like b. Would you like c. Will you like d. Have you liked ‎ ‎17.I’m sorry, but I had no alternative. I simply ______ what I did. ‎ a. must do b. had to do c. ought to have done d. have to do ‎ ‎18.“Time is running out,______?” ‎ a. hadn’t we better got start b. hadn’t we better get start ‎ b. hadn’t we better get started d. hadn’t we better not started ‎ ‎19.No one ______ that to his face. ‎ a. dares say b. dares saying c. dare say d. dare to say ‎ ‎20.The students in the classroom ______ not to make so much noise. ‎ a. need b. ought c. must d. dare ‎ ‎21.You ______ last week if you were really serious about your work. ‎ a. ought to come b. ought to be coming c. ought have come d. ought to have come ‎ ‎22.The elephants ought ______ hours ago by the keepers. ‎ a. to be fed b. to feed c. to being fed d. to have been fed ‎ ‎23.“I wonder why they’re late.” “They ______ the train.” ‎ a. can have missed b. could miss c. may have missed d. might miss ‎ ‎24.“Tom graduated from college at a very young age.” ‎ ‎“He ______ have been an outstanding student.” ‎ a. must b. could c. should d. might ‎ ‎25.You ______ the examination again since you had already passed it. ‎ a. needn’t have taken b. didn’t need to take c. needn’t take d. mustn’t take ‎ ‎26.He is really incompetent! The letter ______ yesterday. ‎ a. should be finished typing b. must be finished typing ‎ b. must have finished typing c. should have been finished typing ‎ ‎27.The boy told his father that he would rather ______ an astronaut. ‎ a. become b. to become c. becoming d. became ‎ ‎28.When we reached the station, the train had still not arrived; so we ______. ‎ a. needed not to hurry b. needn’t have hurried ‎ c.need not to have hurried d. didn’t need to hurry ‎ ‎29.Since your roommate is visiting her family this weekend,_____ you like to have dinner with us tonight? ‎ a. will b. won’t c. wouldn’t d. do ‎ ‎30.He was afraid what he had done ______ a disastrous effect on his career. ‎ a. might have b. could be c. have been d. shall be ‎ ‎31.He ______ hardly say anything more, since you know about it. ‎ a. don’t need to b. needn’t c. needs d. need ‎ ‎32.You ______ the look on his face when he won the prize. ‎ a. would have seen b. should have seen c. must see d. can be seeing ‎ ‎33.Some people think the stock market will crash, but ______. ‎ a. I wonder if it happens b. I doubt if it will happen ‎ c. I am afraid it wouldn’t happen d. I doubt if it does happen ‎ ‎34.“Whatever has happened to George?” “I don’t know. He ______ lost.” ‎ a. can have got b. may have got c. might get d. could get ‎ ‎35.He has no idea what the book is about. He ______read the book. ‎ a. couldn’t b. couldn’t have c. mightn’t have d. shouldn’t have ‎ ‎36.New studies show that two of Saturn’s rings ______ longer than the 4.5 billion years since the birth of the Solar System. ‎ a. could have lasted b. should have lasted c. would have lasted d. must be lasting ‎ ‎37.Take the telescope with you in case you ______ it in your expedition. ‎ a. will need b. would need c. should need d. could need ‎ ‎38.Need he come at once? Yes, he ______. ‎ a. must b. must not c. need d. may ‎ ‎39.Please answer the phone. It ______ be by your father. If it is, would you tell that I want to see him? ‎ a. will b. should c. would d. could ‎ ‎40.We’ll never give in whatever they ______ say or do. ‎ a. may b. will c. shall d. should ‎ ‎41.With all this work on hand, he ______ to the cinema last night. ‎ a. mustn’t go b. wouldn’t go c. oughtn’t go d. shouldn’t have gone ‎ ‎42.Everyone ______ the cake because there wasn’t even a small piece left. ‎ a. must like b. must have liked c. must have been liking d. had liked ‎ ‎43.I wish to recollect where I met her, ______? ‎ a. would I b. may I c. may not I d. can I ‎ ‎44.I ______ think he will ______ dare the risk. ‎ a. not/ .. b. do/not c. ../not d. don’t/.. ‎ ‎45.If reading is to accomplish anything more than passing time, it ______ be active. ‎ a. may not b. must c. might d. is not ‎ ‎46.You ______ your seats today if you want to go to the game. ‎ a. had better to reserve b. had better reserve ‎ c. had to better reserve d. had to reserve better ‎ ‎47.I ______ the operation unless it is absolutely necessary. ‎ a. would rather not have b. would not rather had ‎ b. rather would not have d. rather not would have ‎ ‎48.Many scientists ______ their own eyes and ears than the theories of the ancients. ‎ a. would rather to believe b. would rather believe ‎ c. rather would believe d. will rather believe ‎ ‎49.To travel from England to Scotland you ______ a passport. ‎ a. haven’t got b. mustn’t have c. needn’t d. don’t need ‎ ‎50.One of the statements ______ to be untrue. ‎ a. is turned out b. has turned out c. have been turned out d. have turned out ‎ ‎51.I don’t know whether it will rain or not, but if it ______ rain, I shall stay at home. ‎ a. will b. did c. does d. shall ‎ ‎52.“You’d like some tea,______?” ‎ a. wouldn’t you b. shouldn’t you c. hadn’t you d. didn’t you ‎ ‎53.“May we take the books out?” ‎ a. No, you may not b. No, you can not c. No, you can’t d. Please don’t ‎ ‎54.“I would have come sooner, but I ______ that you were waiting.” ‎ a. didn’t know b. hasn’t known c. hadn’t know d. haven’t known ‎ ‎55.If you don’t want to, you ______ to get there with us. ‎ a. mustn’t b. can’t c. don’t have d. have not ‎ ‎56.I would go to visit them but I ______ think they are anxious to see me. ‎ a. haven’t b. don’t c. doesn’t d. didn’t ‎ ‎57.Whatever you can do,______. ‎ a. I can do so as well b. I can do this as well ‎ b.I can do it as well d. I can do as well ‎ ‎58._____- I realized the consequences I would never have contemplated getting involved. ‎ a. Had b. Have c. Having d. Has ‎ ‎59.“Perhaps she is working for John.” “Yes, she ______ for him.” ‎ a.need have been working b. may be working ‎ b.ought have been working d. ought be working ‎ ‎60.“I know she was in because I heard her radio, but she didn’t open the door.” “She ______ the bell.” ‎ a. may not be hearing b. may not have heard ‎ b.must not have heard d. must not be hearing ‎ ‎61. “He was smoking.” “Then he ______ .” ‎ a.ought to have been not smoking b. ought to have not been smoking ‎ b.ought not to have been smoking d. ought to not have been smoking ‎ ‎62.You ______ out yesterday without a coat. No wonder you caught cold. ‎ a. oughtn’t have gone b. shouldn’t have gone c. mustn’t have gone d. can’t have gone ‎ ‎63.“Paul was riding a bicycle along the motorway when he was hit by the trailer of a lorry.” ‎ ‎“He _____ a bicycle along the motorway; bicycles are not allowed.” ‎ a. shouldn’t have been riding b. couldn’t have been riding ‎ c.oughtn’t have been riding d. can’t have been riding ‎ ‎64.I am listening. But you ______. ‎ a. need be listening b. should be listening c. need have been listening d. ought be listening ‎ ‎65.He ______ with us last night. ‎ a.would have liked to go b. should like to be going ‎ b.should be liked to go d. would like to go ‎ ‎66.I ______ his face when he opened the letter. ‎ a. should like you to see b. would have liked you to be seen ‎ b.should like you to have seen d. would like you to see ‎ ‎67.You say you ______ do it, but I say you ______ do it. ‎ a. ought not/could b. will not/shall c. could not/need d. shall not/ought ‎ ‎68.We ______ put the meeting off for a week. ‎ a. can as well b. will as well c. shall as well d. may as well ‎ ‎69.______ wind your watch every day? ‎ a. Do you need b. Must you have to c. Have you to d. Do you have to ‎ ‎70.______ give him a chance to try? ‎ a. Oughtn’t to we b. Oughtn’t we to c. Ought to we not d. Oughtn’t we ‎ ‎71.“Did you blame him for his mistakes?” “______” ‎ a. I’d rather not do b. I’d not rather do c. I’d better not do d. I’d rather not doing ‎ ‎72.You had better ______ your hair cut. ‎ a. had b. have c. to get d. to have ‎ ‎73.My sister didn’t go to the party last night because she ______ the baby for her friend until 9:30. ‎ a.must have looked after b. would have to look after ‎ b.had to look after d. should have looked after ‎ ‎74.Mary is very late, she ______. ‎ a.may miss her train b. may have missed her train ‎ c.must miss her train d. could miss her train ‎ ‎75.No matter what you may say, he ______ to his own views. ‎ a.would always stick b. will always stick c. should always stick d. must always stick to ‎ ‎76.It’s wonderful that you ______ have achieved so much in these years. ‎ a. may b. can c. should d. would ‎ ‎77.The students asked whether he ______ take the books out of the reading-room. ‎ a. could b. might c. should d. would ‎ ‎78.He ______ still be thinking about the question you raised. ‎ a. may b. might c. must d. should ‎ ‎79.I’d be glad if you______ give me an account of the fact. ‎ a.shall b. should c. would d. may ‎ ‎80.He ______ accomplish the task in time. ‎ a. did b. has c. is d. do ‎ ‎6.动名词 ‎ 动名词是非限定动词的一种形式，由动词原形+ing构成。它既有动词的特征，又有名词的特征，故称。动名词也有时态和语态的变化，如表所示（以及物动词write为例），不及物动词没有语态的变化。 ‎ 时态/语态 主动 被动 ‎ 一般式 writing being written ‎ 完成式 having written having been written ‎ ‎6.1 动名词作主语、宾语和表语 ‎ ‎1）作主语。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Fighting broke out between the South and the North. 南方与北方开战了。 ‎ ‎　2）作宾语　 ‎ ‎　 a. 有些动词可以用动名词作宾语。例如： ‎ admit 承认 appreciate 感激 avoid 避免 complete完成 consider认为 delay 耽误 ‎ deny 否认 detest 讨厌 endure 忍受 enjoy 喜欢 escape 逃脱 fancy 想象 ‎ finish 完成 imagine 想象 mind 介意 miss 想念 postpone推迟 practice 训练 ‎ recall 回忆 resent 讨厌 resume 继续 resist 抵抗 risk 冒险 suggest 建议 ‎ face 面对 include 包括 stand 忍受 understand 理解 forgive 宽恕 keep 继续 ‎ 例如：Would you mind turning down your radio a little, please? 你把收音机音量调小一点，好吗 ‎ ‎　 The squirrel was lucky that it just missed being caught. 这松鼠幸运得很，刚逃避了被逮住的厄运。　　　　 ‎ ‎　 b. 有些结构后面可以用动名词作宾语或其他成分。例如： ‎ admit to prefer…to be used to lead to devote oneself to object to ‎ stick to no good no use be fond of look forward to be proud of ‎ be busy can't help be tired of be capable of be afraid of think of ‎ burst out keep on insist on count on set about ‎ put off be good at take up give up be successful in ‎ ‎3）作表语，对主语说明、解释。例如： ‎ Her job is washing, cleaning and taking care of the children. 她的工作是洗刷、清扫和照顾孩子。 ‎ 比较：She is washing, cleaning and taking care of the children. ‎ ‎4）作定语，一般表示所修饰名词事物的用途。例如： ‎ a writing desk=a desk for writing 写字台 ‎ a swimming pool=a pool swimming 游泳池 ‎ 有些动名词作定语，与所修饰的名词关系比较复杂。例如： ‎ boiling point=a temperature point at which something begins to boil 沸点 ‎ a walking tractor=a tractor which a driver can operate while he or she is walking behind it 手扶拖拉机 ‎ ‎6.2 worth 的用法 ‎ worth, worthy, worthwhile都是形容词，意为"值得"。 ‎ ‎1. worth： be worth + n.　 当名词为金钱时，表示"…… 值得……" ‎ 常见的有It ’s worth while to do./ It ’s worth（someone’s）while doing ‎ ‎　 be worth doing sth.　"……某事值得被做" ‎ ‎　　The question is not worth discussing again and again. 这问题不值得反复讨论。 ‎ ‎2. worthy：be worthy of +n.　当名词为抽象名词时表示"……值得……" ‎ ‎　 be worthy to be done "某事值得被做" ‎ ‎　　The question is not worthy to be discussed again and again. ‎ ‎3. worthwhile：be worthwhile to do sth　 "值得做某事" ‎ ‎　　It is worthwhile to ask him to join the club.值得邀请他加入俱乐部。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ It is not ____ to discuss the question again and again. ‎ A. worth　 B. worthy　C. worthwhile　D. worth while ‎ 答案C. 由worth的用法可知，此句只适合词组be worthwhile to do sth.。选C。 ‎ ‎6.3 动名词不定式、分词练习 ‎ ‎1.I was ______ work last week, but I changed my mind. ‎ a. to start b. to have started c. to be starting d. to have been starting ‎ ‎2.I intended ______ the matter with you, but I had some guests hen. ‎ a. discuss b. discussing c. having discussed d. to have discussed ‎ ‎3.Don’t let me catch you ______. ‎ a. do that again b. to do that again c. doing that again d. done that again ‎ ‎4.There are many kinds of metals ______. ‎ a.each has its special properties b. one has its special properties ‎ b. each having its special properties d. having its special properties ‎ ‎5.It’s pay-day, and they’re waiting ______. ‎ a. for paying b. to be paid c. to be paying d. to have paid ‎ ‎6._______ trouble, I’m going to forget the whole affair. ‎ a. Then rather cause b. Rather causing ‎ c. Rather than cause d. Rather than caused ‎ ‎7. The brilliance of his satires was ______ make even his victims laugh. ‎ a. so as to b. such as to c. so that d. such that ‎ ‎8.Children with parents whose guidance is firm, consistent, and rational are inclined ______ high levels of self-confidence. ‎ a. possess b. have possessed c. to possess d. possessing ‎ ‎9.The worker is ______ in repairing the machine to notice my coming. ‎ a. too busy b. enough busy c. busy too d. busy enough ‎ ‎10.“What did you do in the garden?” ‎ ‎“I watched my father ______ his motorbike.” ‎ a. to repair b. repaired c. repairing d. repairs ‎ ‎11.We must have an engineer ______ the workers build the house. ‎ a. to see b. see c. seeing d. seen ‎ ‎12.Induction means ______ a general conclusion from special facts. ‎ a. to come to b. to coming c. coming to d. came ‎ ‎13.I’m not going to ask the teacher why he gave me that grade; I intend _______. ‎ a. to let rest the matter b. the matter to be let resting ‎ c. letting the matter to rest d. to let the matter rest ‎ ‎14.I have tried _______ worrying about it. ‎ a. to stop consciously b. to consciously stop ‎ c. to conscious stopping d. to stopping consciously ‎ ‎15.“Do you want to give a talk on that subject?” ‎ ‎“I prefer ______ .” ‎ a. not want b. not wanting c. to not giving d. not to ‎ ‎16.I _______ the truth of your remarks, although they go against my interests. ‎ a. cannot but admit b. cannot help but to admit ‎ c. cannot but admitting d. cannot help but admitting ‎ ‎17.Since she is angry, we ______. ‎ a. had better leaving her alone b. should leave her alone ‎ c. might as well leave her alone d. had rather leave her alone ‎ ‎18.I don’t allow ______ in my office and I don’t allow my family ______ at all. ‎ a. to smoke…smoking b. smoking…to smoke ‎ c. to smoke…to smoke d. smoking…smoking ‎ ‎19.You should remember ______ from the point when you are writing a composition. ‎ a. don’t wander b. not to wander c. no wandering d. not wander ‎ ‎20.Grace advised us to withdraw ______. ‎ a. so as to get not involved b. so as not to get involved ‎ c. so that to get not involved d. as not to get involved ‎ ‎21.He ran all the way up to the station ______ that the train had left fifteen minutes before. ‎ a. in order to find b. so as to find c. only to find d. such as to find ‎ ‎22.George went hunting for a week but still he didn’t find a room ______. ‎ a. to live b. to live in c. for living d. to be living in ‎ ‎23.You should really avoid ______ at home alone as he is old and ill. ‎ a. your father stay b. your father to stay ‎ c. your father’s staying d. your father who stays ‎ ‎24.John didn’t want to risk ______ wet as he had only one suit. ‎ a. getting b. to get c. being got d. to be gotten ‎ ‎25.I’m disappointed with the new officers elected in our club, but there is no point _______ about it. ‎ a. to worry b. in worrying c. with us worrying d. if we worry ‎ ‎26.It won’t be any use ______ to borrow any more money. ‎ a. you to try b. of your trying c. trying you d. your trying ‎ ‎27.The law requires all cars _______ for safety and efficiency. ‎ a. being tested regularly b. to be regularly tested ‎ c. be regularly tested d. regularly tested ‎ ‎28.I remember ______ to the zoo by my father when I was little. ‎ a. being taken b. taking c. have been taken d. to have taken ‎ ‎29.I completely forgot ______ the front door last night and feel fortunate that nothing is stolen. ‎ a. locking b. being locked c. to lock d. to have locked ‎ ‎30.I regret ______ you that your application has been refused. ‎ a. informing b. being informed c. to be informed d. to inform ‎ ‎31.I didn’t mean ______ anything, but these apples looked so good I couldn’t resist ______ one. ‎ a. to eat…trying b. to eat…o trying c. eating…to try d. eating…to trying ‎ ‎32.I know it isn’t important but I can’t help ______ about it. ‎ a. but to think b. thinking c. think d. to think ‎ ‎33.The ship, ______ to a shapeless wreck, was hardly recognizable. ‎ a. being reduced b. reducing c. reduced d. having been reducing ‎ ‎34.The young doctor could not sleep at night, his thoughts ______ him no peace. ‎ a. gave b. giving c. being given d. to give ‎ ‎35.After a long walk on a hot day, one feels ______. ‎ a. exhaustive b. exhausting c. exhaust d. exhausted ‎ ‎36.Those relatives of his are ______ . I don’t want to have any dealings with them. ‎ a. boring people b. bored people ‎ c. people having bored d. people having boring ‎ ‎37.You must follow the directions exactly and if you become ______, you must take the time to go back again and reread them. ‎ a. to confuse b. confusing c. confuse d. confused ‎ ‎38.There is something wrong with my TV set, I must have it ______. ‎ a. checking b. check c. to check d. checked ‎ ‎39.He was just about to jump up when he felt something ______ near his feet. ‎ a. to move b. move c. moving d. moved ‎ ‎40.______ with the corresponding period of last year, the output of chemical fibers in the first quarter rose by 15%. ‎ a. Comparing b. To compare c. Compared d. Compare ‎ ‎41.“Was the rally successful?’ ‎ ‎“No, because the number of ______ was smaller than we had expected.” ‎ a. people who attend b. attended people ‎ c. people attending d. attendance of people ‎ ‎42.Uncle Dick has already arrive. Do you expect ______ to see him? ‎ a. Going b. go c. to go d. that you go ‎ ‎43.From the electric refrigerator Dick takes a carton of cream, another of fresh milk and a can of ______ orange juice. ‎ a.frozen b. froze c. freezing d. freezed ‎ ‎44.He felt bad for ______ a chance to study abroad. ‎ a. having not given b. not having given ‎ c. having not been given d. not having been given ‎ ‎45.In some countries there are already a number of firms ______ computer programming. ‎ a. specialize in b. specialized in c. specializing in d. specializes in ‎ ‎46.The young man who saw the car ______ into the river telephoned the police station. ‎ a. plunge b. plunged c. was plunging d. to plunge ‎ ‎47.While she was shopping, she kept ______ the list to make sure she hadn’t forgotten anything. ‎ a. checked b. checking c. to check d. check ‎ ‎48.You’d better ______. ‎ a. to have your shoes mended b. to have mended your shoes ‎ c. have your shoes mended d. having your shoes mended ‎ ‎49.The machines are made ______ at full speed. ‎ a. work b. working c. to work d. to be worked ‎ ‎50.It is certain that men will never stop ______ new energy sources to power their growing industry. ‎ a. finding b. to find c. having found d. found ‎ ‎51.It is really quite extraordinary that we should have been at the same college without ______ before. ‎ a. met b. being met c. having met d. having been met ‎ ‎52.Professor Smith is said ______ another important discovery in chemistry. ‎ a. having made b. having been made c. to have made d. to make ‎ ‎53.Without the sun’s light ______ the earth’s surface, it would be so cold that life could not exist on the earth. ‎ a. warms b. warmed c. warming d. to warm ‎ ‎54.The rocket will weigh about 200 tons when ______. ‎ a. being completed b. completed completing d. have been completed ‎ ‎55.There are plans ______ a number of atomic power station in this regions. ‎ a. to build b. to be built c. building d. being built ‎ ‎56.All of us are looking forward to ______ a trip to the Ming Tombs. ‎ a. make b. making c. to making d. have made ‎ ‎57.I can’t understand ______ a decision until it is too late. ‎ a. him to postpone to make b. his postponing to make ‎ c. him to postponing making d. his postponing making ‎ ‎58.I would like ______ that I don’t have a very high opinion of you. ‎ a. to have you know b. have you know ‎ c. to have your known d. having you know ‎ ‎59.I had intended ______ him while he was living at Aberdeen. ‎ a. visiting b. visit c. to have visited d. having visited ‎ ‎60.Do you consider better _______ ? ‎ a. not doing it again b. not do it again ‎ c. not having done it again d. not to do it again ‎ ‎61.The famous scientist was easy _______ along with. ‎ a. to get b. for getting c. getting d. got ‎ ‎62.The students will have more discussions like this in the weeks ______. ‎ a. coming b. to come c. come d. to be coming ‎ ‎63.He felt lonely at first, but after a time he got ______ alone and even got ______ it. ‎ a. used to living…to like b. used to live… to like ‎ c. using to live…liking d. to be used to living…liking ‎ ‎64.Our master raised his voice so that the could make himself ______ by the pupils in the back of the hall. ‎ a. hear b. heard c. hearing d. to be heard ‎ ‎65.When he awoke, he found himself ______ in the hospital and ______ by an old woman. ‎ a. lying…being looked after b. lying…be looking after ‎ c. lie…be looked after d. lie…being looked after ‎ ‎66.______ from the hill-top the lake scenery is beyond description. ‎ a. To see b. Seeing c. Seen d. Having seen ‎ ‎67.______ in the strange forest, the poor girls fell to ______. ‎ a. Lost…crying b. Lost…cry c. To lost…cry d. Having been lost…crying ‎ ‎68.They’ll have you ______ if you don’t pay your taxes. ‎ a. to be arrested b. arrest c. arrested d. being arrested ‎ ‎69.All flights ______ because of the storm, they decided to take the train. ‎ a. having cancelled b. were cancelled ‎ c. have been cancelled d. having been cancelled ‎ ‎70.Although it was very late when John began doing the job, he managed with his friend’s assistance, ______ before the building was locked. ‎ a. to be finished b. being finished c. finishing d. to finish ‎ ‎71.Despite the earnest efforts of various private groups as well as government agencies, many of the problems have not yet been solved, and much remains to ______. ‎ a. have been done b. be done c. have done d. do ‎ ‎72.______ that bad weather was on the way, the climbers decided to put off their attempt on Eiger until the following week. ‎ a. Having told b. Being told c. Telling d. Having been told ‎ ‎73.Members of the Government itself acknowledge many of their predictions _______ wildly over-optimistic. ‎ a. to be b. being c. to have been d. having been ‎ ‎74.The match was cancelled because most of the members ______ a match without a standard court. ‎ a. objected to having b. objected to have ‎ c. were objected to have d. were objected to having ‎ ‎75.The teacher doesn’t permit ______ in class. ‎ a. smoke b. smoking c. to smoke d. to have smoke ‎ ‎76.I like watching TV ______ to the cinema. ‎ a. more than to go b. more than going ‎ c. than going d. rather than to go ‎ ‎77.The manager promised to keep me ______ of how our business was going on. ‎ a. to be informed b. informed c. on informing d. informing ‎ ‎78.Mrs. Brown is supposed ______ for Italy last week. ‎ a. to have left b. to leave c. to be leaving d. to have been left ‎ ‎79.Dorothy went to work quietly, ______ to work as hard as she could. ‎ a. her mind being made up b. with her mind made up ‎ c. with her mind making up d. he mind making up ‎ ‎80.Husband and wife with a common duty to the country will find themselves ______ closer together. ‎ a. been drawn b. drawn c. to draw d. drawing ‎ ‎81.Here we found little snow, as most of it seemed ______ blown off the mountain. ‎ a. to have been b. that it was c. to be d. that it had been ‎ ‎82.______ halfway through the exercise, the teacher changed his mind and collected all our papers. ‎ a. When only being b. When we were only ‎ c. Being only d. Having been ‎ ‎83.Some passengers are reading the morning paper, others are talking with one another, ______ nervously for the train. ‎ a. to wait b. are waiting c. waiting d. being waited ‎ ‎84.There’s one thing I dislike about him: he will never admit ______ a mistake. ‎ a. having made b. making c. being made d. have been made ‎ ‎85.Stan spent half a year ______ material for his new book. ‎ a. to collect b. collect c. collecting d. collected ‎ ‎86.It’s no use ______ me not to worry. ‎ a. you tell b. your telling c. for you to have told d. having told ‎ ‎87.The chairman insists that there be a meeting _______ within the shortest possible time. ‎ a. to hold b. to be held c. to have been held d. to be holding ‎ ‎88.When the famous pianist was a child, he was accustomed ______ for several hours a day. ‎ a. to practicing b. to practice c. to be practicing d. to have practiced. ‎ ‎89.In China hundreds of different dialects are spoken; people of some villages ______ themselves understood by the inhabitants of the next town. ‎ a. making trouble have b. have making trouble ‎ c. have trouble making d. trouble making have ‎ ‎90.It’s a wonderful place for anyone ______ in architecture, as you are. ‎ a. interesting b. to be interested c. being interested d. interested ‎ ‎91.Another feature worth ______ is the role of information throughout a feedback control system.. ‎ a. noticed b. noticing c. being noticed d. notice ‎ ‎92.I believe ______ very largely due to mistaken views of the world. ‎ a. this unhappiness are b. to be this unhappiness ‎ c. this be unhappiness d. this unhappiness to be ‎ ‎93.When they met, Leonards and his enemy were fighting ______. ‎ a. killed each other b. to kill each other ‎ c. killing each other d. to be killed each other ‎ ‎94.Before the invention of aero-planes, ______ in the sky like a bird was only a dream. ‎ a. men fly b. to fly c. for flying d. man flys ‎ ‎95.At last they succeeded ______ the job. ‎ a. to persuade him to take b. in persuading him to take ‎ c. to persuade him taking d. in persuading him taking ‎ ‎96.All that it does is ______ the place of a house wife. ‎ a. takes b. taking c. take d. being taken ‎ ‎97.He listened to me ______ what Mr. Smith had said the day before. ‎ a. to repeat b. to be repeated c. to repeating d. repeat ‎ ‎98.He could do little except ______. ‎ a. writing b. write c. written d. to write ‎ ‎99.The electric shaver ______ before it can be used. ‎ a. needs repairing b. requires to repair ‎ b.should be in repair d. has to be repairable ‎ ‎100. ______ a problem requiring multiplication or division, the computer solves it by adding or subtracting. ‎ a. Giving b. Having given c. Being given d. Given ‎ ‎101. You can fly to London this evening ______ you don’t mind changing planes in Paris. ‎ a. provided b. except c. unless d. so far as ‎ ‎102. Students from the south prefer _______. ‎ a. eat rice than bread b. eating rice than bread ‎ c. eating rice to eating bread d. eating rice to eat bread ‎ ‎103. Would you be ______ to help me with my luggage? ‎ a. enough kind b. kind enough ‎ c. too kind d. kind too ‎ ‎104. The father advise ______ the second-hand car. ‎ a. his son to not buy b. his son not to buy ‎ c. his son’s no buying d. that his son not to buy ‎ ‎105. “Do you intend to come with us?” ‎ ‎“Yes, ______.” ‎ a. I intend so b. I intend that c. I intend to d. I intend ‎ ‎106. It takes a whole year for the earth ______ round the sun once. ‎ a. traveling b. to travel c. traveled d. travels ‎ ‎107. The factory ______ next year will be one of the largest in this city. ‎ a. to build b. to be built c. being built d. having been built ‎ ‎108. With the guide ______ the way, we set off on foot into the dark night. ‎ a. leading b. led c. leads d. to lead ‎ ‎109. They got the work ______ before the rainy season set in. ‎ a. to do b. done c. doing d. did ‎ ‎110. Things are known ______ when they unite with the oxygen of the air. ‎ a. burning b. to burn c. burn d. being burning ‎ ‎111. He was thoroughly ashamed ______ so much money on such an ugly picture. ‎ a. for spending b. with spending ‎ c. to have spent d. of having spent ‎ ‎112. ______ of the burden of ice, the balloon climbed up and drifted to the South. ‎ a. To be free b. Freeing c. To free d. Freed ‎ ‎113. The bank is reported in the local newspaper ______ in broad daylight yesterday. ‎ a. to be robbed b. robbed c. to have been robbed d. having been robbed ‎ ‎114. There seemed little hope that the explorer, ______ in the tropical forest, would find his way through it. ‎ a. to be deserted b. having deserted ‎ c. to have been deserted d. having been deserted ‎ ‎115. “Where should I send my application?” ‎ ‎“The Personnel Office is the place ______.” ‎ a. to sent it b. sent it to c. to send it to d. for sending it ‎ ‎116. The publisher will send you a specimen copy of their new book ______. ‎ a. when it will be requested b. when they are requested ‎ c. when requested d. when request it ‎ ‎117. Rome is the city ______. ‎ a. I rather most like to visit b. I’d most like to visit ‎ c. I’m rather to visit most d. I’d prefer most to visit ‎ ‎118. There ______ no further business, the meeting came to a stop. ‎ a. being b. was c. been d. had been ‎ ‎119. Please remind me ______ some eggs for the coming party. ‎ a. buy b. to buy c. of buying d. for buying ‎ ‎120. Don’t say anything at the meeting unless ______. ‎ a. asking b. asked c. being asked d. to be asked ‎ ‎121. The radio announced that all flights ______ have been cancelled because of the fog. ‎ a. go out b. gone out c. going out d. will go out ‎ ‎122. What’s the use ______ extra leisure time if you don’t know what to do? ‎ a. have b. to have c. being have d. of knowing ‎ ‎123. ______ mathematical concepts of some students was very difficult because the students did not have a math background. ‎ a. Explain b. Explaining c. Have explained d. Having explained ‎ ‎124. Although John was the oldest in the family, he always let his sister _____ charge of the house. ‎ a. to take b. taking c. take d. taken ‎ ‎125. Commercial banks make most of their income from interest ______ on loans and investment in stocks and bonds. ‎ a. earn b. earned c. to earn d. was earned ‎ ‎126. Amelia Earhart, the first woman ______ a solo flight across the Atlantic Ocean, was born in 1898. ‎ a. makes b. made c. making d. to make ‎ ‎127. It is impossible for the plan ______. ‎ a. to put into practice b. not to put into practice ‎ c. to be put into practice d. to be not put into practice ‎ ‎128. ______ is what she wants to know. ‎ a. Who to do it b. Whom to do it ‎ c. Who does it do d. Whom doing it ‎ ‎129. My wife suggested ______ to Scotland for a holiday, but I favor ______ Wales instead. ‎ a. to go…to visit b. going …visiting ‎ c. to go…visiting d. going …to visit ‎ ‎130. There are several ______ leaves on the ground. ‎ a. falling b. fallen c. to fall d. fell ‎ ‎7. 动词不定式 ‎ 动词不定式由to+动词原形构成。这里的to是不定式标志，没有词义。不定式具有名词、形容词或副词的某些语法功能，又有动词的时态和语态的特点及作用。 ‎ 常见的形式如表所示（以及物动词do为例），不及物动词没有被动语态。 ‎ 时态语态 主动 被动 ‎ 一般式 to do to be done ‎ 进行式 to be doing / ‎ 完成式 to have done to have been done ‎ 完成进行式 to have been doing / ‎ ‎7.1 有些动词可以用不定式作宾语，大致上有三种情况。 ‎ ‎1) 有些及物动词用不定式作宾语，结构为动词+不定式。例如： ‎ afford aim agree arrange ask decide ‎ bother care choose demand desire determine ‎ elect endeavor hope fail help learn ‎ long 渴望 mean manage offer plan pretend ‎ refuse tend undertake expect hate intend ‎ 例如： ‎ ‎　 The driver failed to see the other car in time. 司机没能及时看见另一辆车。 ‎ ‎　　 He offered to help me. 他表示愿意帮助我。 ‎ ‎2）有些动词除了可以用不定式作宾语，还用不定式作补语，即有动词+宾语+不定式的结构。例如： ‎ ask choose expect help beg intend ‎ like/love need prefer prepare want wish ‎ 例如： ‎ ‎　　　I like to keep everything tidy.　我喜欢每件东西都保持整洁。 ‎ ‎　　　I like you to keep everything tidy.　我喜欢你使每件东西都保持整洁。 ‎ ‎　　　I want to speak to Tom.　 我想和汤姆谈话。 ‎ ‎　　　I want you to speak to Tom.　 我想让你和汤姆谈话。　　 ‎ ‎3） 有些动词或动词词组可以用动词+疑问词+不定式的结构作宾语。例如： ‎ decide know consider forget learn remember ‎ show, wonder find out tell inquire explain ‎ 例如： ‎ ‎　　Please show us how to do that. 请演示给我们如何去做。 ‎ There are so many kinds of tape-recorders on sale that I can't make up my mind which to buy. ‎ 有这么多的录音机，我都拿不定主意买哪一种。 ‎ ‎7.2 不定式作补语 ‎ ‎1） 有些有动词+宾语+不定式的结构。例如： ‎ advise allow cause challenge command compel ‎ drive 驱使 enable encourage forbid force impel ‎ induce instruct invite like/love order permit ‎ make let have want get warn ‎ persuade request send tell train urge ‎ 例如； ‎ Father will not allow us to play on the street.　 父亲不让我们在街上玩耍。　　　　　　 ‎ The officer ordered his men to fire. 长官命令士兵开火。 ‎ 注意：有些动词如make，have，get，want等可用不定式作做宾补，也可用分词作宾补。现在分词表达主动，也表达正在进行，过去分词表达被动。 ‎ ‎2) 有些有动词+宾语+不定式的结构，不定式的动词往往是be，不定式一般可以省去。例如： ‎ consider find believe think declare（声称） appoint ‎ guess fancy（设想） guess judge imagine know ‎ 例如： ‎ We believe him to be guilty. 我们相信他是有罪的。 ‎ We know him to be a fool. 我们知道他是个笨蛋。（to be 不能省去） ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎　　 Charles Babbage is generally considered　___ the first computer.　 ‎ A. to invent　B. inventing　 C. to have invented　 D. having invented　 ‎ 答案：C. 一般没有consider+宾语+be以外不定式的结构，也没有consider+宾语+doing的结构，排除A、B、D。consider用动词be以外的不定式作宾补时，一般要求用不定式的完成式，故选C。 ‎ ‎3) 有些动词可以跟there +to be的结构。例如： ‎ believe expect intend like love mean ‎ prefer want wish understand ‎ 例如： ‎ ‎　 We didn't expect there to be so many people there. 我们没料到会有那么多人在那里。 ‎ You wouldn’t want there to be another war. 你不至于想让另外一场战争发生吧。 ‎ ‎7.3 不定式作主语 ‎ 不定式作主语，往往用it作形式主语，真正的主语不定式放至句子的后面。 ‎ ‎　 例如：It's so nice to hear your voice. 听到你的声音真高兴。 ‎ It's necessary for you to lock the car when you do not use it. 不用车的时候，锁车是有必要的。 ‎ ‎　 It's very kind of you to help us.　他帮助我们，他真好。 ‎ ‎　 It seemed selfish of him not to give them anything.　他不给他们任何东西，这显得太自私了。 ‎ 但是，用不定式作主语的句子中还有一个不定式作表语时，不能用It is… to…的句型。另外，这样的句子，不能用动名词作表语。例如： ‎ ‎（对）To teach is to learn. ‎ ‎（错）It is to learn to teach. ‎ ‎（错）To teach is learning. ‎ ‎（错）Teaching is to learn. ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎　The chair looks rather hard, but in fact it is very comfortable to ___.　 ‎ ‎　A. sit　 B. sit on　 C. be seat　 D. be sat on ‎ 答案：B. 如果不定式为不及物动词，其后应有必要的介词。当动词与介词连用时，常位于"形容词+动词不定式"结构的末尾。 ‎ ‎7.4 It's for sb.和 It's of sb. ‎ 这样的句子中，由于表语形容词性质的不同，导致了不定式逻辑主语标志用for或of的区别。 ‎ ‎1）for sb. 句型中的形容词一般为表示事物的特征特点，表示客观形式的形容词，如easy, hard, difficult, interesting, impossible等：例如： ‎ ‎　　 It's very hard for him to study two languages. 对他来说学两门外语是很难的。 ‎ ‎2）of sb句型中的形容词一般为表示性格，品德，心智能力，表示主观感情或态度的形容词，如good, kind, nice, clever, foolish, right。例如： ‎ ‎　　 It's very nice of you to help me. 你来帮助我，你真是太好了。 ‎ 用for还是用of 的另一种辨别方法： ‎ ‎　　用介词for或of后面的逻辑主语作句子的主语，用介词前边的形容词作表语，造个句子。如果通顺用of，不通则用for。例如： ‎ ‎　　 You are nice.　（通顺，所以应用of）。 ‎ ‎　　 He is hard.　 （非所表达的意思，不通，因此用for。） ‎ ‎7.5 不定式作表语 ‎ ‎　 不定式可放在be动词后面，形成表语。例如： ‎ ‎　　 My work is to clean the room every day. 我的工作是每天清扫房间。 ‎ ‎　　 His dream is to be a doctor. 他的梦想是成为一名医生。 ‎ ‎7.6 不定式作定语 ‎ ‎　 不定式做定语通常要放在被修饰的词后，往往表示未发生的动作。例如： ‎ ‎　　　I have a lot of work to do.　我有许多事要做。 ‎ ‎　　　There was nothing to bring home that morning. 那天早上（他回家时）两手空空。 ‎ ‎7.7 不定式作状语 ‎ ‎1）目的状语　 ‎ 常用结构为to do , only to do（仅仅为了）, in order to do,　so as to do,　so（such）… as to…（如此…以便…）。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He ran so fast as to catch the first bus.　他飞快地跑以便赶上第一班车。 ‎ ‎　　 I come here only to say good-bye to you.　我来仅仅是向你告别。 ‎ ‎2）作结果状语，可以表示没有预料到的或事与愿违的结果，不定式要放在句子后面。 ‎ I awoke to find my truck gone. 我醒来发现箱子不见了。 ‎ ‎　　 He searched the room only to find nothing. 他搜索了房间，没发现什么。 ‎ ‎3） 表原因 ‎ I'm glad to see you. 见到你很高兴。 ‎ She wept to see the sight. 她一看到这情形就哭了。 ‎ ‎4）表示理由和条件 ‎ He must be a fool to say so. ‎ You will do well to speak more carefully. ‎ ‎7.8 用作介词的to ‎ to 可以用作介词，也可用作不定式的标示。下面的to 都用作介词： ‎ admit to object to be accustomed to be used to stick to turn to开始 ‎ look forward to be devoted to pay attention to contribute to apologize to devote oneself to ‎ ‎7.9 省去to 的动词不定式 ‎ ‎1） 情态动词 （ 除ought 外） 后。 ‎ ‎2） 使役动词 let, have, make后，感官动词 see, watch, look at, notice , observe, hear, listen to, smell, feel, find 等后。 ‎ 注意：被动语态中不能省去to。例如： ‎ ‎　 I saw him dance. 我看见他跳舞。 ‎ ‎　 =He was seen to dance. ‎ ‎　 The boss made them work the whole night. 老板让他们整夜干活。 ‎ ‎　 =They were made to work the whole night. ‎ ‎3） would rather，had better句型后 ‎ ‎4） Why… / why no…句型后 ‎ ‎5） help 后可带to，也可不带to, help sb （to） do sth： ‎ ‎6） but和except后。but前是实义动词do时，后面出现的不定式不带to。 ‎ 比较：He wants to do nothing but go out. 他只想出去玩。 ‎ ‎　　 He wants to believe anything but to take the medicine. 除了吃这药，他什么都信。 ‎ ‎7） 由and, or和than连接的两个不定式，第二个to 可以省去： ‎ ‎8） 通常在discover, imagine, suppose, think等词后作宾补时，可以省去to be。例如：　 ‎ ‎　　 He is supposed （to be） nice.　他应该是个好人。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎1） ---- I usually go there by train.　 ‎ ‎　 ---- Why not ___ by boat for a change?　 ‎ ‎　　A. to try going　 B.　trying to go　 C.　to try and go　 D.　try going　　 ‎ ‎　　答案：D. why not 后面接不带to 的不定式，因此选D。 ‎ ‎2） Paul doesn't have to be made ___. He always works hard.　 ‎ ‎　 A. learn　 B. to learn　 C. learned　 D. learning ‎ ‎　 答案：B. make后接不带to 的动词不定式，当其用于被动时，to 不可省略。 ‎ ‎7.10 动词不定式的否定式 ‎ 在不定式标志to前加上not。例如： ‎ ‎　 Tell him not to shut the window。让他别关窗。 ‎ ‎　 She pretended not to see me when I passed by. 我走过的时候，她假装没看见。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎1）Mrs. Smith warned her daughter ___ after drinking.　 ‎ ‎　 A. never to drive　 B. to never driver　 C. never driving　 D. never drive　 ‎ ‎　 答案：A。warn sb to do sth. 的否定形式为warn sb not to do sth. 此处用的是否定词never. ‎ ‎2） The boy wanted to ride his bicycle in the street，but his mother told him ____.　 ‎ ‎　 A. not to　　B. not to do　　C. not do it　 D. do not to ‎ ‎　 答案：A。not to 为not to do it 的省略形式。可以只用to这个词，而不必重复整个不定式词组。及物动词do后应有宾语，因此也B，D不对。 ‎ ‎7.11 不定式的特殊句型too…to… ‎ ‎1）too…to　 太…以至于…。例如： ‎ ‎　　He is too excited to speak. 他太激动了，说不出话来。 ‎ ‎　 ---- Can I help you ? 需要我帮忙吗? ‎ ‎---- Well, I'm afraid the box is too heavy for you to carry it, but thank you all the same.　 ‎ 不用了。这箱子太重，恐怕你搬不动。谢谢。 ‎ ‎2） 如在too前有否定词，则整个句子用否定词表达肯定，too 后那个词表达一种委婉含义，意 为"不太"。例如： ‎ ‎　 It's never too late to mend.　 改过不嫌晚。（谚语） ‎ ‎3） 当too 前面有only, all, but时，意思是：非常… 等于very。例如： ‎ ‎　 I'm only too pleased to be able to help you. 能帮助你我非常高兴。 ‎ ‎　 He was but too eager to get home. 他非常想回家。 ‎ ‎7.12 不定式的特殊句型so as to ‎ ‎1） 表示目的；它的否定式是so as not to do。例如： ‎ ‎　 Tom kept quiet about the accident so as not to lose his job.汤姆对事故保持沉默是为了不丢掉他的工作。 ‎ ‎　 Go in quietly so as not to wake the baby.轻点进去，别惊醒了婴儿。 ‎ ‎2）表示结果。例如： ‎ ‎　 Would you be so kind as to tell me the time? 劳驾，现在几点了。 ‎ ‎　　　　 ‎ ‎7.13 不定式的特殊句型Why not ‎ ‎　"Why not +动词原形"表达向某人提出建议，翻译为："为什么不……?" "干吗不……?"。例如： ‎ ‎　Why not take a holiday? 干吗不去度假? ‎ ‎　　　 ‎ ‎7.14 不定式的时态和语态 ‎ ‎1） 一般式表示的动词，有时与谓语动词表示的动作同时发生，有时发生在谓语动词的动作之后，例如 ‎ ‎　　 He seems to know this. 他似乎知道这事。 ‎ ‎　　 I hope to see you again. = I hope that I'll see you again.　我希望再见到你。 ‎ ‎2） 完成式表示的动作发生在谓语动词表示的动作之前。例如： ‎ ‎　 I'm sorry to have given you so much trouble. 很抱歉，给你添了那么多的麻烦。 ‎ ‎　 He seems to have caught a cold. 他好像已经得了感冒。 ‎ ‎3） 进行式表示动作正在进行，与谓语动词表示的动作同时发生。例如： ‎ ‎　 He seems to be eating something. 他好像正在吃什么东西。 ‎ ‎4） 完成进行式表示动作从过去开始并延续至说话的时候。例如： ‎ ‎　 She is known to have been working on the problem for many years. 我们知道她研究这问题有好几年了。 ‎ ‎7.15 动名词与不定式 ‎ ‎1）动名词与不定式的区别： ‎ ‎　 动名词表达的是： 状态，性质，心境，抽象，经常性，已发生的 ‎ ‎　 不定式表达的是： 目的，结果，原因，具体，一次性，将发生的 ‎ ‎2）有些动词如continue接不定式或动名词作宾语，意义基本相同。 ‎ ‎3）有些动词如continue接不定式或动名词作宾语，意义大相径庭。常见的，下一节有专门讨论。 ‎ ‎　　 ‎ ‎8.特殊词精讲 ‎ ‎8.1 stop doing/to do ‎ stop to do　停止，中断做某事后去做另一件事，stop doing　停止做某事。例如： ‎ ‎　　They stop to smoke a cigarette.　 他们停下来，抽了根烟。 ‎ ‎　　I must stop smoking.　　　　　 我必须戒烟了。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎　 She reached the top of the hill and stopped ___　on a big rock by the side of the path.　 ‎ A. to have rested　B. resting　 C. to rest　D. rest ‎ 答案：C。由题意可知，她到了山顶，停下来在一个路边的大石头上休息。因此，应选择"stop to do sth. 停下来去做另一件事"。而不仅仅是爬山动作的终止，所以stop doing sth.不正确。 ‎ ‎8.2 forget doing/to do ‎ ‎　 forget to do　忘记要去做某事，forget doing　忘记做过某事。例如： ‎ ‎　　The light in the office is stil on. He forgot to turn it off. 办公室的灯还在亮着，他忘记关了。（没有做关灯的动作） ‎ ‎　　He forgot turning the light off. 他忘记他已经关了灯了。（已做过关灯的动作） ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎　 ---- The light in the office is still on. ‎ ‎　 ---- Oh，I forgot___.　　　　　　　　　　 ‎ ‎　 A. turning it off　 B. turn it off　 C. to turn it off　 D. having turned it off ‎ ‎　 答案：C。由the light is still on 可知灯亮着，即关灯的动作没有发生，因此用forget to do sth.而forget doing sth表示灯已经关上了，而忘记了这一事实。此处不符合题意。 ‎ ‎8.3 remember doing/to do ‎ ‎　 remember to do 记得去做某事，remember doing　记得做过某事。例如： ‎ Remember to go to the post office after school. 记着放学后去趟邮局。 ‎ Don't you remember seeing the man before? 你不记得以前见过那个人吗? ‎ ‎8.4 regret doing/to do ‎ regret to do　对将要做的事遗憾，regret doing　对做过的事遗憾、后悔。例如： ‎ ‎　　I regret to have to do this, but I have no choice. 我很遗憾必须这样去做，我实在没有办法。 ‎ ‎　　I don't regret telling her what I thought.　我不为告诉她我的想法而后悔。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎---You were brave enough to raise objections at the meeting. ‎ ‎---Well, now I regret ___ that. ‎ A. to do　 B. to be doing　 C.　to have done　 D.　having done ‎ 答案：D。regret having done sth. 对已发生的事感到遗憾。regret to do sth. 对将要做的事感到遗憾。本题为对已说的话感到后悔，因此选D。 ‎ ‎8.5 cease doing/to do ‎ cease to do 长时间，甚至永远停做某事，cease doing　 短时停止做某事，以后还会接着做。例如： ‎ ‎　　That department has ceased to exist forever. 那个系已不复存在。 ‎ ‎　　The girls ceased chatting for a moment when their teacher passed by. 姑娘们在老师走过时，停了会聊天。 ‎ ‎　　 ‎ ‎8.6 try doing/to do ‎ ‎　 try to do　努力，企图做某事，try doing　试验，试着做某事。例如： ‎ You must try to be more careful. 你可要多加小心。 ‎ ‎　 I tried gardening but didn't succeed. 我试着种果木花卉，但未成功。 ‎ ‎8.7 go on doing/to do ‎ go on to do　做了一件事后，接着做另一件事，go on doing　继续做原来做的事。例如： ‎ ‎　 After he had finished his maths，he went on to do his physics. 做完数学后，他接着去做物理。 ‎ ‎　 Go on doing the other exercise after you have finished this one. 作完这个练习后，接着做其他的练习 ‎ ‎　 ‎ ‎8.8 be afraid doing/to do ‎ be afraid to do　不敢，胆怯去做某事，是主观上的原因不去做，意为"怕"，be afraid of doing　担心出现doing的状况、结果。doing 是客观上造成的，意为"生怕，恐怕"。例如： ‎ She was afraid to step further in grass because she was afraid of being bitten by a snake. ‎ 她生怕被蛇咬着，不敢在草丛中再走一步。 ‎ She was afraid to wake her husband. 她不敢去叫醒她丈夫。 ‎ She was afraid of waking her husband. 她生怕吵醒她丈夫。 ‎ ‎8.9 be interested doing/to do ‎ ‎　 interested to do　对做某事感兴趣，想了解某事，interested in doing　 对某种想法感兴趣，doing 通常为想法。例如： ‎ I shall be interested to know what happens. 我很想知道发生了什么事。（想了解） ‎ I'm interested in working in Switzerland. Do you have any idea about that? ‎ 我对在瑞士工作感兴趣。你想过这事吗? （一种想法） ‎ ‎8.10 mean to doing/to do ‎ ‎　 mean to do　 打算、想，mean doing　意味着。例如： ‎ ‎　 　I mean to go, but my father would not allow me to. 我想去，但是我父亲不肯让我去。 ‎ ‎　To raise wage means increasing purchasing power. 增加工资意味着增加购买力。 ‎ ‎　 ‎ ‎8.11 begin（start） doing/to do ‎ ‎　 begin / start to do sth /begin / start doing sth. ‎ ‎1） 谈及一项长期活动或开始一种习惯时，使用doing。例如： ‎ ‎　 How old were you when you first started playing the piano? 你几岁时开始弹钢琴？ ‎ ‎　2） begin, start用进行时时，后面动词用不定式to do。例如： ‎ ‎　　I was beginning to get angry。我开始生起气来。 ‎ ‎　3） 在attempt, intend, begin, start 后接know, understand, realize这类动词时，常用不定式to do。例如： ‎ ‎　　I begin to understand the truth。我开始明白真相。 ‎ ‎　4） 事物作主语时。例如： ‎ ‎　　The snow began to melt.雪开始融化了 ‎ ‎8.12 感官动词 + doing/to do ‎ 感官动词 see, watch, observe, notice, look at, hear, listen to, smell, taste, feel + do表示动作的完整性，+doing 表示动作的进行性。例如： ‎ ‎　 I saw him work in the garden yesterday. 昨天我看见他在花园里干活了。（强调"我看见了"这个事实） ‎ ‎　　I saw him working in the garden yesterday.（强调"我见他正干活"这个动作）昨天我见他正在花园里干活。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎1）They knew her very well. They had seen her ___ up from childhood.　 ‎ ‎　 A. grow　 B. grew　 C. was growing　 D. to grow ‎ ‎　 答案：A。因题意为，他们看着她长大，因此强调的是成长的过程，而非正在长的动作，因此用see sb do sth 的句型。 ‎ ‎2）The missing boy was last seen ___ near the river.　 ‎ ‎　 A. playing　 B. to be playing　　C. play　　D. to play ‎ ‎　 答案A. 本题强调其动作，正在河边玩，应此用see sb. doing sth句型。 ‎ ‎9. 分词 ‎ 分词既有动词的特征，由有形容词和副词的特征。分词有现在分词和过去分词两种。现在分词有一般式和完成式，过去分词没有这种区别。及物动词的现在分词还有主动形式和被动形式的区别。分词常用的形式如表所示（以及物动词do 和不及物动词go为例）： ‎ do go ‎ 主动 被动 ‎ 现在分词 doing being done going ‎ 过去分词 / done gone ‎ 完成式 having done having been done / ‎ ‎9.1 分词作定语 ‎ 不及物动词的现在分词作定语表达强调动作正在进行，过去分词强调完成；及物动词的现在分词作定语强调主动，过去分词强调被动。分词的完成式一般不作定语。分词作其他成分时，也是如此。分词作定语，单个的分词作定语一般前置；分词词组，个别分词如given, left 等，修饰不定代词等的分词，作定语需后置。例如： ‎ ‎　We can see the rising sun. 我们可以看到东升的旭日 ‎ ‎　He is a retired worker.　 他是位退休的工人 ‎ ‎　There was a girl sitting there.　有个女孩坐在那里 ‎ ‎　This is the question given.　　 这是所给的问题 ‎ ‎　There is nothing interesting.　 没有有趣的东西 ‎ ‎　分词作定语相当于定语从句，如Most of the people invited to the party were famous scientists. = Most of the people who wereinvited to the party were famous scientists. ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎　 1） The first textbook ___ for teaching English as a foreign language came out in the 16th century.　 ‎ A. have written　 B. to be written　 C. being written　 D. written ‎ 答案D. 书与写作是被动关系，应用过去分词做定语表被动，相当于定语从句 which was written ‎ ‎　 2）What's the language ____ in Germany?　 ‎ A. speaking　　B. spoken　　 C. be spoken　　D. to speak ‎ 答案B. 主语language与谓语动词之间有被动的含义。spoken，在句中作定语，修饰主语language, spoken 与 language有被动关系。该句可以理解为：What's the language （which is） spoken in German? ‎ ‎9.2 分词作状语 ‎ 分词作状语，可以表示时间，原因，理由，条件，让步，连续等，相当于一个状语从句。例如： ‎ Not receiving any letter from him, I gave him a call. 由于没有收到他的信，我给他打了个电话。 ‎ ‎　 As I didn't receive any letter from him, I gave him a call. ‎ ‎　 Given more attention，the trees could have grown better. 多给些照顾，那些树会长得更好。 ‎ ‎　 If more attention was given, the trees could have grown better. ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎　1）_____ some officials, Napoleon inspected his army. ‎ A. Followed　 B. Followed by　 C. Being followed　 D. Having been followed ‎ ‎　答案B. Napoleon 与follow 之间有被动的含义。being followed除表达被动之外，还有动作正在进行之意。 followed by（被…跟随）。本题可改为：　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 With some officials following, Napoleon inspected his army. ‎ ‎　2）There was a terrible noise ___ the sudden burst of light.　 ‎ A. followed　 B. following　 C. to be followed　 D. being followed ‎ ‎　答案B. 由于声音在闪电后，因此为声跟随着光，声音为跟随的发出者，为主动。用现在分词。 ‎ ‎　3）_______, liquids can be changed into gases. ‎ A. Heating　 B. To be heated　 C. Heated　 D. Heat ‎ ‎　答案C. 本题要选分词作为状语。现在分词表主动，正在进行的；过去分词表被动的，已经完成的。对于液体来说是加热的受动者，是被动的，因而选C。它相当于一个状语从句 When it is heated，… ‎ 注意：选择现在分词还是过去分词，关键看主句的主语。如分词的动作是主句的主语发出，分词就选用现在分词，反之就用过去分词。例如： ‎ Used for a long time, the book looks old. 由于用了很长时间，这本书看上去很旧。 ‎ ‎　 Using the book, I find it useful. 在使用的过程中，我发现这本书很有用。 ‎ ‎9.3 连词+分词（短语） ‎ ‎　有时为使分词短语与主句关系更清楚，可在分词前加连词。 连词有： when，while，if though，after, before, as.　但分词的主语和主句的主语必须为同一个。例如： ‎ ‎　　While waiting there, he saw two pretty girls come out of the building. ‎ 等在那儿时，他看见两个靓妹走出大楼。（waiting 和saw 的主语相同） ‎ ‎9.4 分词作补语 ‎ ‎　　通常在感官动词和使役动词之后。例如： ‎ ‎　 I found my car missing.　我发现我的车不见了。 ‎ ‎　 'll have my watch repaired.　我想把我的手表修一下。 ‎ ‎9.5 分词作表语 ‎ 表示主语的状态等。例如： ‎ ‎　 She looked tired with cooking.　她由于忙着做饭，看上去有些疲倦。 ‎ ‎　 He remained standing beside the table.　他依然站在桌旁。 ‎ ‎9.6 分词作插入语 ‎ ‎　　分词作插入语的结构是固定的，意思上的主语并不是句子的主语。例如： ‎ ‎　 generally speaking　一般说来 ‎ ‎　 talking of （speaking of） 说道 ‎ ‎　 strictly speaking 严格的说 ‎ ‎　 judging from 从…判断 ‎ ‎　 all things considered 从整体来看 ‎ ‎　 taking all things into consideration　全面看来 ‎ 例如：Judging from his face, he must be ill.　从他的脸色看，他一定是病了。 ‎ ‎　 Generally speaking, dogs can run faster than pigs. 总的来说，狗比猪跑得快。 （speaking 不是dogs 的动作） ‎ ‎9.7 分词的时态 ‎ ‎1）一般式表示与主语动词同时发生。例如： ‎ ‎　 Hearing the news, he jumped with joy.　 听到这一消息，他高兴得手舞足蹈。 ‎ ‎　 Arriving there, they found the boy dead.　一到那儿，他们就发现那男孩死了。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎　　The secretary worked late into the night, ___a long speech for the president. ‎ A. to prepare　 B. preparing　 C. prepared　 D. was preparing　 ‎ ‎　　答案B. 此处没有连词，不能选D，否则出现了两个谓语动词worked和was preparing。 只能在B，C中选一个。又因前后两个动作同时发生，且与主语为主动关系，应用现在分词。 ‎ ‎2）完成时表示先于主语动词发生。例如： ‎ ‎　　While walking in the garden，he hurt his leg. 在花园里散步时他伤了腿。 ‎ ‎　　分词作时间状语，如果先与主动词的动作，且强调先后， 要用having done。 ‎ ‎　　Having finished his homework, he went out. 做完作业后，他出去了。 ‎ ‎　 =As he had finished his homework, he went out. ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎　　___ a reply, he decided to write again.　 ‎ A. Not receiving　　B. Receiving not　 C. Not having received　 D. Having not received　　 ‎ ‎　 答案C. 本题考查分词的时态与分词的否定式。根据题意判断，分词的动作（接信）发生在谓语动词的动作（决心再写信）之前，因此用分词的完成式。分词的否定式的构成为not +分词，故选C。该句可理解为：Because he had not received a reply, he decided to write again. ‎ ‎9.8 分词的语态 ‎ ‎1）通常，现在分词表示主动，过去分词表示被动。例如： ‎ He is the man giving you the money.　 （= who gave you…）他就是给你钱的那个人。 ‎ He is the man stopped by the car.　　（= who was stopped by…）他就是那个被车拦住的人。 ‎ ‎2）不及物动词的过去分词表示动作已经发生，如gone, fallen, retired, grown-up, escaped, faded, returned等。 ‎ 例如： a well-read person.　　一个读过许多书的人 ‎ ‎　　 a much-traveled may　一个去过许多地方的人 ‎ ‎　　 a burnt-out match　　 烧完了的火柴 ‎ ‎10．独立主格 ‎ ‎10.1 独立主格 ‎ 独立主格结构的构成：名词（代词）+现在分词、过去分词； ‎ 名词（代词）+形容词； ‎ 名词（代词）+副词； ‎ 名词（代词）+不定式； ‎ 名词（代词） +介词短语构成。　 ‎ 独立主格结构的特点：1）独立主格结构的逻辑主语与句子的主语不同，它独立存在。 ‎ ‎　　 2）名词或代词与后面的分词，形容词，副词，不定式，介词等是主谓关系。 ‎ ‎　　 3）独立主格结构一般有逗号与主句分开。 ‎ ‎　　例如： ‎ ‎　　The test finished, we began our holiday. = When the test was finished, we began our holiday. 考试结束了，我们开始放假。 ‎ ‎　　The president assassinated, the whole country was in deep sorrow. = After the president was assassinated, the whole country was in deep sorrow. 总统被谋杀了，举国上下沉浸在悲哀之中。 ‎ ‎　　Weather permitting, we are going to visit you tomorrow.　天气允许，我们明天去看你。 ‎ ‎　　This done, we went home. 工作完成后，我们才回家。 ‎ ‎　　The meeting gone over, everyone tired to go home earlier.　 会议结束后，每个人都想早点回家。 ‎ ‎　　He came into the room, his ears red with cold. 他回到了房子里，耳朵冻得红通通的。 ‎ ‎　　He came out of the library, a large book under his arm. 他夹着本厚书，走出了图书馆 ‎ ‎　 ‎ ‎10.2 with的复合结构作独立主格 ‎ ‎　　表示伴随情况时，既可用分词的独立结构，也可用with的复合结构：with +名词（代词）+现在分词/过去分词/形容词/副词/不定式/介词短语。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He stood there, his hand raised. = He stood there, with his hand raise.他举手着站在那儿。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎　　The murderer was brought in, with his hands ___ behind his back。 ‎ A. being tied　 B. having tied　　C. to be tied　　D. tied　　 ‎ ‎　　答案D. with +名词（代词）+分词+介词短语结构。当分词表示伴随状况时，其主语常常用with来引导。由于本句中名词"手"与分词"绑"是被动关系，因此用过去分词，选D.　　 ‎ 注意: ‎ ‎1） 独立主格结构使用介词的问题： 当介词是in时，其前后的两个名词均不加任何成分（如物主代词或冠词），也不用复数。但 with 的复合结构不受此限制。例如：A robber burst into the room, knife in hand.（hand前不能加his）劫匪冲进房间，手里拿着刀。 ‎ ‎　　2） 当表示人体部位的词做逻辑主语时，及物动词用现在分词，不及物动词用过去分词。例如： ‎ He lay there, his teeth set, his hand clenched, his eyes looking straight up. ‎ 他躺在那儿，牙紧咬，双手握拳，两眼直勾勾看着上面。 ‎ 典型例题： ‎ ‎　 Weather___, we'll go out for a walk. ‎ ‎　 A permitted　 B permitting　 C permits　 D for permitting ‎ ‎　 答案B. 本题中没有连词，它不是复合句，也不是并列句。 句中使用了逗号，且we 小写，可知其不是两个简单句。能够这样使用的只有独立主格或with的复合结构。据此判断，本句中使用的是独立结构，其结构为：名词+分词。 由于permit在这里翻译为'天气允许'，表主动，应用现在分词，故选B。 ‎ ‎　 如果不会判断独立结构作状语的形式，不妨将句子改为条件句，例如本句改为If weather permits, we'll go out for a walk. 然后将if 去掉，再将谓语动词改为非谓语动词即可。 ‎ ‎11. 动词的时态 ‎ ‎11.1 一般现在时的用法 ‎ ‎1） 经常性或习惯性的动作，常与表示频腮度的时间状语连用。时间状语： every…, sometimes,　at…, on Sunday。例如： ‎ ‎　　 I leave home for school at 7 every morning. 每天早上我七点离开家。 ‎ ‎2） 客观真理，客观存在，科学事实。例如： ‎ ‎　 The earth moves around the sun. 地球绕太阳转动。 ‎ ‎　 Shanghai lies in the east of China. 上海位于中国东部。 ‎ ‎3） 表示格言或警句。例如： ‎ ‎　 Pride goes before a fall.　骄者必败。 ‎ ‎　 注意：此用法如果出现在宾语从句中，即使主句是过去时，从句谓语也要用一般现在时。 ‎ 例：Columbus proved that the earth is round. 哥伦布证实了地球是圆的。 ‎ ‎4） 现在时刻的状态、能力、性格、个性。例如： ‎ ‎　 I don't want so much. 我不要那么多。 ‎ ‎　 Ann writes good English but does not speak well. 安英语写得不错，讲的可不行。 ‎ 比较：Now I put the sugar in the cup. 把糖放入杯子。 ‎ ‎　　　 I am doing my homework now. 我正在做功课。 ‎ ‎　　第一句用一般现在时，用于操作演示或指导说明的示范性动作，表示言行的瞬间动作。第二句中的now是进行时的标志，表示正在进行的动作的客观状况，所以后句用一般现在时。 ‎ ‎11.2 一般过去时的用法 ‎ ‎1）在确定的过去时间里所发生的动作或存在的状态。例如：时间状语有：yesterday, last week, an hour ago, the other day, in 1982等。例如： ‎ ‎　 Where did you go just now? 刚才你上哪儿去了？ ‎ ‎2）表示在过去一段时间内，经常性或习惯性的动作。例如： ‎ ‎　 When I was a child, I often played football in the street. 我是个孩子的时候，常在马路上踢足球。 ‎ Whenever the Browns went during their visit, they were given a warm welcome. ‎ 那时，布朗一家无论什么时候去，都受到热烈欢迎。　　　　　 ‎ ‎3）句型：It is time for sb. to do sth　 "到……时间了"　 "该……了"。例如：It is time for you to go to bed.　 你该睡觉了。 ‎ ‎　 It is time that sb. did sth. "时间已迟了"　 "早该……了" ，例如It is time you went to bed.　　　你早该睡觉了。 ‎ ‎　 　 would （had） rather sb. did sth.　表示'宁愿某人做某事'。例如：I'd rather you came tomorrow.还是明天来吧。 ‎ ‎4） wish, wonder, think, hope 等用过去时，作试探性的询问、请求、建议等，而一般过去时表示的动作或状态都已成为过去，现已不复存在。例如：I thought you might have some. 我以为你想要一些。 ‎ 比较：Christine was an invalid all her life.（含义：她已不在人间。） ‎ ‎　　 Christine has been an invalid all her life.（含义：她现在还活着） ‎ ‎　　 Mrs. Darby lived in Kentucky for seven years. （含义：达比太太已不再住在肯塔基州。） ‎ ‎　　 Mrs. Darby has lived in Kentucky for seven years. （含义：现在还住在肯塔基州，有可能指刚离去） ‎ 注意： 用过去时表示现在，表示委婉语气。 ‎ ‎1）动词want, hope, wonder, think, intend 等。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 Did you want anything else? 您还要些什么吗？ ‎ ‎　　　 I wondered if you could help me. 能不能帮我一下。 ‎ ‎2）情态动词 could, would。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 Could you lend me your bike? 你的自行车，能借用一些吗？ ‎ ‎11.3 used to / be used to ‎ ‎　　used to + do："过去常常"表示过去习惯性的动作或状态，但如今已不存在。例如： ‎ ‎　　Mother used not to be so forgetful.　老妈过去没那么健忘。 ‎ ‎　　Scarf used to take a walk. 斯卡夫过去常常散步。 ‎ ‎　　be used to + doing： 对……已感到习惯，或"习惯于"，to是介词，后需加名词或动名词。例如： ‎ ‎　　He is used to a vegetarian diet.　　 ‎ ‎　　Scarf is used to taking a walk. 斯卡夫现在已习惯于散步了。 ‎ 典型例题　　　 ‎ ‎---- Your phone number again? I ___ quite catch it. ‎ ‎---- It's 69568442.　　　　　　 ‎ A. didn't　　B. couldn't　C. don't　D. can't ‎ ‎　　答案A. 本句虽没有明确的时间状语，但从语意上看出，在听的时候没有听懂这个动作发生在过去，因此应用过去时。 ‎ ‎11.4 一般将来时 ‎ ‎1）　shall用于第一人称，常被will 所代替。will 在陈述句中用于各人称，在征求意见时常用于第二人称。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Which paragraph shall I read first？ 我先读哪一段呢？ ‎ ‎　　 Will you be at home at seven this evening? 今晚七点回家好吗？ ‎ ‎2）　be going to +不定式，表示将来。 ‎ ‎　 a. 主语的意图，即将做某事。例如：What are you going to do tomorrow? 明天打算作什么呢？ ‎ ‎　 b. 计划，安排要发生的事。例如：The play is going to be produced next month。这出戏下月开播。 ‎ ‎　 c. 有迹象要发生的事。例如：Look at the dark clouds, there is going to be a storm. 看那乌云，快要下雨了。 ‎ ‎　3）　be +不定式表将来，按计划或正式安排将发生的事。例如： ‎ ‎　　 We are to discuss the report next Saturday.我们下星期六讨论这份报告。 ‎ ‎4）　 be about to +不定式，意为马上做某事。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He is about to leave for Beijing. 他马上要去北京。 ‎ ‎　 注意：be about to do 不能与tomorrow, next week 等表示明确将来时的时间状语连用。 ‎ ‎11.5 be going to / will 用于条件句时，be going to表将来,will表意愿。例如： ‎ ‎　　If you are going to make a journey, you'd better get ready for it as soon as possible. ‎ ‎　　Now if you will take off your clothes, we will fit the new clothes on you in front of the mirror. ‎ ‎11.6 be to和be going to ‎ ‎　　 be to 表示客观安排或受人指示而做某事，be going to 表示主观的打算或计划。例如： ‎ ‎　 I am to play football tomorrow afternoon.　　明天下午我去踢球。（客观安排） ‎ ‎　 I'm going to play football tomorrow afternoon. 明天下午我想去踢球。（主观安排） ‎ ‎11.7 一般现在时表将来 ‎ ‎1）下列动词come, go, arrive, leave, start, begin, return的一般现在时可以表示将来，主要用来表示在时间上已确定或安排好的事情。例如： ‎ ‎　　　The train leaves at six tomorrow morning. 火车明天上午六点开。 ‎ ‎　　　When does the bus star? It stars in ten minutes. 汽车什么时候开？十分钟后。 ‎ ‎2）以here, there等开始的倒装句，表示动作正在进行。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 Here comes the bus. = The bus is coming. 车来了。 ‎ ‎　　　 There goes the bell. = The bell is ringing. 铃响了。 ‎ ‎3）在时间或条件句中。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 When Bill comes （不是will come）, ask him to wait for me. 比尔来后，让他等我。 ‎ ‎　　　 I'll write to you as soon as I arrive there. 我到了那里，就写信给你。 ‎ ‎4）在动词hope, take care that, make sure that等的宾语从句中。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 I hope they have a nice time next week. 我希望他们下星期玩得开心。 ‎ ‎　　　 Make sure that the windows are closed before you leave the room. 离开房间前，务必把窗户关了。 ‎ ‎11.8 用现在进行时表示将来 ‎ ‎　 下列动词come, go, arrive, leave, start, begin, return等现在进行时可以表示将来。例如： ‎ ‎　 I'm leaving tomorrow. 明天我要走了。 ‎ ‎　 Are you staying here till next week? 你会在这儿呆到下周吗？ ‎ ‎11.9 现在完成时 ‎ ‎　　现在完成时用来表示之前已发生或完成的动作或状态，其结果的影响现在还存在；也可表示持续到现在的动作或状态。其构成：have （has） +过去分词。 ‎ ‎11.10 比较一般过去时与现在完成时 ‎ ‎1）一般过去时表示过去某时发生的动作或单纯叙述过去的事情，强调动作；现在完成时为过去发生的，强调过去的事情对现在的影响，强调的是影响。 ‎ ‎2）一般过去时常与具体的时间状语连用，而现在完成时通常与模糊的时间状语连用，或无时间状语。 ‎ 一般过去时的时间状语：yesterday, last week，…ago, in1980, in October, just now等，皆为具体的时间状语。 ‎ 现在完成时的时间状语：for, since, so far, ever, never, just, yet, till/until, up to now, in past years, always等，皆不确定的时间状语。 ‎ 共同的时间状语：this morning, tonight, this April, now, already, recently, lately 等。 ‎ ‎3）现在完成时可表示持续到现在的动作或状态，动词一般是延续性的，如live, teach, learn, work, study, know.。 ‎ ‎　 一般过去时常用的非持续性动词有come, go, leave, start, die, finish, become, get married等。例如： ‎ I saw this film yesterday. （强调看的动作发生过了） ‎ I have seen this film. （强调对现在的影响，电影的内容已经知道了） ‎ Why did you get up so early? （强调起床的动作已发生过了） ‎ Who hasn't handed in his paper? （强调有卷子未交，疑为不公平竞争） ‎ He has been in the League for three years. （在团内的状态可延续） ‎ He has been a League member for three years. （是团员的状态可持续） ‎ ‎　　 句子中如有过去时的时间副词（如yesterday, last, week, in 1960）时，不能使用现在完成时，要用过去时。 ‎ ‎（错）Tom has written a letter to his parents last night. ‎ ‎（对）Tom wrote a letter to his parents last night. ‎ ‎11.11 用于现在完成时的句型 ‎ ‎1）It is the first / second time.... that…结构中的从句部分，用现在完成时。例如： ‎ It is the first time that I have visited the city. 这是我第一次访问这城市。 ‎ This is the first time （that） I've heard him sing.　这是我第一次听他唱歌。 ‎ 注意：It was the third time that the boy had been late. ‎ ‎2）This is +形容词最高级+that…结构，that 从句要用现在完成时。例如： ‎ ‎　 This is the best film that I've （ever） seen. 这是我看过的最好的电影。　 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎（1） ---Do you know our town at all?　 ‎ ‎　 ---No, this is the first time I ___ here. ‎ A. was　 B. have been　 C. came　 D. am coming ‎ ‎　 答案B. This is the first time 后面所加从句应为现在完成时，故选B。 ‎ ‎（2） ---Have you ____ been to our town before? ‎ ‎　 ---No, it's the first time I ___ here. ‎ A. even, come　 B. even, have come　　C. ever, come　 D. ever, have come ‎ ‎　 答案D. ever意为曾经或无论何时，反意词为never，此两词常用于完成时。 ‎ ‎　 注意：非延续性动词的否定形式可以与表示延续时间的状语连用。即动作不发生的状态是可以持续的。 ‎ ‎（错）I have received his letter for a month. ‎ ‎（对）I haven't received his letter for almost a month. ‎ ‎11.12 比较since和for ‎ Since 用来说明动作起始时间，for用来说明动作延续时间长度。例如： ‎ ‎　　I have lived here for more than twenty years.我住在这儿二十多年了。 ‎ ‎　　I have lived here since I was born. 我从出生起就住在这儿了。 ‎ ‎　　注意：并非有for 作为时间状语的句子都用现在完成时。 ‎ ‎　　 I worked here for more than twenty years. （我现在已不在这里工作。） ‎ ‎　　 I have worked here for many years.（现在我仍在这里工作。） ‎ ‎　　注意：用句型转换的方法，很容易排除非延续动词在有for/since结构的完成时中的误用。 ‎ ‎　　1）（对） Tom has studied Russian for three years. = Tom began to study Russian three years ago, and is still studying it now. ‎ ‎　　2）（错） Harry has got married for six years. = Harry began to get married six years ago, and is still getting married now. ‎ ‎　　　　显然，第二句不对，它应改为 Harry got married six years ago. 或 Harry has been married for six years. ‎ ‎11.13 since的四种用法 ‎ ‎　 1） since +过去一个时间点（如具体的年、月、日期、钟点、1980, last month, half past six）。例如： ‎ ‎　 I have been here since 1989. 1989起，我一直在这儿。 ‎ ‎　 2） since +一段时间+ ago。例如： ‎ ‎　 I have been here since five months ago. 我在这儿，已经有五个月了。 ‎ ‎　 3） since +从句。例如： ‎ ‎　 Great changes have taken place since you left. 你走后，变化可大了。 ‎ ‎　 Great changes have taken place since we were here. 我们走后，变化可大了。 ‎ ‎　 4） It is +一段时间+ since从句。例如： ‎ ‎　 It is two years since I became a postgraduate student. 我考上研究生有两年了。 ‎ ‎11.14 延续动词与瞬间动词 ‎ ‎1） 用于完成时的区别 ‎ 延续动词表示经验、经历； 瞬间动词表示行为的结果，不能与表示段的时间状语连用。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He has completed the work.　　他已完成了那项工作。 （表结果） ‎ ‎　　 I've known him since then.　　 我从那时起就认识他了。（表经历） ‎ ‎2） 用于till / until从句的差异 ‎ ‎　　 延续动词用于肯定句，表示"做……直到……" 瞬间动词用于否定句，表示"到……，才……"。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He didn't come back until ten o'clock. 他到10 点才回来。 ‎ He slept until ten o'clock.　 他一直睡到10点。　　　　 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎1. You don't need to describe her. I ___ her several times.　 ‎ A. had met　B. have met　 C. met　D. meet ‎ ‎　 答案B. 首先本题后句强调对现在的影响，我知道她的模样，你不用描述。再次，several times告知为反复发生的动作，因此用现在完成时。 ‎ ‎2. ---I'm sorry to keep you waiting. ‎ ‎　 ---Oh, not at all. I ___ here only a few minutes. ‎ A. have been　 B. had been　 C. was　D. will be ‎ ‎　 答案A. 等待的动作由过去开始，持续到现在，应用现在完成时。 ‎ ‎11.15 过去完成时 ‎ ‎1） 概念：表示过去的过去 ‎ ‎----|----------|--------|----> 其构成是had +过去分词构成。 ‎ 那时以前　 那时　现在　　　　　　 ‎ ‎2） 用法 ‎ ‎　 a. 在told, said, knew, heard, thought等动词后的宾语从句。例如： ‎ ‎　　 She said （that）she had never been to Paris. 她告诉我她曾去过巴黎。 ‎ ‎　 b. 状语从句 ‎ ‎　　 在过去不同时间发生的两个动作中，发生在先，用过去完成时；发生在后，用一般过去时。例如： ‎ ‎　　 When the police arrived, the thieves had run away. 警察到达时，小偷们早就跑了。 ‎ ‎　 c. 表示意向的动词，如hope, wish, expect, think, intend, mean, suppose等，用过去完成时表示"原本…，未能…"。例如： ‎ ‎　　 We had hoped that you would come, but you didn't. 那时我们希望你能来，但是你没有来。 ‎ ‎3）　过去完成时的时间状语before, by, until , when, after, once, as soon as。例如： ‎ ‎　 He said that he had learned some English before. 他说过他以前学过一些英语。 ‎ ‎　 By the time he was twelve, Edison had began to make a living by himself. 到了十二岁那年，爱迪生开始自己谋生。 ‎ ‎　 Tom was disappointed that most of the guests had left when he arrived at the party. ‎ 汤姆失望了，因为他到达晚会时，大部分客人已经走了。 ‎ 典型例题　 ‎ ‎　 The students ___ busily when Miss Brown went to get a book she ___ in the office.　 ‎ A. had written, left　B，were writing, has left　 C. had written, had left　D. were writing, had left ‎ ‎　 答案D. "把书忘在办公室"发生在"去取书"这一过去的动作之前，因此"忘了书"这一动作发生在过去的过去，用过去完成时。句中when表示的是时间的一点，表示在"同学们正忙于……"这一背景下，when所引导的动作发生。因此前一句应用过去进行时。 ‎ 注意：　had hardly… when　　还没等…… 就……。例如： ‎ I had hardly opened the door when I he hit me. 我刚打开门，他就打了我。 ‎ had no sooner…than　　 刚…… 就……。例如： ‎ He had no sooner bought the car than he sold it. 他刚买了这辆车，转眼又卖了。 ‎ ‎　 ‎ ‎11.16 用一般过去时代替过去完成时 ‎ ‎1）　两个动作如按顺序发生，又不强调先后，或用then，and，but 等连词时，多用一般过去时。例如： ‎ ‎　　 When she saw the mouse，she screamed. 她看到老鼠，就叫了起来。 ‎ ‎　　 My aunt gave me a hat and I lost it. 姑妈给了我一顶帽子，我把它丢了。 ‎ ‎2 ） 两个动作相继发生，可用一般过去时；如第一个动作需要若干时间完成，用过去完成时。例如： ‎ ‎　　 When I heard the news, I was very excited. ‎ ‎3）　叙述历史事实，可不用过去完成时，而只用一般过去时。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Our teacher told us that Columbus discovered America in 1492. ‎ ‎11.17 将来完成时 ‎ ‎　1） 构成will have done ‎ ‎　2） 概念　 ‎ a. 状态完成：表示某事继续到将来某一时为止一直有的状态。例如： ‎ They will have been married for 20 years by then. 到那时他们结婚将有二十年了。 ‎ ‎　　b. 动作完成：表示将来某一时或另一个将来的动作之前，已经完成的动作或获得的经验。例如： ‎ ‎　　　You will have reached Shanghai by this time tomorrow. 明天此时，你已经到达上海了。 ‎ ‎　　　 ‎ ‎11.18 现在进行时 ‎ ‎　 现在进行时的基本用法： ‎ ‎　 a. 表示现在（指说话人说话时）正在发生的事情。例如： ‎ ‎　　 We are waiting for you. 我们正在等你。 ‎ ‎　 b. 习惯进行：表示长期的或重复性的动作，说话时动作未必正在进行。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Mr. Green is writing another novel.　他在写另一部小说。（说话时并未在写，只处于写作的状态。） ‎ ‎　　c. 表示渐变，这样的动词有：get, grow, become, turn, run, go, begin等。例如： ‎ ‎　　 The leaves are turning red. 叶子在变红。 ‎ ‎　　 It's getting warmer and warmer. 天越来越热了。 ‎ ‎　 d. 与always, constantly, forever 等词连用，表示反复发生的动作或持续存在的状态，往往带有说话人的主观色彩。例如： ‎ ‎　　 You are always changing your mind. 你老是改变主意。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎　 My dictionary ___, I have looked for it everywhere but still___ it.　 ‎ ‎　 A. has lost, don't find　　 B. is missing, don't find　C. has lost, haven't found　 D. is missing, haven't found.　　 ‎ ‎　 答案D. 前句是一个仍在持续的状态，应用进行时，由于没有找到，其影响仍然存在，应用完成时，瞬间动词用于否定式时可用于完成时。 ‎ ‎11.19 不用进行时的动词 ‎ ‎1）表示事实状态的动词，如have, belong, possess, cost, owe, exist, include, contain, matter,‎ ‎ weigh, measure, continue等。例如：I have two brothers. 我有两兄弟。 ‎ ‎　　 This house belongs to my sister. 这房子是我姐的。 ‎ ‎　2）表示心理状态的动词，如know, realize, think see, believe, suppose, imagine, agree, recognize, remember, want, need, forget, prefer, mean, understand, love, hate等。例如：I need your help. 我需要你的帮助。 ‎ ‎　　 He loves her very much. 他爱她很深。 ‎ ‎　3）瞬间动词，如accept, receive, complete, finish, give, allow, decide, refuse等。例如： ‎ ‎　　 I accept your advice. 我接受你的劝告。 ‎ ‎　4）系动词，如seem, remain, lie, see, hear, smell, feel, taste, get, become, turn等。例如： ‎ ‎　　 You seem a little tired. 你看上去有点累。 ‎ ‎11.20 过去进行时 ‎ ‎1）概念：表示过去某时正在进行的状态或动作。 ‎ ‎2）过去进行时的主要用法是描述一件事发生的背景；一个长动作延续的时候，另一个短动作发生。 ‎ ‎3） 常用的时间状语有this morning, the whole morning, all day yesterday, from nine to ten last evening, when, while等。例如： ‎ ‎　　 My brother fell while he was riding his bicycle and hurt himself.　 我兄弟骑车时摔了下来，受了伤。 ‎ ‎　　 It was raining when they left the station. 他们离开车站时，正下着雨。 ‎ ‎　　 When I got to the top of the mountain, the sun was shining.　我到达山顶时，阳光灿烂。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎1） Mary ___ a dress when she cut her finger.　 ‎ A. made　 B. is making　 C. was making　 D. makes ‎ ‎　答案C. 割伤手指是已发生的事情，应用过去时。同时，when表时间的同时性，"玛丽在做衣服时"提供事情发生的背景，因此用过去进行时。 ‎ ‎2） As she ___ the newspaper, Granny ___ asleep. ‎ A. read；was falling　B. was reading； fell　C. was reading； was falling　D. read；fell ‎ ‎　答案B.句中的as = when, while，意为"当……之时"。描述一件事发生的背景时，用过去进行；一个长动作发生的时候，另一个短动作发生。句意为 "在她看报纸时，奶奶睡着了。"句中的 fell（fall的过去时），是系动词，后跟形容词，如：fall sick。 ‎ ‎11.21 将来进行时 ‎ ‎1） 概念：表示将来某时进行的状态或动作，或按预测将来会发生的事情。例如： ‎ ‎　　　She'll be coming soon. 她会很快来的。 ‎ ‎　　　I'll be meeting him sometime in the future. 将来我一定去见他。 ‎ 注意：将来进行时不用于表示"意志"，不能说 I'll be having a talk with her. ‎ ‎2）常用的时间状语有soon, tomorrow, this evening，on Sunday, by this time，tomorrow, in two days, tomorrow evening等。例如：By this time tomorrow, I'll be lying on the beach. 明天此时，我正躺在海滩上呢。 ‎ ‎11.22 一般现在时代替一般将来时 ‎ When, while, before, after, till, once, as soon as, so long as, by the time, if, in case （that）, unless, even if, whether, the moment, the minute, the day, the year, immediately 等引导的时间状语从句，条件句中，用一般现在时代替将来时。例如： ‎ ‎　He is going to visit her aunt the day he arrives in Beijing. 他一到北京，就去看他姨妈。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎（1）He said he________me a present unless I_______ in doing the experiment. ‎ ‎　 A. had not given; had not succeeded　　B. would not give; succeeded ‎ ‎　 C. will not give; succeed　　　　　　 D. would not give; will succeed. ‎ ‎　 答案B. 在时间，条件或让步主语从句中一般不用将来时。本题有He said，故为过去式。主句用将来时，故选B. 此处用一般过去式代替了过去将来时。 ‎ ‎（2） 表示现在已安排好的未来事项，行程等活动。例如： ‎ ‎　 The museum opens at ten tomorrow.　博物馆明天10点开门。（实际上每天如此。） ‎ ‎11.23 一般现在时代替一般过去时 ‎ ‎1 ） "书上说"，"报纸上说"等。例如： ‎ ‎　 The newspaper says that it's going to be cold tomorrow. 报纸上说明天会很冷的。 ‎ ‎　2） 叙述往事，使其生动。例如： ‎ ‎　 Napoleon's army now advances and the great battle begins.拿破仑的军队正在向前挺进，大战开始了。 ‎ ‎11.24 一般现在时代替现在完成时 ‎ ‎1） 有些动词用一般现在时代替完成时，如hear, tell, learn, write , understand, forget, know, find , say, remember等。例如： ‎ ‎　 I hear （= have heard） he will go to London. 我听说了他将去伦敦。 ‎ ‎　 I forget （=have forgotten） how old he is. 我忘了他多大了。 ‎ ‎2） 用句型 " It is … since…"代替"It has been … since …"。例如： ‎ It is （= has been） five years since we last met. 从我们上次见面以来，五年过去了。 ‎ ‎11.25 一般现在时代替现在进行时。 ‎ 在Here comes…/There goes…等句型里，用一般现在时代替现在进行时。例如： ‎ ‎　 There goes the bell. 铃响了。 ‎ ‎11.26 现在进行时代替将来时 ‎ ‎1） 表示即将发生的或预定中计划好的活动。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Are you staying with us this weekend? 和我们一起度周末好吗? ‎ ‎　　 We are leaving soon.　 我们马上就走。 ‎ ‎2） 渐变动词，如get, run, grow, become, begin以及瞬间动词die等。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He is dying. 他要死了。 ‎ ‎11.27 时态一致 ‎ ‎　 1） 如果从句所叙述的为真理或相对不变的事实，则用现在时。例如： ‎ ‎　 At that time, people did not know that the earth moves. 那时，人们不知道地球是动的。 ‎ ‎　 He told me last week that he is eighteen. 上星期他告诉我他十八岁了。 ‎ ‎　 2） 宾语从句中的，助动词ought, need, must, dare 的时态是不变的。例如： ‎ ‎　 He thought that I need not tell you the truth. 他认为我不必告诉你真相。 ‎ ‎11.28 时态与时间状语 ‎ 时态 时间状语 ‎ 一般现在时 every…, sometimes,　at…, on Sunday等 ‎ 一般过去时 yesterday, last week, an hour ago, the other day, in 1982, just now等 ‎ 一般将来时 next…, tomorrow, in+一段时间, before+时间点等 ‎ 现在完成时 for, since, so far, ever, never, just, yet, till/until, up to now, in past years, always, recently等 ‎ 过去完成时 before, by+过去的时间, until, when, after, once等 ‎ 过去进行时 this morning, the whole morning, all day, yesterday, from nine to ten last evening… when, while等 ‎ 将来进行时 soon, tomorrow, this evening, on Sunday, by this time, tomorrow, in two days, tomorrow evening ‎ ‎11.29 时态、语态练习 ‎ ‎1.“I don’t like to travel. ”“Have you ever _____ in an airplane?” ‎ a. flying b. flew c. flowed d. flown ‎ ‎2.The center of gravity of the human body ______ behind his joint. ‎ a. located b. locating c. to locate d. is located ‎ ‎3.“Today is very cold, isn’t it?” “Yes, the river is _____ over.” ‎ a. freezed b. freeze c. frozen d. freezing ‎ ‎4.“What happened in that new area?” “New houses ______ recently over there.” ‎ a. are built b. build c. have built d. have been built ‎ ‎5.“When did you go to work?” “As soon as they came, we ______ to work.” ‎ a. went b. were going c. had gone d. go ‎ ‎6.“Did you wait for him very long?” “Yes, I ______ to bed until five in the morning.” ‎ a.did go b. didn’t go c. had gone d. went ‎ ‎7.Perhaps it will be a long time ______ from abroad. ‎ a. when Tom comes back b. when Tom will come back ‎ c.before Tom comes back d. that Tom comes back ‎ ‎8.Tom ______ mathematics throughout his college life. ‎ a. bored b. bored with c. was bored d. was bored with ‎ ‎9.______ that dress when I first saw you at the station? ‎ a. Were you wearing b. Have you worn c. Did you wear d. do you wear ‎ ‎10.Mr Wu ______ to work by bus every day. ‎ a. has been traveling b. has traveled c. travels d. is traveling ‎ ‎11.Don’t disturb him. He ______ to the weather forecast. ‎ a. listens b. is being listened c. has listened d. is listening ‎ ‎12.My English teacher ______ my test. ‎ a.has not yet graded b. has not yet been graded ‎ c.is not yet to be graded d. is not yet graded ‎ ‎13.We ______ on it for many hours, but we have not yet reached any conclusion. ‎ a. are being worked b. are working c. have been working d. have been worked ‎ ‎14.Shanghai ______ on the Huangpu River. ‎ a. stand b. stands c. is being stand d. has stood ‎ ‎15.“Tell the students to stop shouting. We ______ our essays now.” ‎ a. write b. have been writing c. are writing d. have written ‎ ‎16.“______ your best? It’s not satisfactory. I’m afraid you will have to do it again.” ‎ a.Do you try b. Have you tried c. Are you trying d. Have you been trying ‎ ‎17.Chinese married couple _____ red packets to children and the unmarried during the Chinese new Year. ‎ a. give b. have been giving c. are giving d. have given ‎ ‎18.My uncle, Sam,______ manager of the firm. ‎ a. has just made b. is just being made c. has just been made d. is just made ‎ ‎19.This is the first time the students ______ to Hyde Park. ‎ a. have gone b. have been gone c. have been going d. are being gone ‎ ‎20.She ______ her mother’s work since she was admitted into hospital. ‎ a. is doing b. has been doing c. has done d. has been done ‎ ‎21.I ______ the incident as if it were yesterday. ‎ a. am still to remember b. have still been remembering ‎ c. am being still remembered d. still remember ‎ ‎22.I ______ swimming in the river and I always _____ to swim when I can. ‎ a.am liking/have gone b. am being liked/am going ‎ c.like/go d. have liked/have been going ‎ ‎23.We have sometimes accidents on this line, but no accidents ______ since last winter. ‎ a. occur b. have occurred c. have been occurring d. are occurring ‎ ‎24.He _____ on this essay for twenty minutes but he _____ only a hundred words. ‎ a.has been working/has written b. is working/writes ‎ b.has worked/has been writing d. works/is writing ‎ ‎25.Elections _______ every four years and Congress meets once a year. ‎ a. are taken place b. are to be taken place c. took place d. take place ‎ ‎26.______ careless, or you will make mistakes. ‎ a.Be not b. Not be c. Don’t d. Don’t be ‎ ‎27.The No.8 bus ______ to Chengdu college of Geology, and not to Sichuan University. ‎ a.are gone b. is being gone c. goes d. are going ‎ ‎28.Oil, exported from Iran to Europe, _____ by tankers. ‎ a.used to be transported/have been built up ‎ b.used to being transported/have built up ‎ c.was used to be transported/had been built up ‎ d.was used to being transported/will be built up ‎ ‎29.If it ______,the match will be postponed. ‎ a.has been rained b. does rain c. rains d. is rained ‎ ‎30.As soon as I ______ the tools, I shall begin with the work. ‎ a.have b. am having c. have been having d. have been had ‎ ‎31.Once you ______ the knack of it, you will have no further difficulty. ‎ a. shall have b. had had c. are having d. have ‎ ‎32.Every time he ______ me, he is rude to me. ‎ a. will see b. sees c. is seeing d. is seen ‎ ‎33.John told Mary that he ______ what he was doing during the vacation. ‎ a. was just asked b. was just asking c. had just been asked d. had just asked ‎ ‎34.Now that you _______ , what are you going to do? ‎ a. are bing returned b. have been returning c. have been returned d. have returned ‎ ‎35.I started my teaching career at the school. That was more than twenty years ago, and I ______ there ever since. ‎ a. was b. had been c. will be d. have been ‎ ‎36.Everything on the earth ______ all the time. ‎ a. is changing b. is changed c. has changed d. has been changed ‎ ‎37.We ______ fine weather for the past few days. ‎ a. have b. are having c. have been had d. have been having ‎ ‎38.It ______ every day so far this month. ‎ a. is raining b. rains c. has rained d. has been rained ‎ ‎39.no one can prove that the earth ______ not round. ‎ a. is being b. is to be c. is d. has been ‎ ‎40.“There she ______!We needn’t wait any longer.” ‎ a.comes b. has been come c. has been coming d. is to come ‎ ‎41.The little girl ______ by the drug-pusher to carry drugs into the country. ‎ a.was made use b. was made used c. was made use of d. was made used of ‎ ‎42.I shall tell you what he ______ at three o’clock yesterday afternoon. ‎ a.had done b. would do c. was doing d. had been done ‎ ‎43.By the end of last year they ______ 1,000 machines. ‎ a. turned out b. had turned out c. would turn out d. had been turned out ‎ ‎44.He was sixty-eight. In two years he ______ seventy. ‎ a. would be b. was c. had been d. was being ‎ ‎45.How long ago ______ playing football? ‎ a. had you stopped b. would you stop c. did you stop d. were you stopping ‎ ‎46.Up till then we ______ half the distance. ‎ a. had only covered b. covered c. would only cover d. would be only covered ‎ ‎47.While I ______ television, the door bell ______. ‎ a.watched/would ring b. would watch/had rung ‎ b.was watching/rang d. had been watched/was ringing ‎ ‎48.They ______ with us for the time being. ‎ a. would stay b. will stay c. have been staying d. will be staying ‎ ‎49.I never dreamed I ______ here discussing state affairs with the other deputies. ‎ a. will be sitting b. would be sitting c. will have been sitting d. would have been sitting ‎ ‎50.John told us that by the end of the year they ______ together for thirty years. ‎ a. would have been living b. would have lived ‎ c. would have been lived d. will have been living ‎ ‎51.The new type of machine ______ the year after next. ‎ a.is going to turn out b. is going to being turned out ‎ b.is going to have turned out d. is going to be turned out ‎ ‎52.Large sums of money ______ each year in painting the steelwork of bridges, ships, and other exposed structures. ‎ a. have spent b. have to be spent c. have to spend d. spend ‎ ‎53.The police ______ in what the informer reported. ‎ a. interested b. had interested c. were interesting d. were interested ‎ ‎54.A candidate for the post ______ at the moment. ‎ a. is interviewing b. being interviewing c. interviewing d. is being interviewed ‎ ‎55.By the end of last year the railway ______. ‎ a.was being completed b. would be completed ‎ b.had been completed d. had completed ‎ ‎56.I______ to visit their country before long. ‎ a.have been invited b. am being invited c. had been invited d. shall be invited ‎ ‎57.Theory ______ with practice. ‎ a. must be combining b. must combine c. must have been combined d. must be combined ‎ ‎58.He said such a thing ______ to happen. ‎ a.ought to be not allowed b. ought not to be allowing ‎ b.ought not to have allowed d. ought not to be allowed ‎ ‎59.She told me that her proposal ______. ‎ a.needed to take into consideration b. needed to be taken into consideration ‎ c.needed to be taking into consideration d. needed to have taken into consideration ‎ ‎60.The school authorities and the teachers ______ over the advantages of the demerit system. ‎ a.were always argued b. were always arguing ‎ b.had always had argued d. had always been argued ‎ ‎61.He fulfilled the plan earlier than he ______. ‎ a. had expected b. expecting c. should expect d. would expect ‎ ‎62.______ when the bell rang. ‎ a.Hardly would he reach school b. Hardly had he reached school ‎ c.Hardly he reached school d. Hardly he was reaching school ‎ ‎63.We were determined not to do it unless Julie ______ it, too. ‎ a. had done b. was doing c. was done d. did ‎ ‎64.They were sure they ______ final victory. ‎ a. were won b. would be won c. would win d. had been won ‎ ‎65.When ______ to give us an answer? ‎ a. will you be able b. will you have been able c. will you able d. will you have abled ‎ ‎66.We ______ on the project by the end of next week. ‎ a.shall have finished to work b. shall finish to work ‎ c.shall have finished working d. shall finish working ‎ ‎67.He ______ for six years by the time he takes his examination. ‎ a.shall have finished to work b. shall finish to work ‎ b.shall have finished working d. shall finish working ‎ ‎68.I promise you that I ______ you a present next week. ‎ a. will give b. will have given c. shall give d. shall have given ‎ ‎69.I hope that she ______ to the demands of the naughty boys. ‎ a.will not have agreed b. will not be agreed c. will not agree d. will not have been agreed ‎ ‎70.In the long run your money ______ in bonds. ‎ a.was more safely invested b. is more safely invested ‎ b.will be more safely invested d. are more safely invested ‎ ‎71.Mr.Wilson asked me if these islands ______ to Japan. ‎ a. belong b. are belonging c. are belonged d. have been belonged ‎ ‎72.Before the end of the nineties, air pollution ______ a serious problem that endangers the health of the human race. ‎ a. will be become b. will become c. will have become d. will have been become ‎ ‎73.The train ______ at eight tonight. ‎ a. will be started b. will have started c. shall be started d. starts ‎ ‎74.We ______ an English evening tonight. ‎ a. are being having b. are having c. will be had d. shall be had ‎ ‎75.They ______ for Beijing for practice. ‎ a. are leaving b. are being left c. will have left d. will be left ‎ ‎76._____ me or aren’t you? ‎ a. Will you help b. Shall you help c. Are you going to help d. Will you have helped ‎ ‎77.A new power station ______ there. ‎ a. will be going to build b. is going to be built c. will be gone to build d. is gone to be built ‎ ‎78.______ a meeting this afternoon. ‎ a.There going to be b. There will be going to be ‎ b.There is going to be d. There will going to be ‎ ‎79.We ______ a new experiment this afternoon. ‎ a.shall be to perform b. will be to perform c. are to be performed d. are to perform ‎ ‎80.The government _____ to approve the use of widespread surveillance when the Justice Department took objections. ‎ a. is going b. had been c. was about d. is coming ‎ ‎81.You ought to _____ a test in physics the day before, I think. ‎ a. have taken b. take c. be taken d. be taking ‎ ‎82.Kepler proved that the sun ______ the center of the solar system. ‎ a. is b. was c. had been d. would be ‎ ‎83.This is one of the best novels that ______ this year. ‎ a. appears b. is appearing c. has appeared d. have appeared ‎ ‎84.My friend ______ here last week, but he couldn’t. ‎ a. was to have come b. must have come c. came d. had to come ‎ ‎85.He did not arrive until the meeting was nearly over, for the simple reason is that he _____ asleep while watching television. ‎ a. had fallen b. has fallen c. fell d. was falling ‎ ‎86.We had hardly sat down when she ______ plates of food for us. ‎ a. brought b. has brought c. had brought d. was bringing ‎ ‎87.A friend of mine returned to his house after a holiday ,only to find it ______. ‎ a. be broken into b. was broken into c. had broken into d. had been broken into ‎ ‎88.“What were you doing when Anna phoned you?” ‎ ‎“I had just finished my work and ______ to take a bath.” ‎ a.starting b. to start c. have started d. was starting ‎ ‎89.“Have you gone to see the doctor?” ‎ ‎“No, but ______.” ‎ a. I go b. I am going to see c. I go to see d. I’m going to ‎ ‎90.Each time you look at an object, you ______ a picture. ‎ a. took b. are taking c. take d. have taken ‎ ‎91.Water pipes ______ rusty after a period of use. ‎ a. become b. is becoming c. are become d. were become ‎ ‎92.This foreign scientist ______ in our college for fifteen years and does not want to leave. ‎ a. worked b. is working c. works d. has been working ‎ ‎93.______ to have dinner with us tonight? ‎ a. Will you like b. Do you like c. Wouldn’t you like d. Won’t you like ‎ ‎94.What I was uncertain about ______ whether they could overcome the difficulties. ‎ a. is b. will be c. had been d. was ‎ ‎95.“Certainly,______ him about something else in any case, so it won’t be any bother.” ‎ a. I’ll see b. I see c. I can see d. I’ll be seeing ‎ ‎96.By the time the course ends,______ a lot about Britain. ‎ a. we’ll learnt b. we are learning c. we have learnt d. we’ll have learnt ‎ ‎97.All the machines ______ by the end of the following week. ‎ a. were repaired b. would be repaired ‎ c. will have been repaired d. were being repair ‎ ‎98.He will come to call one you the moment he ______ his work. ‎ a. will finish b. finishes c. had finished d. finished ‎ ‎99.I don’t think she’ll be upset, but I’ll see her in case ________. ‎ a. she’ll b. she is c. she does d. she would ‎ ‎100.“I wish that your sister would come to visit me.” ‎ ‎“Well, I’ll tell her when I ______ her.” ‎ a. see b. saw c. well see d. would see ‎ ‎12. 动词的语态 ‎ 语态有两种：主动语态和被动语态。主语是动作的发出者时为主动语态；主语是动作的接受者时为被动语态。 ‎ 注意：1）感官动词主动语态的宾语补足语是不带to 的不定式，变为被动语态时，该不定式前要加"to"。例如： ‎ The teacher made me go out of the classroom. 老师逼我走出教室。 ‎ ‎--> I was made to go out of the classroom （by the teacher）. ‎ ‎　 We saw him play football on the playground. 我们看见他在草场踢球。 ‎ ‎--> He was seen to play football on the playground. ‎ ‎　 2）情态动词+ be +过去分词，构成被动语态。例如： ‎ Coal can be used to produce electricity for agriculture and industry. 煤可以产生工农业需要的电。 ‎ ‎12.1 let 的用法 ‎ ‎　 1）当let后只有一个单音节动词，变被动语态时，可用不带to 的不定式。例如： ‎ They let the strange go.他们放陌生人走了。 ‎ ‎---> The strange was let go. ‎ ‎　 2）当let 后宾补较长时，let 通常不用被动语态，而用allow或permit 代替。例如： ‎ The nurse let me go to see my classmate in the hospital. 那护士让我去探望住院的同学。 ‎ ‎----> I was allowed / permitted to see my classmate in the hospital. ‎ ‎12.2 短语动词的被动语态 ‎ ‎　 短语动词是一个整体，不可丢掉后面的介词或副词。例如： ‎ ‎　　My sister will be taken care of by Grandma. 我妹妹由奶奶照顾。 ‎ ‎　　Such a thing has never been heard of before. 这样的事闻所未闻。 ‎ ‎12.3 表示"据说"或"相信" 的词组，基本上由believe, consider, declare, expect, feel , report, say, see, suppose, think, understand等组成。例如： ‎ It is said that…　　 据说　　 ‎ It is reported that… 据报道　　　 ‎ It is believed that…　大家相信　　　　　 ‎ It is hoped that…　大家希望 ‎ It is well known that… 众所周知　　 ‎ It is thought that…　大家认为 ‎ It is suggested that…　据建议　　　　　 ‎ It is taken granted that…　 被视为当然　 ‎ It has been decided that… 大家决定　　 ‎ It must be remember that… 务必记住的是 ‎ ‎12.4 不用被动语态的情况 ‎ ‎1） 不及物动词或不及物动词短语，如appear, die disappear, end（vi. 结束）, fail, happen, last, lie, remain, sit, spread, ‎ stand, break out, come true, fall asleep, keep silence, lose heart, take place等没有无被动语态。 ‎ ‎　 例如：After the fire, very little remained of my house. 大火过后，我家烧得所剩无几。 ‎ ‎　 比较：rise, fall, happen是不及物动词；raise, seat是及物动词。 ‎ ‎　 （错） The price has been risen. ‎ ‎　 （对） The price has risen. ‎ ‎　 （错） The accident was happened last week.　　　 ‎ ‎　 （对） The accident happened last week. ‎ ‎　 （错） The price has raised.　　　　　　　　　　 ‎ ‎　 （对） The price has been raised. ‎ ‎　 （错） Please seat.　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 ‎ ‎　 （对） Please be seated. ‎ ‎　　要想正确地使用被动语态，就须注意哪些动词是及物的，哪些是不及物的。特别是一词多义的动词往往有两种用法。解决这一问题唯有在学习过程中多留意积累。 ‎ ‎　2） 不能用于被动语态的及物动词或动词短语，如fit, have, hold, marry, own, wish, cost, notice, watch agree with, arrive at / in, shake hands with, succeed in, suffer from, happen to, take part in, walk into, belong to等。例如： ‎ This key just fits the lock. 这把钥匙只配这把锁。 ‎ ‎　 Your story agrees with what had already been heard. 你说的与我们听说的一致。 ‎ ‎　3） 系动词无被动语态，如appear, be become, fall, feel, get, grow, keep, look, remain, seem, smell, sound, stay, taste, turn等。例如：It sounds good. 听上去不错。 ‎ ‎　4） 带同源宾语的及物动词如die/death, dream/dream， live/life等，以及反身代词，相互代词，不能用于被动语态。例如： ‎ She dreamed a bad dream last night. 她昨晚做了个恶梦。 ‎ ‎　5） 当宾语是不定式时，很少用于被动语态。例如： ‎ ‎　　 （对） She likes to swim. ‎ ‎　　 （错） To swim is liked by her. ‎ ‎12.5 主动形式表示被动意义 ‎ ‎　1）wash, clean, cook, iron, look, cut, sell, read, wear, feel, draw, write, sell等。例如： ‎ ‎　　 The book sells well.　　这本书销路好。 ‎ ‎　　 This knife cuts easily.　 这刀子很好用。 ‎ ‎　2）blame, let（出租）, remain, keep, rent, build等。例如： ‎ ‎　　 I was to blame for the accident. 事故发生了，我该受指责。 ‎ ‎　　 Much work remains. 还有许多活要干。 ‎ ‎　3） 在need, require, want, worth （形容词）, deserve后的动名词必须用主动形式。例如： ‎ ‎　　 The door needs repairing.= The door needs to be repaired. 门该修了。 ‎ ‎　　 This book is worth reading.　这本书值得一读。 ‎ ‎4）特殊结构：make sb. heard / understood （使别人能听见/理解自己）等。例如： ‎ Explain it clearly and make yourself understood. 解释清楚些，让别人理解你的话。 ‎ ‎12.6 被动形式表示主动意义，如 be determined, be pleased, be graduated （from）, be prepared （for）, be occupied （in）, ‎ get married等。例如： ‎ ‎　　He is graduated from a famous university. 他毕业于一所有名的大学。 ‎ ‎　　注意：表示同某人结婚，用marry sb. 或get married to sb.均可。例如： ‎ ‎　　He married a rich girl. 他与一个富妞结婚了。 ‎ ‎　　He got married to a rich girl. ‎ ‎12.7 need/want/require/worth ‎ 当 need, want, require, be worth后面接doing时，表示的是被动意义。例如： ‎ ‎　 Your hair wants cutting.　你的头发该理了。 ‎ ‎　 The floor requires washing. 地板需要冲洗。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎　　The library needs___, but it'll have to wait until Sunday.　 ‎ A. cleaning　 B. be cleaned　 C. clean　 D. being cleaned ‎ ‎　　答案A. need （实意） +n /to do，need （情态）+ do，当为被动语态时，还可need + doing. 本题考最后一种用法，选A。如有to be cleaned 则也为正确答案。 ‎ ‎13. 句子的种类 ‎ ‎（一）按使用目的，句子可分为陈述句、疑问句、祈使句和感叹句。 ‎ ‎1）陈述句（Declarative Sentences）：说明一个事实或陈述一种看法。例如： ‎ ‎　 Light travels faster than sound.　光比声传播速度快。（说明事实） ‎ ‎　 The film is rather boring.　这部电影很乏味。（说明看法） ‎ ‎2）疑问句（Interrogative Sentences）：提出问题。有以下四种： ‎ ‎　 a. 一般疑问句（General Questions）： ‎ ‎　　　 Can you finish the work in time? 你能按时完成工作吗？ ‎ ‎　 b. 特殊疑问句（Wh-Questions）： ‎ ‎　　　 Where do you live?　你住那儿？ ‎ ‎　 c. 选择疑问句（Alternative Questions）： ‎ ‎　　　 Do you want tea or coffee? 你是要茶还是要咖啡？ ‎ ‎　 d. 反意疑问句（Tag-Questions）： ‎ ‎　　　 He doesn't know her, does he? 他不认识她，对不对？ ‎ ‎3）祈使句（Imperative Sentences）：提出请求，建议或发出命令。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Don't be nervous!　别紧张！ ‎ ‎4）感叹句（Exclamatory Sentences）：表示说话人惊奇、喜悦、愤怒等情绪。例如： ‎ ‎　　 What good news it is!　多好的消息啊！ ‎ ‎（二）句子按其结构可以分为以下三类： ‎ ‎1）简单句（Simple Sentences）：只包含一个主谓结构句子叫简单句。例如： ‎ She is fond of collecting stamps.　 她喜欢集邮。 ‎ ‎2）并列句（Compound Sentences）：包含两个或两个以上主谓结构的句子叫并列句，句与句之间通常用并列连词或分号来连接。例如： ‎ ‎　 The food was good, but he had little appetite. 食物很精美，但他却没什么胃口。 ‎ ‎3）复合句（Complex Sentences）：包含一个主句和一个或几个从句的句子叫复合句，从句由从属连词引导。例如： ‎ ‎　 The film had begun when we got to the cinema. 我们到达电影院的时候，电影已经开演了。 ‎ ‎（三）基本句型（Basic Sentence Patterns）：英语中千变万化的句子归根结底都是由以下五种基本句型组合、扩展、变化而来的： ‎ ‎1) 主 + 动（SV）例如：I work.　我工作。 ‎ ‎2）主 + 动 + 表（SVP）例如：John is busy.　约翰忙。 ‎ ‎3）主 + 动 + 宾（SVO）例如：She studies English.　她学英语。 ‎ ‎4）主 + 动 + 宾 + 补（SVOC）例如：Time would prove me right. 时间会证明我是对的。 ‎ ‎5）主 + 动 + 间宾 + 直宾（SVOiOd）例如：My mother made me a new dress.　我母亲给我做了一件新衣裳。 ‎ ‎13.1 祈使句结构 ‎ ‎　 祈使句用以表达命令，要求，请求，劝告等。 ‎ ‎1）祈使句有两种类型，一种是以动词原形开头，在动词原形之前加do （但只限于省略第二人称主语的句子）。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 Take this seat. 坐这儿。 ‎ ‎　　　 Do be careful. 务必小心。 ‎ ‎　 否定结构：例如： ‎ ‎　　　 Don't move. 不准动。 ‎ ‎　　　 Don't be late. 不要迟到。 ‎ ‎2）第二种祈使句以let开头。 ‎ ‎　　 Let 的反意疑问句： ‎ ‎　 a. Let's 包括说话者。例如：　 ‎ ‎　　 Let's have another try, shall we / shan't we? = Shall we have another try? 我们再试一次，如何？ ‎ ‎　 　 b. Let us 不包括说话者。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Let us have another try，will you / won't you? = Will you please let us have another try? 你让我们再试一次，好吗？ ‎ ‎　 否定结构：例如： ‎ ‎　 Let's not talk of that matter. 不要谈这件事。 ‎ ‎　 Let us not talk of that matter. 你不要让我们谈这件事。 ‎ ‎13.2 感叹句结构 ‎ ‎　　感叹句通常有what, how引导，表示赞美、惊叹、喜悦、等感情。what修饰名词，how 修饰形容词，副词或动词，感叹句结构主要有以下几种： ‎ ‎　　掌握它的搭配，即掌握了感叹句的重点。 ‎ How +形容词+ a +名词+ 陈述语序。例如：How clever a boy he is! 他是多聪明的孩子！ ‎ How+形容词或副词+陈述语序。例如：How lovely the baby is! 小毛头真可爱！ ‎ What +名词+陈述语序。例如：What noise they are making! 他们真吵！ ‎ What +a+形容词+名词+陈述语序。例如：What a clever boy he is! 他是多聪明的孩子！ ‎ What+ 形容词+复数名词+陈述语序。例如：What wonderful ideas （we have）! 我们的主意真棒！ ‎ What+ 形容词+不可数名词+陈述语序。例如：What cold weather it is! 多冷的天！ ‎ What a clever boy he is!的省略形式为：What a clever boy! ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎1）___ food you've cooked! ‎ A. How a nice　　B. What a nice　　C. How nice　 D. What nice ‎ ‎　 答案D. 由于How 修饰形容词，副词；what修饰名词。且food为不可数名词，因此A，B 排除。C的 How + adj. 后面不能再加名词，因此只有D正确，其句型为What + adj. +n. （不可数）。 ‎ ‎2）___terrible weather we've been having these days!　 ‎ A. What　 B. What a　　C. How　 D. How a　 ‎ ‎　 答案A. weather为不可数名词，B，D排除。C为how + adj. 后面不应有名词。只有A，符合句型What +形容词+不可数名词。 ‎ ‎3） --- _____ I had! ‎ ‎　　 --- You really suffered a lot. ‎ A. What a time　　B. What time　　 C. How a time　　 D. how time ‎ ‎　 答案A.　感叹句分两类： ‎ ‎　　　　　1：What + n.+主谓部分 ‎ ‎　　　　　2：How + adj. / adv. / v.+主谓部分。本题属第一种，但省略了bad，相对于 What a bad time I had! 这是个习惯用语。 ‎ ‎13.3 强调句结构 ‎ 常用的强调句结构是it 引导的句子，结构为It is（was）+ 被强调部分+ that （who） + 句子的其余部分。此结构强调的成分限于主语，宾语和状语。例如： ‎ ‎　 It is from the sun that we get light and heat. 我们是从太阳那儿获取光和热。 ‎ ‎　 It was not until I had read your letter that I understood the true state of affairs. 知道读了你的信，我才知道实际情形。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎1）It was last night ___ I see the comet. ‎ A.　the time　B.　when　 C.　that　　D.　which ‎ ‎　 答案C. 强调句的结构是： It +be +强调部分 + that （who））+ 主谓句。　强调句的连词只有两个，that和who。当强调的部分是人，且为句子的主语时，才用 "who"，其余用 that。再如：原句：My father did the experiment in the lab yesterday evening. ‎ ‎　 　 强调主语： It was my father who did the experiment in the lab yesterday evening. ‎ ‎　 强调宾语： It was the experiment that my father did in the lab yesterday evening. ‎ ‎　 强调时间： It was yesterday evening that my father did the experiment in the lab. （注意不用when） ‎ ‎　 强调地点： It was in the lab that my father did the experiment yesterday evening. ‎ ‎2）It is ten years ___ Miss Green returned to Canada. ‎ A. that　B. when　 C. since　 D. as ‎ ‎　 答案C. 考点是连词用法。本题易误选为A. that. 其实本句不是强调句。若是，去掉It be… that还应是一个完整的句子。而本句去掉 'It is…that'，只剩下ten years Miss Green returned to Canada. 不成句。因此本句不是强调句。 ‎ ‎13.4 用助动词进行强调 ‎ ‎　　句子的强调句还可以用助动词do （did，does） 强调谓语。例如： ‎ ‎　 She does like this horse.　她的确喜欢这匹马。 ‎ ‎　 Please do take care of yourself. 千万保重。 ‎ ‎13.5 反意疑问句 ‎ ‎1）　陈述部分的主语是I，疑问部分要用 aren't I。例如： ‎ ‎　　 I'm as tall as your sister, aren't I? 我跟你姐一样高，对吗？ ‎ ‎2）　陈述部分的谓语是wish，疑问部分要用may +主语。例如： ‎ I wish to have a word with you, may I? 我想与你说句话，行吗？ ‎ ‎3）　陈述部分用 no, nothing, nobody, never, few, seldom, hardly, rarely, little等否定含义的词时，疑问部分用肯定含义。例如：Some plants never blown （开花）, do they ? 有些植物从不开花，对吗？ ‎ ‎4）　含有ought to 的反意疑问句，陈述部分是肯定的，疑问部分用shouldn't / oughtn't +主语。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He ought to know what to do, oughtn't he? / shouldn't he? 他应该知道该做什么，对吗？ ‎ ‎5）　陈述部分有have to +v. （had to + v.），疑问部分常用don't +主语（didn't +主语）。例如： ‎ ‎　　 We have to get there at eight tomorrow, don't we? 我们要在明天早上八点到达那儿，是吗？ ‎ ‎6）　陈述部分的谓语是used to 时，疑问部分用didn't +主语或 usedn't +主语。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He used to take pictures there, didn't he? / usedn't he? 他以前常在那儿拍照，是吗？ ‎ ‎7）　陈述部分有had better + v. 疑问句部分用hadn't you? 例如： ‎ ‎　　 You'd better read it by yourself, hadn't you? 你最好自己去读，好吗？ ‎ ‎8）　陈述部分有would rather +v.，疑问部分多用 wouldn't +主语。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He would rather read it ten times than recite it, wouldn't he? 他宁可读十遍也不愿意背诵，是吗？ ‎ ‎9）　陈述部分有You'd like to +v. 疑问部分用wouldn't +主语。例如： ‎ ‎　　 You'd like to go with me, wouldn't you? 你想和我们一块去，对吗？ ‎ ‎10） 陈述部分有must 的疑问句，疑问部分根据实际情况而定。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He must be a doctor, isn't he? 他肯定是医生，是吗？ ‎ ‎　　 You must have studied English for three years, haven't you? / didn't you? ‎ 你一定读过三年英语，对吗？ ‎ ‎　　 He must have finished it yesterday, didn't he? 他肯定是在昨天完成任务的，是吗？ ‎ ‎11） 感叹句中，疑问部分用be +主语。例如： ‎ ‎　　 What colors, aren't they? 多漂亮的颜色，是吗？ ‎ ‎　12） 陈述部分由neither… nor, either… or 连接的并列主语时，疑问部分根据其实际逻辑意义而定。 ‎ Neither you nor I am engineer, are we? 你不是工程师，我也不是，对吗？ ‎ ‎13） 陈述部分主语是指示代词或不定代词everything, that, nothing, this, 疑问部分主语用it。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Everything is ready, isn't it? 一切就绪，是吗？ ‎ ‎14） 陈述部分为主语从句或并列复合句，疑问部分有三种情况： ‎ ‎　 a. 并列复合句疑问部分，谓语动词根据邻近从句的谓语而定。例如： ‎ Mr. Smith had been to Beijing for several times, he should have been in China now, shouldn't he? ‎ 史密斯先生曾几次去过北京，按理说他现在应该在中国，是吗？ ‎ ‎　 b. 带有定语从句，宾语从句的主从复合句，疑问部分谓语根据主句的谓语而定。例如： ‎ ‎　　 He said he wanted to visit Japan, didn't he? 他说他想去日本看看，他是那样说的吗？ ‎ ‎　 c. 陈述部分主句为第一人称，谓语是think, believe, expect, suppose, imagine等引导的定语从句，疑问部分与宾语从句相对应构成反意疑问句。例如： ‎ ‎　　 I don't think he is bright, is he? 我认为他并不聪明，是吗？ ‎ ‎　　 We believe she can do it better, can't she? 我们相信她能做得更好，她能吗？ ‎ ‎15） 陈述部分主语是不定代词everybody, anyone, somebody, nobody, no one等，疑问部分常用复数they，有时也用单数he。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Everyone knows the answer, don't they?　（does he?） 人人都知道答案，是这样吧？ ‎ ‎　　 Nobody knows about it, do they? （does he?） 没人知道这件事，是吧？ ‎ ‎16） 带情态动词dare或need的反意疑问句，疑问部分常用 need （dare ） +主语。例如： ‎ ‎　　 We need not do it again, need we ? 我们不必重做一遍，是吗？ ‎ ‎　　 He dare not say so, dare he? 他不敢这样说，是吗？ ‎ ‎　 当dare, need 为实义动词时，疑问部分用助动词do + 主语。例如： ‎ ‎　　 She doesn't dare to go home alone, does she? 她不敢独自回家，是吗？ ‎ ‎17） 省去主语的祈使句的反意疑问句，疑问部分用will you。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Don't do that again, will you? 别再这样做，好吗？ ‎ ‎　　 Go with me, will you / won't you ? 跟我走吧，好吗？ ‎ 注意：Let's 开头的祈使句，后用shall we? ‎ ‎　　 Let us 开头的祈使句，后用will you? 例如： ‎ ‎　　 Let's go and listen to the music, shall we? 一起去听音乐，好吗？ ‎ ‎　　 Let us wait for you in the reading-room, will you ? 你让我们在阅览室等你，好吗？ ‎ ‎18） 陈述部分是"there be"结构的，疑问部分用there省略主语代词。例如： ‎ ‎　　 There is something wrong with your watch, isn't there? 你的表有问题，对不对？ ‎ ‎　　 There will not be any trouble, will there? 不会有麻烦吧，是吗？ ‎ ‎19） 否定前缀不能视为否定词，其反意疑问句仍用否定形式。例如： ‎ ‎　　 It is impossible, isn't it? 这不可能，是吗？ ‎ ‎　　 He is not unkind to his classmates, is he? 他不会对他同学使坏，是吗？ ‎ ‎20） must在表"推测"时，根据其推测的情况来确定反意疑问句。例如： ‎ ‎　 He must be there now, isn't he? 他现在肯定在那儿，是吧？ ‎ ‎　 It must be going to rain tomorrow, won't it? 明天肯定要下雨，是吗？ ‎ ‎13.6 反意疑问句练习 ‎ ‎1. You’d rather watch TV this evening, ______? ‎ a. isn’t it b. hadn’t you c. wouldn’t you d. won’t you ‎ ‎2. I suppose you’re not going today, ______? ‎ a. are you b. do you c. don’t you d. aren’t you ‎ ‎3. I wish to shake hands with you, ______? ‎ a. shall b. may I c. do I d. will I ‎ ‎4. Three hours ought to be enough time, ______? ‎ a. oughtn’t three hours b. didn’t they c. shouldn’t it d. shouldn’t three hours ‎ ‎5. They have to study a lot, ______? ‎ a. don’t they b. haven’t they c. did they d. hadn’t they ‎ ‎6. When the car crashed, your brother escaped being hurt, ______ ? ‎ a. didn’t he b. did he c. did it d. didn’t it ‎ ‎7. I'm sure dirty, ______? ‎ a. am I b. isn’t I c. aren’t I d. am not I ‎ ‎8. You seem to be dissatisfied with your present post. I don’t think you judged your ability objectively when you applied for it, ______ you? ‎ a. do b. did c. don’t d. didn’t ‎ ‎9. That’s the sort of the book you want, ______? ‎ a. is it d. isn’t that c. is that d. isn’t it ‎ ‎10.All these dictionaries are a great help to you, ______? ‎ a. are they b. aren’t they ‎ c. are all these dictionaries d. aren’t all these dictionaries ‎ ‎11.The movie that we saw last week was quite interesting, ______? ‎ a. wasn’t it b. was it c. didn’t we d. weren’t we ‎ ‎12.Tom has been writing letters all afternoon, but he should have finished them by now, ______? ‎ a. hasn’t he b. has he c. shouldn’t he d. didn’t you ‎ ‎13.David told me that you would take a trip to America, ______? ‎ a. would you b. wouldn’t you c. did you d. didn’t you ‎ ‎14.There appeared to be no better way, _______? ‎ a. was there b. were there c. did there d. didn’t there ‎ ‎15.You has some trouble finding where I live, ______? ‎ a. didn’t you b. hadn’t you c. do I d. don’t I ‎ ‎16.He has his hair cut every month, ______? ‎ a. has he b. hasn’t he c. does he d. doesn’t he ‎ ‎17.Your friend needs to come earlier, ______? ‎ a. does he b. doesn’t he c. need he d. needn’t he ‎ ‎18.The little boy dare not go to church, ______? ‎ a. dare he b. daren’t he c. does he d. doesn’t he ‎ ‎19.Susan’d have worked abroad if she’d had the chance, ______? ‎ a. has she b. hadn’t she c. would she d. wouldn’t she ‎ ‎20.Everyone’s having a good time, ______? ‎ a. is he b. isn’t everyone c. does he d. aren’t they ‎ ‎21.Any one can join the club, ______? ‎ a. can any one b. can’t any one c. can’t they d. can they ‎ ‎22.Tell me how to operate the electronic computer, ______? ‎ a. will you b. shan’t you c. do you d. don’t you ‎ ‎23.Magaret scarcely comes to visit you on Christmas Day, ______? ‎ a. doesn’t she b. does she c. do you d. don’t you ‎ ‎24.Let’s listen to the radio program that the teacher mentioned, ______? ‎ a. do we b. don’t we c. shall we d. shan’t we ‎ ‎25.You think you’re funny, ______? ‎ a. didn’t you b. are you c. don’t you d. do you ‎ ‎26.Janet used to take part in labor in that village, ______? ‎ a. used she b. did she c. didn’t she d. should she ‎ ‎27.What beautiful weather, ______? ‎ a. is it b. isn’t it c. won’t it d. doesn’t it ‎ ‎28.He ought to go to Kwangchow by plane, ______? ‎ a. should he b. shouldn’t he c. would he d. wouldn’t he ‎ ‎29.We never dared to ask him a question, ______? ‎ a. did we b. didn’t we c. dared we d. daren’t we ‎ ‎30.Nobody will believe how difficult his work has been ______? ‎ a. will he b. won’t nobody c. will they d. won’t they ‎ ‎31.You must have made the mistake, ______? ‎ a. mustn’t you b. haven’t you c. didn’t you d. hadn’t you ‎ ‎32.Learning how to repair computers takes a long time, ______? ‎ a. isn’t it b. aren’t they c. doesn’t it d. don’t they ‎ ‎33.Jack has coffee with breakfast, ______? ‎ a. hasn’t Jack b. hasn’t he c. doesn’t Jack d. doesn’t he ‎ ‎34.They must have stayed at hotel last night, ______? ‎ a. mustn’t they b. haven’t they c. didn’t they d. hadn’t they ‎ ‎35.There isn’t anything wrong with the radio, ______? ‎ a. is there b. is it c. does it d. does there ‎ ‎36.You must be hungry, ______? ‎ a. must you b. mustn’t you c. are you d. aren’t you ‎ ‎37.Let’s do the exercises by ourselves, ______? ‎ a. shall we b. shan’t we c. will you d. will we ‎ ‎38.Her daughter had the carpets and curtains cleaned, ______? ‎ a. had she b. hadn’t she c. didn’t she d. didn’t her daughter ‎ ‎39.The teacher had a talk with you, ______? ‎ a. has you b. hadn’t she c. did she d. didn’t she ‎ ‎40.Something’ll have to be done about the air pollution, ______? ‎ a. won’t it b. will it c. has it d. does it ‎ ‎　　　　 　　 ‎ ‎14. 倒装 ‎ ‎14.1 倒装句之全部倒装 ‎ ‎　 全部倒装是只将句子中的谓语动词全部置于主语之前。此结构通常只用于一般现在时和一般过去时。常见的结构有： ‎ ‎　1） here, there, now, then, thus等副词置于句首, 谓语动词常用be, come, go, lie, run等表示来去或状态的动词。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Then came the chairman. 那时总裁来了。 ‎ ‎　　 Here is your letter. 你的信。 ‎ ‎　2） 表示运动方向的副词或地点状语置于句首，谓语表示运动的动词。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Out rushed a missile from under the bomber. 轰炸机肚底下窜出一枚导弹。 ‎ ‎　　 Ahead sat an old woman. 前面坐着一个老妪。 ‎ ‎　 注意：上述全部倒装的句型结构的主语必须是名词，如果主语是人称代词则不能完全倒装。例如： ‎ Here he comes. 他来了。　　　　 ‎ Away they went. 他们走开了。 ‎ ‎14.2 倒装句之部分倒装 ‎ 部分倒装是指将谓语的一部分如助动词或情态倒装至主语之前。如果句子的谓语没有助动词或情态动词，则需添加助动词do, does或did，并将其置于主语之前。 ‎ ‎　1. 句首为否定或半否定的词语，如no, not, never, seldom, little, hardly, at no time, in no way, not until… 等。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Never have I seen such a performance. 从未见过如此糟糕的表演。 ‎ ‎　　 Nowhere will you find the answer to this question. 无论如何你不会找到这个问题的答案的。 ‎ ‎　　 Not until the child fell asleep did the mother leave the room. 母亲一直到孩子入睡后离开房间。 ‎ ‎　 当Not until引出主从复合句，主句倒装，从句不倒装。注意： 如否定词不在句首不倒装。例如： ‎ ‎　　 I have never seen such a performance. ‎ ‎　　 The mother didn't leave the room until the child fell asleep. ‎ 典型例题　　 ‎ ‎1）　Why can't I smoke here? ‎ ‎　　 At no time___ in the meeting-room ‎ A. is smoking permitted　　B.　smoking is permitted ‎ C. smoking is it permitted　D.　does smoking permit ‎ 答案A. 这是一个倒装问题。当否定词语置于句首以表示强调时，其句中的主谓须用倒装结构。这些否定词包括no, little, hardly, seldom, never, not only, not until等。本题的正常语序是 Smoking is permitted in the meeting-room at no time. ‎ ‎2） Not until the early years of the 19th century ___ what heat is. ‎ ‎　　 A. man did know　 B. man know　 C. didn't man know　 D. did man know ‎ ‎　 答案D.　 看到Not until…的句型，我们知道为一倒装句，答案在C，D 中选一个。 ‎ ‎　 改写为正常语序为，Man did not know what heat is until the early years of the 19th. 现在将not提前，后面就不能再用否定了,否则意思就变了。 ‎ ‎14.3 以否定词开头作部分倒装 ‎ 如 Not only…but also, Hardly/Scarcely…when, No sooner… than等，要倒装。例如： ‎ ‎　 Not only did he refuse the gift, he also severely criticized the sender. 他没有收下礼物，还狠狠批评了送礼的人。 ‎ ‎　 Hardly had she gone out when a student came to visit her. 她刚出门，就有个学生来访。 ‎ ‎　 No sooner had she gone out than a student came to visit her. 她刚出门，就有个学生来访。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ No sooner___ than it began to rain heavily. ‎ A. the game began　　　　　 B.　has the game begun ‎ C. did the game begin　　　 D.　had the game begun ‎ 答案D. 以具有否定意义的副词放在句首时，一般采用倒装句（谓语前置）。这类表示否定意义的词有never, seldom, scarcely, little, few, not, hardly, 以及not only…but （also）, no sooner…than, hardly… when scarcely… when　等等。 ‎ 注意：只有当Not only… but also连接两个分句时，才在第一个分句用倒装结构。如果置于句首的Not only… but also仅连接两个并列词语，不可用倒装结构，如Not only you but also I am fond of music。 ‎ ‎　 ‎ ‎14.4 so, neither, nor作部分倒装 ‎ ‎　 用这些词表示"也"、"也不" 的句子要部分倒装。例如：　　　　 ‎ ‎　　Tom can speak French. So can Jack. 汤姆会讲法语，杰克也会。 ‎ ‎　　If you won't go, neither will I.你不去，我也不去。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎　 ---Do you know Jim quarrelled with his brother? ‎ ‎　 ---I don't know, _____. ‎ ‎　 A. nor don't I care　　B. nor do I care　　C. I don't care neither　　D. I don't care also ‎ 答案：B. nor为增补意思"也不关心"，因此句子应倒装。A错在用 don't 再次否定，C neither 用法不对且缺乏连词。D缺乏连词。 ‎ ‎　 注意：当so引出的句子用以对上文内容加以证实或肯定时，不可用倒装结构。意为"的确如此"。例如： ‎ ‎　 Tom asked me to go to play football and so I did. 汤姆邀我去踢球，我去了。 ‎ ‎　 ---It's raining hard.---So it is. 雨下得真大。是呀。 ‎ ‎14.5 only在句首倒装的情况。例如： ‎ ‎　 Only in this way, can you learn English well. 只有这样，你才能学好英语。 ‎ ‎　 Only after being asked three times did he come to the meeting. 叫了三次，他才来参加会议。 ‎ ‎　 如果句子为主从复合句，则主句倒装，从句不倒装。例如： ‎ ‎　 Only when he is seriously ill does he ever stay in bed. 病得狠重时，他才卧床休息。 ‎ ‎14.6 as, though 引导的倒装句 ‎ ‎　 as / though引导的让步从句必须将表语或状语提前（形容词, 副词, 分词, 实义动词提前）。但需注意： ‎ ‎　　1） 句首名词不能带任何冠词。 ‎ ‎　　2） 句首是实义动词, 其他助动词放在主语后。如果实义动词有宾语和状语，随实义动词一起放在主语之前。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Try hard as he will, he never seems able to do the work satisfactorily. 他工作很努力，但总不能让人满意。 ‎ 注意：让步状语从句中，有though，although时，后面的主句不能有but，但是 though 和yet可连用。 ‎ ‎　　 ‎ ‎14.7 其他部分倒装 ‎ ‎1） so… that 句型中的so 位于句首时，需倒装。例如： ‎ So frightened was he that he did not dare to move an inch. 他害怕得很，动也不敢动。 ‎ ‎2） 在某些表示祝愿的句型中。例如： ‎ ‎　　May you all be happy. 愿你们都快乐。 ‎ ‎3） 在虚拟语气条件句中从句谓语动词有were, had, should等词，可将if 省略，把 were, had, should 移到主语之前，采取部分倒装。例如： ‎ ‎　 Were I you, I would try it again. 我是你的话，就再试一次。 ‎ 典型例题： ‎ ‎1）Not until the early years of the 19th century___ what heat is　　 ‎ A. man did know　 B. man knew　 C. didn't man know　 D. did man know ‎ 答案为D.　否定词Not在句首，要求用部分倒装的句子结构。 ‎ ‎2）Not until I began to work ___ how much time I had wasted.　 ‎ A. didn't I realize　　B. did I realize　　C. I didn't realize　D. I realize ‎ ‎　 答案为B。 ‎ ‎3） Do you know Tom bought a new car? ‎ ‎　 I don't know, ___. ‎ ‎　 A. nor don't I care　 B. nor do I care　 ‎ ‎　 C. I don't care neither　D. I don't care also ‎ 答案为B. 句中的nor引出部分倒装结构，表示"也不"。由 so, neither, nor引导的倒装句，表示前一情况的重复出现。其中, so用于肯定句, 而 neither, nor 用在否定句中。 ‎ ‎14.8 倒装练习 ‎ ‎1.Only when you have obtained sufficient data ______ come to a sound conclusion. ‎ a. can you b. you can c. would you d. you would ‎ ‎2.______ that this region was so rich in natural resources. ‎ a. Little he knew b. Little did he know ‎ c. Little he did know d. Little he had known ‎ ‎3.Never again ______ political office after his 1928 defeat for the presidency. ‎ a. Alfred E. Smith seriously sought b. seriously Alfred E. Smith sought ‎ c. when did Alfred E. Smith seriously seek d. did Alfred E. Smith seriously seek ‎ ‎4.Only in recent years ______ begun to realize that wild dogs, kept within bounds, often do more good than harm. ‎ a. people have b. since people have c. have people d. people who have ‎ ‎5._______, we were not going to make any concessions to his unreasonable demands. ‎ a. What may come b. Come what may c. May what come d. What come ‎ ‎6.Not until I shouted at the top of my voice ______ his head. ‎ a. that he turned b. did he turn c. he didn’t turn d. he had turned ‎ ‎7.______ received law degrees as today. ‎ a. Never so women have b. The women aren’t ever ‎ c. Women who have never d. Never have so many women ‎ ‎8.Heat does not travel by convection in solid, because the solid does not move, ______. ‎ a. so does a liquid b. so a liquid does c. as does a liquid d. so is a liquid ‎ ‎9.On no account ______ to anyone. ‎ a. my name must be mentioned b. must my name mention ‎ c. must my name be mentioned d. my name must mention ‎ ‎10. ______ that they may eventually reduce the amount of labor needed on construction sites by 90 percent. ‎ a. Such construction robots are clever b. So clever the construction robots are ‎ c. So clever are the construction robots d. Such clever construction robots are ‎ ‎11.______ do we go for picnics. ‎ a. Certainly b. Sometimes c. Seldom d. Once ‎ ‎12.______ is it only the ignorant and ill-educated person who has such faith in the bottle of medicine. ‎ a. Either b. Often c. Nor d. Usually ‎ ‎13.Her answer is not acceptable, and ______. ‎ a. neither am I b. either is mine c. neither is mine d. mine is neither ‎ ‎14.______, I must do another experiment. ‎ a. Be it ever so late b. It is ever so late ‎ c. It be ever so late d. So late it be ever ‎ ‎15.So fast ______ that it is difficult for us to imagine its speed. ‎ a. light travel b. travels the light c. do light travel d. does light travel ‎ ‎16.A sneeze cannot be performed voluntarily, ______ be easily suppressed. ‎ a. nor it can b. nor can it c. it cannot d. and cannot it ‎ ‎17.______ notebook and report that I promised you last week. ‎ a. Here is the b. Here are the c. Is here the d. Are here the ‎ ‎18.______ a little more time to think, he might have acted more sensibly. ‎ a. If he took b. If he has taken c. had he taken d. Should he take ‎ ‎19.Beneath our feet ______ that our life depends on for food and clothing. ‎ a. the earth lay b. the earth lies c. lie the earth d. lies the earth ‎ ‎20._____ the beginning of the 19th century did scientists know that all matter is made up of atoms. ‎ a. At b. By c. Up to d. Not until ‎ ‎21.Hardly ______ he got out of the court ______ the reporters raised a lot of questions to him. ‎ a. had … when b. had…than c. did…when d. has…than ‎ ‎22.Among these books ______ a dictionary that his father gave him as a birthday present. ‎ a. have included b. is included c. has included d. are included ‎ ‎23.No longer are contributions to computer technology confined to any one country; ______ is this more true than in Europe. ‎ a. nowhere b. hardly c. little d. seldom ‎ ‎24.Important ______ his discovery was, it was regarded as a matter of no account in his time. ‎ a. to b. for c. as d. although ‎ ‎25.According to the periodic table, ______ still some elements undiscovered. ‎ a. there seem to be b. it seems c. it seems to be d. here seems ‎ ‎26.Here ______ you want to see. ‎ a. the manager comes b. comes the manager ‎ c. comes a manager d. is coming a manager ‎ ‎27.Barry can hardly drive a car, ______. ‎ a. so can’t Molly b. can’t Molly either c. Molly can’t too d. neither can Molly ‎ ‎28._______ for the leadership of the Party, we should not have succeeded. ‎ a. Had not it been b. Had it not been c. There was d. Is there ‎ ‎29.______ no air or water, there would be no life in the world. ‎ a. Were there b. There are c. There was d. Is there ‎ ‎30.Not only ______ the data fed into it, but it can also analyze them. ‎ a. the computer can memorize b. can the computer memorize ‎ c. do the computer memorize d. can memorize the computer ‎ ‎31.Not once ______ his view of life. ‎ a. did the gentleman mention b. the gentleman mentioned that ‎ c. the gentleman mentioned d. does gentleman mentioned ‎ ‎32.By no means ______ their own language well. ‎ a. it is true that all English people know ‎ b. is it true that do all English people know ‎ c. it is true that do all English people know ‎ d. is it true that all English people know ‎ ‎33.The molecules of gases move more freely than ______. ‎ a. do liquids and solids b. liquids and solids do ‎ c. do those of liquids and solids d. those do of liquids and solids ‎ ‎34.The world’s birth rates are on a decline and ______ are the death rates. ‎ a. so b. also c. too d. the same ‎ ‎35._____ is the volume of chemical goods. ‎ a. Constantly growing too b. Too constantly growing ‎ c. Growing constant to d. Too growing constant ‎ ‎36.Many a time _______ me with my English study. ‎ a. have he helped b. has he helped c. he have helped d. did he have helped ‎ ‎37.Typical of the new type of young people ______, who set a shining example to the whole nation. ‎ a. was Lei Feng b. Were Lei Feng c. Lei Feng was d. Lei Feng were ‎ ‎38.What Mr. Smith did was important , but ______. ‎ a. more important the way of he did things was ‎ b. the way of he did things was more important ‎ c. more important was the way he did things ‎ d. more important the way were he did things ‎ ‎39.She didn’t want to buy it, ______. ‎ a. however good was it b. however good it was ‎ c. for how good might it be d. for how good it might be ‎ ‎40.______ , it is always possible to find out its volume. ‎ a. Whatever the shape of a body may be ‎ b. The shape of a body may be whatever ‎ c. May whatever the shape of a body be ‎ d. Whatever may the shape of a body be ‎ ‎41.I won’t pay $20 for the coat; it’s not worth ______. ‎ a. all that much b. that much all c. that all much d. much all that ‎ ‎42.Hot air accompanied by high relative humidity feels warmer than ______. ‎ a. is it actually b. it actually is c. actually it is d. actually is it ‎ ‎43.Qingdao is usually cool in summer, but Nanjing ______. ‎ a. is rarely b. scarcely is c. hardly is d. rarely is ‎ ‎44.David, something important has happened. I wish to ______. ‎ a. talk it over with you b. talk over it c. talk over d. talk you over it ‎ ‎45.______, more than 200 houses and buildings are heated by solar energy, not to mention the big cities in the region. ‎ a. Alone in the small town b. In the small alone town ‎ c. In the small town alone d. In the alone small town ‎ ‎46.Geysers are found new near rivers and lakes, where water drains through the soil ______. ‎ a. surface below the deep b. deep below the surface ‎ c. the deep below surface d. the deep surface below ‎ ‎47.The wallflower ______ because its weak stems often grow on walls and along stony cliffs for support. ‎ a. so called is b. so is called c. is so called d. called is so ‎ ‎48.The history of painting is a fascination chain of evens that probably began with ______. ‎ a. ever made the very first pictures ‎ b. the ever made very first pictures ‎ c. the very first ever made pictures ‎ d. the very first pictures ever made ‎ ‎49.On the side of the hill, there is ______ which was once the entrance to a gold mine. ‎ a. a deep hole in ground b. a hole deep in ground ‎ c. a deep hole in the ground a deep in the ground hole ‎ ‎50.Will the boy who has taken my pen brine ______. ‎ a. back to me b. it back to me c. back it to me d. it to me back ‎ ‎15. 主谓一致是指： ‎ ‎1） 语法形式上要一致，即单复数形式与谓语要一致。 ‎ ‎2） 意义上要一致，即主语意义上的单复数要与谓语的单复数形式一致。 ‎ ‎3） 就近原则，即谓语动词的单复形式取决于最靠近它的词语， ‎ ‎　　 一般来说，不可数名词用动词单数，可数名词复数用动词复数。例如： ‎ ‎　 There is much water in the thermos. ‎ ‎　　 但当不可数名词前有表示数量的复数名词时，谓语动词用复数形式。例如： ‎ ‎　 Ten thousand tons of coal were produced last year. ‎ ‎15.1 并列结构作主语时谓语用复数，例如： ‎ ‎　 Reading and writing are very important. 读写很重要。 ‎ ‎　 注意：当主语由and连结时，如果它表示一个单一的概念，即指同一人或同一物时，谓语动词用单数，and 此时连接的两个词前只有一个冠词。例如： ‎ ‎　 The iron and steel industry is very important to our life. 钢铁工业对我们的生活有重要意义。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎　 The League secretary and monitor ___ asked to make a speech at the meeting. ‎ A. is　　B. was　 C. are　 D. were ‎ 答案B. 注： 先从时态上考虑。这是过去发生的事情应用过去时，先排除A.，C。本题易误选D，因为The League secretary and monitor 好象是两个人，但仔细辨别，monitor 前没有the，在英语中，当一人兼数职时只在第一个职务前加定冠词。后面的职务用and 相连。这样本题主语为一个人，所以应选B。 ‎ ‎15.2 主谓一致中的靠近原则 ‎ ‎1）当there be 句型的主语是一系列事物时，谓语应与最邻近的主语保持一致。例如： ‎ ‎　There is a pen, a knife and several books on the desk. 桌上有一支笔、一把小刀和几本书。 ‎ ‎　There are twenty boy-students and twenty-three girl-students in the class.班上有二十个男孩，二十三个女孩。 ‎ ‎2）当either… or… 与neither… nor，连接两个主语时，谓语动词与最邻近的主语保持一致。如果句子是由here, there引导，而主语又不止一个时，谓语通常也和最邻近的主语一致。例如： ‎ ‎　Either you or she is to go. 不是你去，就是她去。 ‎ ‎　Here is a pen, a few envelops and some paper for you. 给你笔、信封和纸。 ‎ ‎15.3 谓语动词与前面的主语一致 ‎ 当主语有with, together with, like, except, but, no less than, as well as 等词组成的短语时，谓语动词与前面的主语部分一致。例如： ‎ ‎　 The teacher together with some students is visiting the factory. 教师和一些学生在参观工厂。 ‎ ‎　 He as well as I wants to go boating.他和我想去划船。 ‎ ‎15.4 谓语需用单数 ‎ ‎1）代词each以及由every, some, no, any等构成的复合代词作主语时，或主语中含有each, every时, 谓语需用单数。例如： ‎ ‎　 Each of us has a tape-recorder. 我们每人都有录音机。 ‎ ‎　 There is something wrong with my watch. 我的表坏了。 ‎ ‎2）当主语是一本书或一条格言时，谓语动词常用单数。例如： ‎ ‎　 The Arabian Night is a book known to lovers of English. 《天方夜谭》是英语爱好者熟悉的一本书。 ‎ ‎　3）表示金钱，时间，价格或度量衡的复合名词作主语时，通常把这些名词看作一个整体，谓语一般用单数。例如： ‎ ‎　 Three weeks was allowed for making the necessary preparations. 用三个星期来做准备。 ‎ ‎　 Ten yuan is enough. 十元够了。 ‎ ‎15.5 指代意义决定谓语的单复数 ‎ ‎1）代词what, which, who, none, some, any, more, most, all等词的单复数由其指代的词的单复数决定。例如： ‎ All is right.　一切顺利。 ‎ All are present.　人都到齐了。 ‎ ‎2）集体名词作主语时，谓语的数要根据主语的意思来决定。如family, audience, crew,‎ ‎ crowd, class, company, committee等词后，谓语动词用复数形式时强调这个集体中的各个成员，用单数时强调该集体的整体。例如： ‎ ‎　　 His family isn't very large. 他家成员不多。 ‎ ‎　　 His family are music lovers.　他家个个都是音乐爱好者。 ‎ ‎　 但集合名词people, police, cattle, poultry等在任何情况下都用复数形式。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Are there any police around? 附近有警察吗？ ‎ ‎3）有些名词，如variety, number, population, proportion, majority 等有时看作单数，有时看作复数。例如： ‎ ‎　 A number of +名词复数+复数动词。 ‎ ‎　 The number of +名词复数+单数动词。 ‎ ‎　 A number of books have lent out. ‎ ‎　 The majority of the students like English. ‎ ‎15.6 与后接名词或代词保持一致 ‎ ‎1）用half of, most of, none of, heaps of, lots of, plenty of 等引起主语时，谓语动词通常与of后面的名词/代词保持一致。例如： ‎ ‎　 Most of his money is spent on books. 他大部分的钱化在书上了。 ‎ Most of the students are taking an active part in sports. 大部分学生积极参与体育运动。 ‎ ‎2）用a portion of, a series of, a pile of, a panel of 等引起主语时，谓语动词通常用单数。例如： ‎ A series of accidents has been reported. 媒体报道了一连串的事故。 ‎ A pile of lots was set beside the hearth. 炉边有一堆木柴。 ‎ ‎3）如 many a 或 more than one 所修饰的短语作主语时，谓语动词多用单数形式。但由more than… of 作主语时，动词应与其后的名词或代词保持一致。例如： ‎ ‎　 Many a person has read the novel.　许多人读过这本书。 ‎ ‎　 More than 60 percent of the students are from the city.百分之六十多的学生来自这个城市。 ‎ ‎15.7 主谓一致练习 ‎ ‎1.Each of you ______ responsible for the accident. ‎ a. am b. be c. is d. are ‎ ‎2.Each man and woman ______ the same rights. ‎ a. has b. have c. had d. is having ‎ ‎3.Every means ______ tried but without much result. ‎ a. has been b. have been c. are d. is ‎ ‎4.There ______ in this room. ‎ a. are too much furniture b. is too many furnitures ‎ c. are too much furnitures d. is too much furniture ‎ ‎5.The manager or his assistant ______ planning to go. ‎ a. were b. are c. was d. be ‎ ‎6.Not only I but also David and Iris ______ fond of playing basketball. ‎ a. am b. is c. are d. was ‎ ‎7.Neither Tom nor his parents ______ at home. ‎ a. is b. are c. has d. was ‎ ‎8.Either the dean or the principal ______ the meeting. ‎ a. attends b. attend c. are attending d. have attended ‎ ‎9.______ was wrong. ‎ a. Not the teacher but the students b. Both the students and the teacher ‎ c. Neither the teacher not the students d. Not the students but the teacher ‎ ‎10.“______ twenty dollars a big sum to her?” ‎ ‎“I suppose so.” ‎ a. Will be b. Is c. Are d. Were ‎ ‎11.Three hours ______ enough for us to finish the task. ‎ a. are b. has c. is d. were ‎ ‎12.Most of his savings ______ in the Xin Hua Bank. ‎ a. has been kept b. is being kept c. have kept d. have been kept ‎ ‎13.All that can be done ______. ‎ a. has done b. has been done c. have done d. have been done ‎ ‎14.One or perhaps more pages _______. ‎ a. is missing b. has been missed c. are missing d. was missing ‎ ‎15.More than one worker ______ dismissed. ‎ a. have been b. are c. has been d. has ‎ ‎16.Many a student ______ the importance of learning a foreign language. ‎ a. have realized b. has realize c. have been realized d. has been realized ‎ ‎17.The gas works ______ near the city. ‎ a. is b. are c. were d. be ‎ ‎18.The surroundings of his house ______ clean now. ‎ a. is b. are c. was d. were ‎ ‎19.The committee ______ over the problem among themselves for two hours. ‎ a. has argued b. has been arguing c. have argued d. have been arguing ‎ ‎20.The public ______ generous in their contributions to the earthquake victims. ‎ a. is b. was c. are d. has been ‎ ‎21.Cattle ______ on the hillside. ‎ a. grazes b. is grazing c. was grazing d. were grazing ‎ ‎22.Her politics ______ neither conservative nor liberal. ‎ a. is b. are c. was d. has been ‎ ‎23.Measles ______ a kind of infectious illness. ‎ a. is b. are c. were d. have been ‎ ‎24.The Philippines ______ to the south-east of China. ‎ a. lies b. lie c. lay d. lays ‎ ‎25.Mary is one of the girls who ______ always on time. ‎ a. is b. am c. are d. was ‎ ‎26.Tom is the only one of the stall members who ______ to be promoted. ‎ a. is going b. are going c. has been going d. have been going ‎ ‎27.What caused the accident ______ on the road. ‎ a. were stone b. were stones c. was stone d. was stones ‎ ‎28.Wisky and soda ______ his favorite drink. ‎ a. is b. are c. were d. have been ‎ ‎29.______ is to attend our evening. ‎ a. both the singer and the dancer b. Either the singer or dancers ‎ c. The singer or dancers d. The singer and dancer ‎ ‎30.The Smiths ______ their breakfast when the morning post came. ‎ a. had b. has been having c. are having d. were having ‎ ‎31.No one except two students ______ the meeting. ‎ a. has been late for b. have been late for c. was late for d. were later for ‎ ‎32.All but him and me ______ to the exhibition. ‎ a. am going b. is going c. are going d. was going ‎ ‎33.Interest, as well as prospects, ______ important when one looks for a job. ‎ a. are b. were c. is d. was ‎ ‎34.The president, accompanied by his assistants, ______. ‎ a. have arrived b. are arriving c. had arrived d. has arrived ‎ ‎35.A number of cars ______ in front of the park ‎ a. is parked b. was parked c. are parked d. has parked ‎ ‎36.the number of articles published on smoking ______ amazing. ‎ a. is b. are c. were d. have been ‎ ‎37.The majority of doctors ______ smoking is harmful to health. ‎ a. are believed b. had believed c. has believed d. believe ‎ ‎38.The majority of the damage ______ easy to repair. ‎ a. is b. are c. were d. be ‎ ‎39.Four-fifths of the crop ______. ‎ a. are ruined b. was ruined c. were ruined d. have been ruined ‎ ‎40.Three-fourths of the buildings ______. ‎ a. was destroyed b. is destroyed c. were destroyed d. has been destroyed ‎ ‎41.Early to bed and early to rise ______ a man healthy, happy and wise. ‎ a. making b. to make c. make d. makes ‎ ‎42.Mathematics ______ the language of science. ‎ a. is b. has been c. are d. have been ‎ ‎43.The young ______ the vital forces in our society. ‎ a. is b. has been c. are d. have been ‎ ‎44.Every man, woman and child ______ some history, enough at least, to survive in the world. ‎ a. knows b. know c. is known d. are known ‎ ‎45.None of them ______ my friends. ‎ a. is b. are c. was d. has been ‎ ‎46.Not only the whole nation, but the whole Europe , indeed the whole human society ______ to alter its attitude to racial problems. ‎ a. need b. needs c. has a need d. have a need ‎ ‎47.Getting to other planets or to the moon _____ many problems. ‎ a. involve b. involves c. involving d. to involve ‎ ‎48.In that country, the rich ______ richer, the poor, poorer. ‎ a. become b. has become c. becomes d. is becoming ‎ ‎49.The project requires more labor than ______ because it is extremely difficult. ‎ a. has been put in b. have been put in c. being put in d. to be put in ‎ ‎50.Not one in one hundred children exposed to the disease ______ likely to develop it. ‎ a. should be b. must be c. is d. are ‎ ‎16. 虚拟语气 ‎ ‎1）虚拟语气用来表示说话人的主观愿望或假想，所说的是一个条件，不一定是事实，或与事实相反。虚拟语气在条件句中应用比较多。 ‎ ‎2）条件句可分为两类，一类为真实条件句，一类为非真实条件句。非真实条件句表示的是假设的或实际可能性不大的情况，故采用虚拟语气。 ‎ ‎　 ‎ ‎16.1 真实条件句用于陈述语气，假设的情况有可能发生。各种结构参见下表： ‎ 句 型 条件从句 主句 ‎ 一般现在时 shall/will + 动词原形 ‎ 祈使句 ‎ 情态动词一般现在时 ‎ 例如：If he comes, he will bring his violin. 如果他来，会带小提琴来的。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎　 The volleyball match will be put off if it ___.　 ‎ A.　will rain　 B. rains　 C. rained　 D. is rained ‎ ‎　 答案B。真实条件句主句为将来时，从句用一般现在时。 ‎ 注意： ‎ ‎1）在真实条件句中，主句不能用be going to表示将来，该用shall, will. ‎ ‎　 （错） If you leave now, you are never going to regret it. ‎ ‎　 （对） If you leave now, you will never regret it. ‎ ‎2）表示真理时，主句谓语动词不用shall （will） +动词原形，而直接用一般现在时的动词形式。 ‎ ‎16.2 非真实条件句 ‎ ‎1）虚拟语气可以表示过去，现在和将来的情况，时态的基本特点是时态往后推移。 ‎ a. 与现在事实相反的假设 ‎ 条件从句 主句 ‎ 一般过去时（be用were） should（would）等 +动词原形 ‎ 例如：If they were here, they would help you. 如果他们在这儿，会帮助你的。 ‎ 含义：They are not here, they can’t help you. ‎ b. 与过去事实相反的假设 ‎ 条件从句 主句 ‎ 过去完成时 should（would）等+ have+ 过去分词 ‎ 例如：If he had come yesterday, I should / would have told him about it.如果他昨天来的话，我会把这件事告诉他的。 ‎ ‎　 　 含义：He did not come yesterday, so I did not tell him about it. ‎ c. 表示对将来不大可能发生的事情的假想 ‎ 条件从句 主句 ‎ 一般过去时 should/would等 + 动词原形 ‎ were+ 不定式 ‎ should+ 动词原形 ‎ 例如：If you succeeded, everything would be all right. 如果你将来成功了，一切都会好的。 ‎ ‎　 If you should succeed, everything would be all right. ‎ If you were to succeed, everything would be all right. ‎ 含义：You are not likely to succeed, everything will be what it is now. ‎ ‎　 ‎ ‎16.3 混合条件句 ‎ 有时，主句与从句的动作发生在不同的时间，主句从句谓语动词的虚拟语气形式因时间不同而不同，这种条件句叫做混合条件句。例如： ‎ ‎　　If you had asked him yesterday, you would know what to do now. 如果你昨天问过他，今天就知道做什么了。 ‎ ‎　 （从句与过去事实相反，主句与现在事实相反。） ‎ ‎　　If it had rained last night（过去）, it would be very cold today （现在）.如果昨晚下过雨，今天就会很冷了。 ‎ ‎16.4 虚拟条件句的倒装 ‎ ‎　　虚拟条件句的从句部分含有were, should, 或had时, 可省略if，再把were, should或had 移到从句的句首，实行倒装。例如： ‎ ‎　 Were they here now, they could help us. =If they were here now, they could help us.他们现在在的话，就会帮助我们了。 ‎ ‎　 Had you come earlier, you would have met him. =If you had come earlier, you would have met him.你来得早一点，就碰到他了。 ‎ ‎　 Should it rain, the crops would be saved. =Were it to rain, the crops would be saved.假如下雨，庄稼就有救了。 ‎ 注意：在虚拟语气的从句中，动词'be'的过去时态一律用"were"，不用was，即在从句中be用were代替。例如： ‎ ‎　　 If I were you, I would go to look for him. 如果我是你，就会去找他。 ‎ ‎　　 If he were here, everything would be all right. 如果他在这儿，一切都会好的。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎　 _____ to do the work, I should do it some other day. ‎ A. If were I　　 B. I were　C. Were I　D. Was I ‎ 答案C. 在虚拟条件状语中如果有were, should, had这三个词，通常将if省略，主语提前, 变成 were, should, had +主语的形式。但要注意，在虚拟条件状语从句中，省略连词的倒装形式的句首不能用动词的缩略形式。如我们可说 Were I not to do, 而不能说 Weren't I to do。 ‎ ‎16.5 特殊的虚拟语气词should ‎ ‎1）在主语从句中的应用 ‎ It is demanded / necessary / a pity + that…等结构的主语从句，谓语动词用should 加动词原形，should 可省略。 ‎ It is 可用的词有三类 that （should）do ‎ suggested, ordered, required, proposed, demanded, requested, insisted等 ‎ important, necessary, natural, imperative, strange等 ‎ a pity, a shame, no wonder等 ‎ ‎2）在宾语从句中的应用 ‎ 在表示命令、建议、要求等一类动词后面的从句中，像order, suggest, propose, require, demand, request, insist, command, insist + （should） do等。例如： ‎ ‎　I suggest that we （should） hold a meeting next week. 我建议下周召开个会议。 ‎ ‎　 He insisted that he （should ） be sent there.他要求被派到那儿去。 ‎ ‎　 注意：如suggest, insist不表示"建议" 或"坚持要某人做某事时"，即它们用于其本意"暗示、表明"、"坚持认为"时，宾语从句用陈述语气。 ‎ ‎　 判断改错： （错） You pale face suggests that you（should）be ill. ‎ ‎（对） Your pale face suggests that you are ill. ‎ ‎　 （错） I insisted that you（should）be wrong. ‎ ‎　 （对） I insisted that you were wrong. ‎ ‎3）在表语从句，同位语从句中的应用 ‎ suggestion, proposal, idea, plan, order, advice等名词后面的表语从句、同位语从句中要用虚拟语气，即（should）+动词原形。例如： ‎ ‎　　 My idea is that we（should）get more people to attend the conference.我的想法是让更多的人来参加会议。 ‎ ‎　　 I make a proposal that we（should）hold a meeting next week.我提了个建议，下周我们开个会。 ‎ ‎16.6 wish的用法 ‎ ‎1）wish后面的从句，表示与事实相反的情况，或表示将来不太可能实现的愿望。其宾语从句的动词形式为： ‎ 主句 从句 ‎ 从句动作先于主句动词动作（be的过去式为 were） 现在时 过去时 ‎ 从句动作与主句动作同时发生（had + 过去分词） 过去时 过去完成时 ‎ 将来不大可能实现的愿望 将来时 would/could +动词原形 ‎ 例如：I wish I were as tall as you.　我希望和你一样高。 ‎ ‎　 He wished he hadn't said that. 他希望他没讲过那样的话。 ‎ ‎　 I wish it would rain tomorrow. 我希望明天下雨就好了。 ‎ ‎2）wish to do；wish sb / sth to do。例如： ‎ ‎　 I wish to see the manager. = I want to see the manager. 我希望见一见经理。 ‎ ‎　 I wish the manager to be informed at once. （= I want the manager to be informed at once.）我希望经理能马上得到消息。 ‎ ‎16.7 比较if only与only if ‎ ‎　　only if表示"只有"；if only则表示"如果……就好了"。If only也可用于陈述语气。例如： ‎ ‎　　I wake up only if the alarm clock rings. 只有闹钟响了，我才会醒。 ‎ ‎　　If only the alarm clock had rung.　　　当时闹钟响就好了。 ‎ ‎　　If only he comes early.　　　　　　　但愿他早点回来。 ‎ ‎16.8 It is （high） time that ‎ ‎　 It is （high） time that 后面的从句谓语动词要用过去式或用should加动词原形，但should不可省略。例如： ‎ ‎　 It is time that the children went to bed. 孩子们该睡觉了。 ‎ ‎　 It is high time that the children should go to bed. ‎ ‎16.9 need "不必做"和"本不必做" ‎ ‎　 didn't need to do表示过去不必做某事, 事实上也没做。 ‎ ‎　 needn't have done表示过去不必做某事, 但事实上做了。例如： ‎ John went to the station with the car to meet Mary, so she didn't need to walk back home. ‎ 约翰开车去车站接玛丽，所以她不必步行回家了。 ‎ ‎　 John went to the station with the car to meet Mary, so she needn't have walked back home. ‎ 约翰开车去车站接玛丽，所以她本不必步行回家了。 （Mary步行回家了，没有遇上John的车。） ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎　 There was plenty of time. She ___. ‎ A. mustn't have hurried　 B. couldn't have hurried　　C. must not hurry　 D. needn't have hurried ‎ ‎　 答案D。needn't have done. 意为"本不必"，即已经做了某事，而时实际上不必要。 ‎ ‎　 Mustn't have done 用法不正确，对过去发生的事情进行否定性推断应为couldn't have done, "不可能已经"。 must not do 不可以（用于一般现在时）。 ‎ ‎16.10 虚拟语气练习 ‎ ‎1.Everything ______ if Albert hadn’t called the fire brigade. ‎ a.will be destroyed b. will have been destroyed ‎ b.would be destroyed d. would have been destroyed ‎ ‎2.If you hadn’t gone with Tom to the party last night,______. ‎ a.you would meet John already b. you won’t have missed John ‎ c.you will have met John d. you would have met John ‎ ‎3.Supposing this ship ______ , do you think there would be enough life jackets for all the passengers? ‎ a. was sinking b. has sunk c. were to sink d. sunk ‎ ‎4.The insects would devour all our crops and kill our flocks and heads, if ______ for the protection we get from insect-eating animals. ‎ a. it is not b. it were not c. were it not d. they were not ‎ ‎5.The teacher suggested that each student ______ a plan for the vacation. ‎ a. made b. make c. makes d. will make ‎ ‎6.Frankly, I’d rather you ______ anything about it for the time being. ‎ a. do b. don’t do c. didn’t do d. will not do ‎ ‎7.After the way she treated you, if I ______ in your place. ‎ a. be b. am c. was d. were ‎ ‎8.The idea is that the nation ______ an unmanned spacecraft to explore the planet first. ‎ a. sent b. sends c. send d. must send ‎ ‎9.It’s high time you ______. ‎ a. start to work b. would start to work c. started to work d. had started to work ‎ ‎10.“If I hadn’t practiced when I was younger,” the musician says,“I ______ able to play so well now.” ‎ a. wouldn’t be b. won’t be c. wouldn’t have been d. couldn’t have been ‎ ‎11.It is imperative that you ______ there in person. ‎ a. are b. were c. be d. will be ‎ ‎12.The atomic structure is, ______, a miniature solar system. ‎ a. as it were b. as if they were c. as it were d. as if are ‎ ‎13.We required that the machine parts ______ cast iron. ‎ a. is made of b. be made from c. be made of d. is made by ‎ ‎14.The management urged that the cost of production ______. ‎ a.to be further reduced b. was further reduced ‎ b.be further reduced d. should further reduced ‎ ‎15.The business is risky. But ______ we would be rich. ‎ a. should we succeed b. we should succeed c. might we succeed d. would we succeed ‎ ‎16.I wish our teacher ______ to give another test. I haven’t got prepared yet. ‎ a. isn’t going b. weren’t going c. will not going d. could have gone ‎ ‎17.I wish I ______ to the movies with you last night. ‎ a. went b. did go c. could go d. could have gone ‎ ‎18.I’d just as soon ______ rudely to her. ‎ a. that you won’t speak b. your not speaking c. you not speak d. you didn’t speak ‎ ‎19.If I ______ in the twenty-first century, I ______ my vacation in a very different way. ‎ a. should live…would spend b. will live ….should spend ‎ c. are living … should have spent d. will be living…would have spent ‎ ‎20.It is required that the machine ______ as frequently as necessary. ‎ a. be oiled b. must be oiled c. is oiled d. will oil ‎ ‎21.His English teacher recommends that he ______ a regular degree program. ‎ a. begins b. begin c. will begin d. is beginning ‎ ‎22.We prefer that the plan ______ before being put into execution. ‎ a.is fully discussed b. must be fully discussed ‎ c.be fully discussed d. will be fully discussed ‎ ‎23.What do you think of his proposal that improvements ______ in the old type of vacuum cleaner? ‎ a. be made b. will be made c. would be made d. will have to be made ‎ ‎24.The doctor’s advice is that the patient ______ about his real physical condition. ‎ a.be not told b. not be told c. will not be told d. must not be told ‎ ‎25.______,we could not have finished the work on time. ‎ a.If they do not help us b. Was it not for their help ‎ c.Should they offer to help us d. But for their help ‎ ‎26.If we had been more careful, we ______ much better results now. ‎ a. got b. had got c. would be getting d. would have got ‎ ‎27.Henry ______ a rich man today if he had been more frugal in the past. ‎ a. would be b. is c. will be d. was ‎ ‎28.They thought it desirable that an armed guard ______ in readiness. ‎ a. stands b. stand c. stood d. would stand ‎ ‎29.All science students, ______,should have a good foundation in basic sciences. ‎ a.whether they are future physicists and chemists ‎ b.they are future physicists of chemists ‎ c.they should be future physicists of chemists ‎ d.be they future physicists or chemists ‎ ‎30.Sally can’t have written tome, or ______ the letter by now. ‎ a. I’ll get b. I’ll have got c. I’d have got d. I’d get ‎ ‎31.I should very much like to have gone to the party but I ______. ‎ a. am not invited b. was not invited c. shall not be invited d. am not being invited ‎ ‎32.There is a general understanding among the members of the Board of Directors that chief attention ______ to the undertaking that is expected to bring in highest profit. ‎ a. is given b. gives c. should be given d. must be given ‎ ‎33.One of the requirements for a fire is that the material ______ to its burning temperature. ‎ a. be heated b. is heated c. would be heated d. to heat ‎ ‎34.“Did you go to see the football match yesterday?” ‎ ‎“No. I didn’t feel well, but I would have gone if I ______.” ‎ a.did b. have c. would d. had ‎ ‎35.If we had known that she had planned to arrive today, we ______ her at the bus station. ‎ a. may have met b. might meet c. may meet d. might have met ‎ ‎36.We’re safer in a train than we would be if we ______ any other way. ‎ a. traveled b. had traveled c. travel d. have traveled ‎ ‎37.He told me how he had given me shelter and protection without which I ______ of hunger and cold. ‎ a. would be died b. would have died c. would die d . will have died ‎ ‎38.______ today, he would get there by Friday. ‎ a.Was he leaving b. If he is leaving c. Were he to leave d. If he leaves ‎ ‎39.Had electronic computers not been invented, many problems of space flight ______. ‎ a.could be not solved b. could not be solved ‎ b.could not have been solved d. could not have solved ‎ ‎40.He is a poorly learnt man. But he acts as though he ______. ‎ a. is b. were c. should be d. seems like ‎ ‎41.The driver looked over the engine carefully lest it ______ on the way. ‎ a. goes wrong b. go wrong c. went wrong d. would go wrong ‎ ‎42.______ the fog, we should have reached our destination. ‎ a. Because of b. In spite of c. In case of d. But for ‎ ‎43.The old man went to office on foot, but he ______ by bus. ‎ a. might have gone b. ought have gone c. could have gone d. should be gone ‎ ‎44.He is working hard for fear that he ______ to pass the exam. ‎ a. fails b. may fail c. should fail d. would fail ‎ ‎45.She put on her glasses in order that she _____. ‎ a. can see b. saw c. had seen d. might see ‎ ‎46.Whatever ______ we’ll go ahead. ‎ a. had happened b. will happen c. might happen d. may be happened ‎ ‎47.If I ______ out of ink, I might have finished writing the paper. ‎ a. hadn’t run b. shouldn’t run c. didn’t run d. haven’t run ‎ ‎48.But for your advice, I ______ into trouble. ‎ a. would get b. got c. might have got d. should get ‎ ‎49.______ for the traffic jam, I should have covered fifty miles. ‎ a. Had it been b. Had it not been c. It had not been d. It not had been ‎ ‎50.Were it not for the adoption of the open policy, things ______ they are today. ‎ a. would never be b. could have been c. would never have been d. didn’t have ‎ ‎51.If only I ______ there. ‎ a. have not been b. would not been c. will not be d. had not been ‎ ‎52.Tom would buy that bicycle but he ______ no money. ‎ a. had b. has c. had had d. has had ‎ ‎53.I didn’t go to the party, but I do wish I _____ there. ‎ a. was b. were c. had been d. went ‎ ‎54.It is time we ______ up our results. ‎ a. sum b. summed c. will sum d. would sum ‎ ‎55.Dr Bethune worked hard as if he ______. ‎ a. never had felt tired b. had never felt tired c. never felt tired d . was tired never ‎ ‎56.I enjoyed the movie very much. I wish I ______ the book from which it was made. ‎ a. have read b. should have read c. am reading d. had read ‎ ‎57.It is strange that such a thing ______ in your school. ‎ a.will happen b. happens c. should happen d. happened ‎ ‎58.If she could sew,______. ‎ a.she make a dress b. she would have made a shirt ‎ c.she will make a shirt d. she would had made a coat ‎ ‎59.“Did you notice John was not at work today?” ‎ ‎“No. If ______ working, I would have noticed it.” ‎ a.I’d be b. I wasn’t c. I’d been d. weren’t ‎ ‎60.“Why don’t you explain it to her?” ‎ ‎“I ______ it to her if I thought she would understand.” ‎ a.would explain b. will explain c. explain d. would have explained ‎ ‎61.“Your performance was very good.” ‎ ‎“I could have done better if I ______ more time.” ‎ a. have had b. had c. had had d. will have had ‎ ‎62.“She wouldn’t drink her medicine last night, would she?” ‎ ‎“______.” ‎ a.No, but I wish she wouldn’t b. No, but I wish she had ‎ b.Yes, I wish she drank d. yes, I wish she could ‎ ‎63.I think it advisable that he ______ for Tokyo soon. ‎ a. will leave b. may leave c. leave d. leaves ‎ ‎64.The committee asked that the matter ______ at the next meeting. ‎ a. would be discussed b. will be discussed c. be discussed d. may be discussed ‎ ‎65.______ to the doctor right away, he might have been alive today. ‎ a.If he went b. Were he gone c. should he had gone d. Had he gone ‎ ‎66.______ the work, he would do it some other way. ‎ a. Was he going b. If he does c. Were he to do d. If he is doing ‎ ‎67._____,I hardly think I would have recognized him. ‎ a.Should his name not be mentioned b. Had someone not mentioned his name ‎ c.If someone did not mention his name d. If someone had mentioned his name ‎ ‎68.I’d just as soon ______ to the theatre tonight. ‎ a. not going b. not to go c. not go d. that I won’t go ‎ ‎69.At the last committee meeting, the motion that the club ______ open until midnight was defeated. ‎ a. remains b. remain c. remained d. would remain ‎ ‎70.The business of each day, ______ selling goods or shipping them, went quite smoothly. ‎ a. it being b. be it c. was it d. it was ‎ ‎17. 名词性从句 ‎ 在句子中起名词作用的句子叫名词从句。名词从句的功能相当于名词词组, 它在复合句中能担任主语、宾语、表语、同位语、介词宾语等，因此根据它在句中不同的语法功能，名词从句又可分别称为主语从句、宾语从句、表语从句和同位语从句。 ‎ ‎17.1 引导名词性从句的连接词 ‎ 引导名词性从句的连接词可分为三类： ‎ ‎　　 连接词： that, whether ,if （不充当从句的任何成分） ‎ ‎　　 连接代词：what, whatever, who, whoever, whom, whose, which ‎ 连接副词：when, where, how, why ‎ ‎　　 不可省略的连词： ‎ ‎　　　　1. 介词后的连词 ‎ ‎　　　　2. 引导主语从句和同位语从句的连词不可省略。例如： ‎ ‎　　　　　That she was chosen made us very happy. 她被选上了，我们很高兴。 ‎ ‎　　　　　We heard the news that our team had won. 我们听到消息说我们队赢了。 ‎ ‎　 比较：whether与if 均为"是否"的意思。 但在下列情况下，whether 不能被if 取代： ‎ ‎1. whether引导主语从句并在句首 ‎ ‎2. 引导表语从句 ‎ ‎3. whether从句作介词宾语 ‎ ‎4. 从句后有"or not" ‎ ‎　　 　　大部分连接词引导的主语从句都可以置于句末，用 it充当形式主语。例如： ‎ ‎　　 It is not important who will go. 谁去，这不重要。 ‎ ‎　　 It is still unknown which team will win the match. 到底谁赢呢，形势尚不明朗。 ‎ ‎17.2 名词性that-从句 ‎ ‎1）由从属连词that引导的从句叫做名词性that-从句。That只起连接主句和从句的作用，在从句中不担任任何成分，本身也没有词义。名词性that-从句在句中能充当主语、宾语、表语、同位语和形容词宾语。例如： ‎ ‎　 主语：That he is still alive is sheer luck.　 他还活着全靠运气。 ‎ ‎　 宾语：John said that he was leaving for London on Wednesday.　约翰说他星期三要到伦敦去。 ‎ ‎　 表语：The fact is that he has not been seen recently. 事实是近来谁也没有见过他。 ‎ 同位语：The fact that he has not been seen recently disturbs everyone in his office. ‎ 近来谁也没有见过他，这一情况令办公室所有的人不安。 ‎ ‎　 形容词宾语：I am glad that you are satisfied with your job. 你对工作满意我感到很高兴。 ‎ ‎　 2）That-从句作主语通常用it作先行词，而将that-从句置于句末。例如： ‎ ‎　　 It is quite clear that the whole project is doomed to failure.　很清楚，整个计划注定要失败。 ‎ ‎　　 It's a pity that you should have to leave.　你非走不可真是件憾事。 ‎ ‎　　 用it作形式主语的that-从句有以下四种不同的搭配关系： ‎ ‎　 a. It + be +形容词+ that-从句 ‎ ‎　　　It is necessary that…　　　 有必要…… ‎ ‎　　　It is important that…　　　 重要的是…… ‎ ‎　　　It is obvious that…　　　　 很明显…… ‎ ‎　 b. It + be + -ed 分词+ that-从句 ‎ ‎　　　It is believed that…　　　　　人们相信…… ‎ ‎　　　It is known to all that…　　　 从所周知…… ‎ ‎　　　It has been decided that…　　 已决定…… ‎ ‎　 c. It + be +名词+ that-从句 ‎ ‎　　　It is common knowledge that…　 ……是常识 ‎ ‎　　　It is a surprise that…　　 令人惊奇的是…… ‎ ‎　　　It is a fact that…　　　　 事实是…… ‎ ‎　 d. It +不及物动词+ that-分句 ‎ ‎　　　It appears that…　　　　　　似乎…… ‎ ‎　　　It happens that…　　　　　　碰巧…… ‎ ‎　　　It occurred to me that…　　 我突然想起…… ‎ ‎17.3 名词性wh-从句 ‎ ‎1）由wh-词引导的名词从句叫做名词性wh-从句。Wh-词包括who, whom,. whose, whoever, what, whatever, which, whichever等连接代词和where, when, how, why等连接副词。Wh-从句的语法功能除了和that-从句一样外，还可充当介词宾语、宾语补语和间接宾语等。例如： ‎ 主语： How the book will sell depends on its author.　书销售如何取决于作者本人。 ‎ 直接宾语：In one's own home one can do what one likes.　在自己家里可以随心所欲。 ‎ 间接宾语：The club will give whoever wins a prize.　获胜者俱乐部将颁奖。 ‎ 表语： My question is who will take over president of the Foundation.　我的问题是谁将接任该基金会主席职位。 ‎ 宾语补足语：She will name him whatever she wants to. 她高兴给他起什么名字就取什么名字。 ‎ 同位语：　　I have no idea when he will return.　 我不知道他什么时候回来。 ‎ 形容词宾语：I'm not sure why she refused their invitation.　 我尚不能肯定她为什么拒绝他们的邀请。 ‎ 介词宾语：　That depends on where we shall go. 那取决于我们去哪儿。 ‎ ‎2）Wh-从句作主语也常用先行词it做形式主语，而将wh-从句置于句末。例如： ‎ ‎　It is not yet decided who will do that job.　 还没决定谁做这项工作。 ‎ ‎　It remains unknown when they are going to get married.　 他们何时结婚依然不明。 ‎ ‎17.4 if, whether引导的名词从句 ‎ ‎1）yes-no型疑问从句 ‎ ‎　　从属连词if, whether引导的名词从句是由一般疑问句或选择疑问转化而来的，因此也分别被称为yes-no型疑问句从句和选择型疑问从句，其功能和wh-从句的功能相同。例如： ‎ ‎　 主语：Whether the plan is feasible remains to be proved. 这一计划是否可行还有等证实。 ‎ ‎　 宾语：Let us know whether / if you can finish the article before Friday. 请让我们知道你是否能在星期五以前把文章写完。 ‎ ‎　 表语：The point is whether we should lend him the money. 问题在于我们是否应该借钱给他。 ‎ ‎　 同位语：They are investigating the question whether the man is trustworthy.　他们调查他是否值得信赖。 ‎ ‎　 形容词宾语： She's doubtful whether we shall be able to come. 她怀疑我们是否能够前来。 ‎ ‎　 介词宾语： I worry about whether he can pass through the crisis of his illness. 我担心他是否能度过疾病的危险期。 ‎ ‎2）选择性疑问从句 ‎ ‎　 选择性疑问从句由关联词if/whether…or或whethe…or not构成。例如： ‎ ‎　 Please tell me whether / if they are Swedish or Danish. 请告诉我他们是瑞典人还是丹麦人。 ‎ ‎　 I don't care whether you like the plan or not. 我不在乎你是否喜欢该计划。 ‎ ‎17.5 否定转移 ‎ ‎1）将think, believe, suppose, expect, fancy, imagine等动词后面宾语从句的否定词转移到主句中，即主句的谓语动词用否定式，而从句的谓语动词用肯定式。例如： ‎ ‎　 I don't think I know you.　我想我并不认识你。 ‎ ‎　 I don' t believe he will come.　我相信他不回来。 ‎ 注意：若谓语动词为hope,宾语从句中的否定词不能转移。例如： ‎ ‎　 I hope you weren't ill. 我想你没有生病吧。 ‎ ‎2）将seem, appear 等后的从句的否定转移到前面。例如： ‎ ‎　 It doesn't seem that they know where to go. 看来他们不知道往哪去。 ‎ ‎　 It doesn't appear that we'll have a sunny day tomorrow. 看来我们明天不会碰上好天气。 ‎ ‎3）有时将动名词，介词短语或整个从句的否定转变为对谓语动词的否定。例如： ‎ ‎　 I don't remember having ever seen such a man.　我记得从未见过这样一个人。（not否定动名词短语 having…） ‎ ‎　 It's not a place where anyone would expect to see strange characters on the street. ‎ 在这里，人们不会想到在街上会碰上陌生的人。（anyone 作主语，从句中的谓语动词不能用否定形式。） ‎ ‎4）有时状语或状语从句中否定可以转移到谓语动词前。例如： ‎ ‎　 The ant is not gathering this for itself alone.　（否定状语）　蚂蚁不只是为自己采食。 ‎ ‎　 He was not ready to believe something just because Aristotle said so. （否定because状语） ‎ 他并不因亚里斯多德说过如何如何，就轻信此事。 ‎ ‎　 She had not been married many weeks when that man's younger brother saw her and was struckby her beauty.（否定状语many weeks）　她结婚还不到几个月，这个人的弟弟就看见她了，并对她的美 ‎ 貌着了迷。 ‎ ‎18. 定语从句 ‎ ‎　定语从句在句中做定语，修饰一个名词或代词，被修饰的名词词组或代词即先行词。定语从句通常 ‎ 出现在先行词之后，由关系词（关系代词或关系副词）引出。 ‎ 关系代词有：who, whom, whose, that, which等。 ‎ 关系副词有：when, where, why等。 ‎ ‎18.1 关系代词引导的定语从句 ‎ ‎　　关系代词所代替的先行词是人或物的名词或代词，并在句中充当主语、宾语、定语等成分。关系代词在定语从句中作主语时，从句谓语动词的人称和数要和先行词保持一致。 ‎ ‎1）who, whom, that ‎ ‎　 这些词代替的先行词是人的名词或代词，在从句中作主语和宾语。例如： ‎ ‎　 Is he the man who/that wants to see you? 他就是你想见的人吗？（who/that在从句中作主语） ‎ ‎　 He is the man whom/ that I saw yesterday. 他就是我昨天见的那个人。（whom/that在从句中作宾语） ‎ ‎2） whose 用来指人或物，（只用作定语, 若指物，它还可以同of which互换）。例如： ‎ ‎　 They rushed over to help the man whose car had broken down.　那人车坏了，大家都跑过去帮忙。 ‎ ‎　 Please pass me the book whose （of which） cover is green.　请递给我那本绿皮的书。 ‎ ‎3）which, that所代替的先行词是事物的名词或代词，在从句中可作主语、宾语等。例如： ‎ ‎　　A prosperity which / that had never been seen before appears in the countryside. ‎ 农村出现了前所未有的繁荣。（which / that在句中作宾语） ‎ ‎　　The package （which / that）you are carrying is about to come unwrapped. 你拿的包快散了。（which / that在句中作宾语） ‎ ‎18.2 关系副词引导的定语从句 ‎ ‎　 关系副词可代替的先行词是时间、地点或理由的名词，在从句中作状语。 ‎ ‎1）关系副词when, where, why的含义相当于"介词+ which"结构，因此常常和"介词+ which"结构交替使用。例如： ‎ ‎　 There are occasions when （on which） one must yield.　任何人都有不得不屈服的时候。 ‎ ‎　 Beijing is the place where（in which） I was born.　北京是我的出生地。 ‎ ‎　 Is this the reason why （for which） he refused our offer?　这就是他拒绝我们帮助他的理由吗？ ‎ ‎2）that代替关系副词，可以用于表示时间、地点、方式、理由的名词后取代when, where, why和"介+which"引导的定语从句，在口语中that常被省略。例如： ‎ ‎　 His father died the year （that / when / in which） he was born.　他父亲在他出生那年逝世了。 ‎ ‎　 He is unlikely to find the place （that / where / in which） he lived forty years ago. ‎ 他不大可能找到他四十年前居住过的地方。 ‎ ‎18.3 判断关系代词与关系副词 ‎ ‎　 方法一： 用关系代词，还是关系副词完全取决于从句中的谓语动词。及物动词后面无宾语，就必须要求用关系代词；而不及物动词则要求用关系副词。例如： ‎ ‎　 This is the mountain village where I stayed last year. 这是我去年呆过的山村。 ‎ ‎　 I'll never forget the days when I worked together with you.我永远不会忘记与你共事的日子。 ‎ ‎　 判断改错： ‎ ‎　 （错） This is the mountain village where I visited last year. ‎ ‎　 （错） I will never forget the days when I spent in the countryside. ‎ ‎　 （对） This is the mountain village （which） I visited last year. ‎ ‎　 （对） I'll never forget the days （which） I spent in the countryside. ‎ ‎　　习惯上总把表地点或时间的名词与关系副词 where, when联系在一起。此两题错在关系词的误用上。 ‎ ‎　 方法二： 准确判断先行词在定语从句中的成分（主、谓、宾、定、状），也能正确选择出关系代词/关系副词。 ‎ 例1. Is this museum ___ you visited a few days age? ‎ ‎　 A. where　B. that　 C. on which　 D. the one ‎ 例2. Is this the museum ____ the exhibition was held. ‎ ‎　 A. where　B. that　 C. on which　　D. the one ‎ 答案：例1 D，例2 A ‎ 例1变为肯定句： This museum is ___ you visited a few days ago. ‎ 例2变为肯定句： This is the museum ___ the exhibition was held. ‎ ‎　　在句1中，所缺部分为宾语，而where, that, on which都不能起到宾语的作用，只有the one既做了主句的表语，又可做从句的宾语，可以省略关系代词，所以应选D。 ‎ ‎　　而句2中, 主、谓、宾俱全，从句部分为句子的状语表地点，既可用副词where，又因 in the museum词组，可用介词in + which 引导地点状语。而此题中，介词on 用的不对，所以选A。 ‎ ‎　　关系词的选择依据在从句中所做的成分，先行词在从句中做主、定、宾语时，选择关系代词（who, whom, that, which, whose）； 先行词在从句中做状语时，应选择关系副词 （ where 地点状语，when 时间状语，why 原因状语） 。 ‎ ‎18.4 限制性和非限制性定语从句 ‎ ‎1） 定语从句有限制性和非限制性两种。限制性定语从句是先行词不可缺少的部分，去掉它主句意思往往不明确；非限制性定语从句是先行词的附加说明，去掉了也不会影响主句的意思，它与主句之间通常用逗号分开。例如： ‎ ‎　　　This is the house which we bought last month. 这是我们上个月买的那幢房子。（限制性） ‎ The house, which we bought last month, is very nice. ‎ 这幢房子很漂亮，是我们上个月买的。（非限制性） ‎ ‎2） 当先行词是专有名词或物主代词和指示代词所修饰时，其后的定语从句通常是非限制性的。例如： ‎ Charles Smith, who was my former teacher, retired last year. ‎ 查理?史密斯去年退休了，他曾经是我的老师。 ‎ My house, which I bought last year, has got a lovely garden.　 ‎ 我去年买的的那幢房子带着个漂亮的花园。 ‎ ‎　　　This novel, which I have read three times, is very touching. 这本小说很动人，我已经读了三遍。 ‎ ‎3） 非限制性定语从句还能将整个主句作为先行词, 对其进行修饰, 这时从句谓语动词要用第三人称单数。例如： ‎ He seems not to have grasped what I meant, which greatly upsets me. ‎ 他似乎没抓住我的意思，这使我心烦。 ‎ ‎　　　Liquid water changes to vapor, which is called evaporation. 液态水变为蒸汽，这就叫做蒸发。 ‎ 说明：关系代词that和关系副词why不能引导非限制性定语从句。 ‎ ‎18.5 介词+关系词 ‎ ‎1）介词后面的关系词不能省略。 ‎ ‎2）that前不能有介词。 ‎ ‎3）某些在从句中充当时间，地点或原因状语的"介词+关系词"结构可以同关系副词when 和where 互换。例如： ‎ ‎　 This is the house in which I lived two years ago. 这是我两年前住过的房子。 ‎ ‎　 This is the house where I lived two years ago. ‎ ‎　 Do you remember the day on which you joined our club? 还记得你加入我们俱乐部的那一天吗？ ‎ ‎　 Do you remember the day when you joined our club? ‎ ‎18.6 as, which 非限定性定语从句 ‎ ‎　　由as, which 引导的非限定性定语从句，as和which可代整个主句，相当于and this或and that。As一般放在句首，which在句中。例如： ‎ ‎　　As we know, smoking is harmful to one's health. 如我们所知，吸烟有害健康。 ‎ ‎　　The sun heats the earth, which is very important to us. 太阳使地球暖起来，这对我们人类很重要。 ‎ 典型例题　 ‎ ‎1）Alice received an invitation from her boss, ___came as a surprise. ‎ A. it　 B. that　 C. which　　D. he ‎ ‎　 答案C. 此为非限定性从句，不能用 that修饰，而用which.，it 和he 都使后句成为句子，两个独立的句子不能单以逗号连接。况且选he句意不通。 ‎ ‎2）The weather turned out to be very good, ___ was more than we could expect. ‎ A. what　B. which　C. that　D. it ‎ ‎　 答案B。which可代替句子，用于非限定性定语从句，而what不可。That 不能用于非限定性定语从句，it不为连词，使由逗号连接的两个句子并在一起在英语语法上行不通。 ‎ ‎3）It rained hard yesterday, ____ prevented me from going to the park.. ‎ A. that　B. which　　C. as　 D. it ‎ ‎　 答案B. as 和which在引导非限制性定语从句时，这两个关系代词都指主句所表达的整个意思，且在定语从句中都可以作主语和宾语。但不同之处主要有两点： ‎ ‎（1）as 引导的定语从句可置于句首，而which不可。 ‎ ‎（2） as 代表前面的整个主句并在从句中作主语时，从句中的谓语必须是系动词；若为行为动词，则从句中的关系代词只能用which.。在本题中，prevent由于是行为动词，所以正确选项应为B。 ‎ as 的用法 ‎ 例1. the same…as；such…as 中的as 是一种固定结构, 和……一样……。例如： ‎ ‎　　 I have got into the same trouble as he （has）. 我碰到了跟他一样的麻烦。 ‎ 例2. as可引导非限制性从句，常带有'正如'。例如： ‎ ‎　　 As we know, smoking is harmful to one's health. 如我们所知，吸烟有害健康。 ‎ ‎　　 As is known, smoking is harmful to one's health. ‎ ‎　 As是关系代词。例1中的as作know的宾语；例2中，它充当从句的主语，谓语动词know要用被动式。 ‎ ‎18.7 先行词和关系词二合一 ‎ ‎　1） Whoever spits in public will be punished here. （Whoever 可以用 anyone who 代替） ‎ ‎　2） The parents will use what they have to send their son to technical school.（what 可以用all that代替） ‎ ‎18.8 what/whatever; that/what; who/whoever ‎ ‎1）what = the thing which；whatever = anything。例如： ‎ ‎　　　What you want has been sent here. 你要的动词都送来了。 ‎ ‎　　　Whatever you want makes no difference to me. 不管你要什么，跟我没什么关系。 ‎ ‎2） who= the person that　 whoever= anyone who。例如： ‎ ‎　　 （错）Who breaks the law will be punished. ‎ ‎　　 （错）Whoever robbed the bank is not clear. ‎ ‎　　 （对）Whoever breaks the law will be punished. 王子犯法，与庶民同罪。 ‎ ‎　　 （对）Who robbed the bank is not clear. 谁抢了银行还不清楚。 ‎ ‎3） that 和 what　 ‎ ‎　　当that引导定语从句时，通常用作关系代词，而引导名词性从句时，是个不充当任何成分的连接词。宾语从句和表语从句中的that常可省略。What只能引导名词性从句，用作连接代词，作从句的具体成分，且不能省略。例如： ‎ ‎　　I think（that）you will like the stamps. 我想你会喜欢这些邮票的。 ‎ ‎　　What we need is more practice. 我们需要的是更多的实践。 ‎ ‎18.9 关系代词that 的用法 ‎ ‎1）不用that的情况 ‎ ‎　　 a） 引导非限定性定语从句时。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 （错）The tree, that is four hundred years old, is very famous here. ‎ ‎　　 b） 介词后不能用。例如： ‎ ‎　　　　 We depend on the land from which we get our food. 我们依赖土地获得食物。 ‎ ‎　　　　 We depend on the land that/which we get our food from. ‎ ‎2） 只能用that作为定语从句的关系代词的情况 ‎ ‎　　 a）　在there be 句型中，只用that，不用which。 ‎ ‎　　 b）　在不定代词，如：anything, nothing, the one, all, much, few, any, little等作先行词时，只用that，不用which。 ‎ ‎　　 c）　先行词有the only, the very修饰时，只用that。　 ‎ ‎　　 d）　先行词为序数词、数词、形容词最高级时，只用that。. ‎ ‎　　 e）　先行词既有人，又有物时。例如： ‎ ‎　 All that is needed is a supply of oil. 所需的只是供油问题。 ‎ ‎　 　 Finally, the thief handed everything that he had stolen to the police. 那贼最终把偷的全部东西交给了警察。 ‎ ‎19. 状语从句 ‎ ‎19.1 地点状语从句 ‎ ‎　　地点状语从句通常由where, wherever 引导。例如： ‎ ‎　　Where I live there are plenty of trees. 我住的地方树很多。 ‎ ‎　　Wherever I am I will be thinking of you. 不管我在哪里我都会想到你。 ‎ ‎19.2 方式状语从句 ‎ ‎　　方式状语从句通常由as, （just） as…so…, as if, as though引导。 ‎ ‎1）as, （just） as…so…引导的方式状语从句通常位于主句后，但在（just） as…so…结构中位于句首，这时as从句带有比喻的含义，意思是"正如…"，"就像"，多用于正式文体。例如： ‎ ‎　 Always do to the others as you would be done by. 你希望人家怎样待你，你就要怎样待人。 ‎ ‎　　As water is to fish, so air is to man. 我们离不开空气，犹如鱼儿离不开水。 ‎ ‎　Just as we sweep our rooms, so we should sweep backward ideas from our minds. ‎ ‎　 正如打扫房屋一样，我们也要扫除我们头脑中落后的东西。 ‎ ‎2）as if, as though ‎ ‎　 两者的意义和用法相同，引出的状语从句谓语多用虚拟语气，表示与事实相反，有时也用陈述语气，表示所说情况是事实或实现的可能性较大。汉译常作"仿佛……似的"，"好像……似的"。例如： ‎ ‎　 They completely ignore these facts as if （as though） they never existed. 他们完全忽略了这些事实，就仿佛它不存在似的。（与事实相反，谓语用虚拟语气。） ‎ ‎　　He looks as if （as though） he had been hit by lighting. 他那样子就像被雷击了似的。（与事实相反，谓语用虚拟语气。） ‎ ‎　 It looks as if the weather may pick up very soon. 看来天气很快就会好起来。（实现的可能性较大，谓语用陈述语气。） ‎ ‎　 说明：as if / as though也可以引导一个分词短语、不定式短语或无动词短语。例如： ‎ ‎　 He stared at me as if seeing me for first time. 他目不转睛地看着我，就像第一次看见我似的。 ‎ ‎　He cleared his throat as if to say something. 他清了清嗓子，像要说什么似的。 ‎ ‎　The waves dashed on the rocks as if in anger. 波涛冲击着岩石，好像很愤怒。 ‎ ‎19.3 原因状语从句 ‎ 比较because, since, as和for： ‎ ‎1）because语势最强，用来说明人所不知的原因，回答why提出的问题。当原因是显而易见的或已为人们所知，就用as或 since。例如： ‎ ‎　 I didn't go, because I was afraid. 我不去是因为我怕。 ‎ ‎　 Since /As the weather is so bad, we have to delay our journey. 天气那么糟，旅行推迟了。 ‎ ‎2）由because引导的从句如果放在句末，且前面有逗号，则可以用for来代替。但如果不是说明直接原因，而是多种情况加以推断，就只能用for。例如： ‎ ‎　 He is absent today, because / for he is ill. 他今天缺席，因为他病了。 ‎ ‎　 He must be ill, for he is absent today. 他一定病了，所以今天缺席。 ‎ ‎19.4 目的状语从句 ‎ ‎　 表示目的状语的从句可以由that, so that, in order that, lest, for fear that, in case等词引导。例如： ‎ ‎　 You must speak louder so that /in order that you can be heard by all. 你必须大点声，别人就能听见了。 ‎ ‎　 He wrote the name down for fear that（lest） he should forget it. 他写下了这个名字以免以后忘记。 ‎ ‎　 Better take more clothes in case the weather is cold. 最好多穿点衣服，以防天发冷。 ‎ ‎　　 ‎ ‎19.5 结果状语从句 ‎ ‎　结果状语从句常由so…that 或 such…that引导。so…that与such…that之间可以转换。例如： ‎ ‎　　 The boy is so young that he can't go to school. 这男孩年龄太小，不能上学。 ‎ ‎　 He is such a young boy that he can't go to school ‎ ‎19.6 条件状语从句 ‎ ‎　连接词主要有 if, unless, as/so long as, on condition that 等。if 引导的条件句有真实条件句和非真实条件句两种。非真实条件句已在虚拟语气中阐述。 ‎ ‎　 unless = if not.　 例如： ‎ ‎　 Let's go out for a walk unless you are too tired. 如果不太累，我们去散散步。 ‎ ‎　 If you are not too tied, let's go out for a walk. ‎ 典型例题 ‎ You will be late ___ you leave immediately.　 ‎ A. unless　 B. until　 C. if　　D. or ‎ ‎　 答案A。句意：除非你立即走，否则你就回迟到的。可转化为 If you dong leave immediately, you will be late。B、D句意不对，or表转折，句子如为 You leave immediately or you will be late. ‎ ‎19.7 让步状语从句 ‎ ‎1）though, although引导的让步状语从句，后面的从句不能有but，但是 though 和yet可连用。例如： ‎ Although it's raining, they are still working in the field.　虽然在下雨，但他们仍在地里干活。 ‎ ‎　　 He is very old, but he still works very hard. 虽然他很老了，但仍然努力地工作。 ‎ Though the sore be healed, yet a scar may remain. 伤口虽愈合，但伤疤留下了。（谚语） ‎ ‎2） as, though 引导的让步从句必须表语或状语提前（形容词、副词、分词、实义动词提前）。例如： ‎ Child as /though he was, he knew what was the right thing to do. ‎ 虽然是个小孩，该做什么不做什么，他全知道。 ‎ ‎3） ever if, even though　即使。例如： ‎ ‎　　 We'll make a trip even though the weather is bad. 即使天气不好，我们也要去远足。 ‎ ‎4） whether…or…　不管……都。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Whether you believe it or not, it is true. 信不信由你，这确实是真的。 ‎ ‎5）　"no matter +疑问词" 或"疑问词+后缀ever" 。例如： ‎ ‎　　 No matter what happened, he would not mind. =Whatever happened, he would not mind. 不管发生什么，他不在意。 ‎ ‎　　　替换：no matter what = whatever ‎ ‎　　　　 no matter who = whoever ‎ ‎　　　　 no matter when = whenever ‎ ‎　　　　 no matter where = wherever ‎ ‎　　　　 no matter which = whichever ‎ ‎　　　　 no matter how = however ‎ ‎　 注意：no matter 不能引导主语从句和宾语从句。 ‎ ‎　 （错）No matter what you say is of no use now. ‎ ‎　 （对）Whatever you say is of no use now. 你现在说什么也没用了。（Whatever you say是主语从句） ‎ ‎　　（错）Prisoners have to eat no matter what they're given, ‎ ‎　 （对）Prisoners have to eat whatever they're given.囚犯们只能给什么吃什么。 ‎ ‎19.8 比较while, when, as ‎ ‎1）as, when 引导短暂性动作的动词。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 Just as / Just when / When I stopped my car, a man came up to me. 我一刹车，有一个人向我走来。 ‎ ‎2）当从句的动作发生于主句动作之前，只能用when 引导这个从句，不可用as 或 while。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 When you have finished your work, you may have a rest. 赶完活后，你可以休息一下。 ‎ ‎3）从句表示"随时间推移"连词能用as，不用when 或while。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 As the day went on, the weather got worse.　日子一天天过去，天气越变越坏。 ‎ ‎19.9 比较until和till ‎ ‎　　此两个连词意义相同。肯定形式表示的意思是"做某事直至某时"，动词必须是延续性的。否定形式表达的意思是"直至某时才做某事"。动词为延续性或非延续性都可以。正确使用这两个连词的关键之一就在于判断句中的动词该用肯定式还是否定式。肯定句：I slept until midnight. 我一直睡到半夜时醒了。 ‎ ‎　　 Wait till I call you. 等着我叫你。（在肯定句中可用before代替。例如 Let's get in the wheat before the sun sets.） ‎ ‎　 否定句：She didn't arrive until 6 o'clock. 她直到6点才到。 ‎ ‎　 Don't get off the bus until it has stopped. 公共汽车停稳后再下车。 ‎ I didn't manage to do it until you had explained how. 直到你教我后，我才会做。 ‎ 区别：1）until可用于句首，而till通常不用于句首。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Until you told me, I had heard nothing of what happened. 直到你告诉我以前，出了什么事我一点也不知道。 ‎ ‎　　 2）until when 疑问句中，until要放在句首。例如： ‎ ‎　 ---Until when are you staying?　你呆到什么时候？ ‎ ‎--- Until next Monday.　呆到下周一。　 ‎ 注意：否定句可用另外两种句式表示。 ‎ ‎1）Not until…在句首，主句用倒装。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Not until the early years of the 19th century did man know what heat is. 直到19 世纪初，人类才知道热为何物。 ‎ ‎　　 　　Not until I began to work did I realize how much time I had wasted. 直到工作，才认识到我已蹉跎了几多岁月。 ‎ ‎2）It is not until… that… 。例如： ‎ It was not until I began to work that I realized how much time I had wasted. ‎ ‎19.10 表示"一…就…"的结构 ‎ ‎　 hardly/scarcely…when/before, no sooner…than　和as soon as都可以表示"一…就…"的意思。例如： ‎ ‎　 I had hardly / scarcely got home when it began to rain. 刚回家，就下起雨来了。 ‎ ‎　 I had no sooner got home than it began to rain. ‎ ‎　 As soon as I got home, it began to rain. ‎ ‎　 注意：如果hardly, scarcely 或no sooner置于句首，句子必须用倒装结构。例如： ‎ ‎　 Hardly / Scarcely had I got home when it began to rain. ‎ ‎　 No sooner had I got home than it began to rain. ‎ ‎20. 连词 ‎ ‎　　连词不能独立担任句子成分而只起连接词与词，短语与短语以及句与句的作用。连词主要可分为两类：并列连词和从属连词。并列连词用来连接平行的词、词组和分句。如：and, but, or, nor, so, therefore, yet, however, for, hence, as well as, both…and, not only…but also, either…or, neither…nor, （and）then等等。 ‎ ‎20.1 并列连词与并列结构 ‎ ‎　 并列连词引导两个并列的词、词组或句子。 ‎ ‎1）　and 与or ‎ ‎　 判断改错：（错）They sat down and talk about something. ‎ ‎　 （错）They started to dance and sang. ‎ ‎　 （错）I saw two men sitting behind and whisper there. ‎ ‎　 　 （对）They sat down and talked about something. ‎ ‎　 （对）They started to dance and sing. ‎ ‎　 （对）I saw two men sitting behind and whispering there. ‎ 解析：第一句： and 连接两个并列的谓语，所以 talk 应改为 talked。 ‎ ‎　　 第二句：and 连接两个并列的动词不定式，第二个不定式往往省略to，因此sang 应改为 sing。 ‎ ‎　 第三句：and 连接感观动词saw 后面的用作的宾补的两个并列分词结构，因此whisper应改为whispering。 ‎ 注意：and 还可以和祈使句或名词词组连用表示条件。（or也有此用法）例如： ‎ ‎　　 Make up your mind, and you'll get the chance. 拿定主意，这次你会有机会的。 ‎ ‎　 = If you make up your mind, you'll get the chance. ‎ ‎　　 One more effort, and you'll succeed. 再努力一下，你会成功的。 ‎ ‎　 = If you make one more effort, you'll succeed. ‎ ‎2） both…and　两者都。例如： ‎ ‎　 She plays （both） the piano and the guitar. 她弹钢琴，也弹吉他。 ‎ ‎3）　not only…but （also）, as well as不但…而且。例如： ‎ ‎　　　She plays not only the piano, but （also） the guitar. 她不但弹钢琴，也弹吉他。 ‎ ‎　 注意：not only… but also 关联两个分句时，一个分句因有否定词not 而必须倒装。例如 ‎ ‎　　 Not only does he like reading stories, but also he can even write some.他不但喜欢读小说，甚至还会写。 ‎ ‎　4）　neithe…nor 意思为"既不……也不……"谓语动词采用就近原则，与nor后的词保持一致。例如： ‎ ‎　　　Neither you nor he is to blame. 你和他都不该受指责。 ‎ ‎20.2 比较and和or ‎ ‎　1） 并列结构中，or通常用于否定句，and用于肯定句。 ‎ ‎　2） 但有时and 也可用于否定句。请注意其不同特点： ‎ ‎　　 There is no air or water in the moon. ‎ ‎　　 There is no air and no water on the moon. ‎ ‎　 在否定中并列结构用or 连接，但含有两个否定词的句子实际被看作是肯定结构，因此要用and。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎　 ---I don't like chicken ___ fish.　 ‎ ‎　 ---I don't like chicken, ___ I like fish very much. ‎ ‎　 A. and； and　 B. and； but　C. or； but　D. or；and ‎ ‎　 答案C。否定句中表并列用or, but 表转折。 ‎ 判断改错：（错）We will die without air and water. ‎ ‎　　 （错）We can't live without air or water. ‎ ‎　　 （对）We will die without air or water. ‎ ‎　　 （对）We can't live without air and water. ‎ ‎　 ‎ ‎20.3 表示选择的并列结构 ‎ ‎　1） or意思为"否则"。例如： ‎ ‎　　 I must work hard, or I'll fail in the exam. 我要努力学习，否则考试要不及格了。 ‎ ‎　2） either…or　意思为"或者……或者……"。注意谓语动词的主谓一致采用就近原则。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Either you or I am right. 不是你对，就是我对。 ‎ ‎20.4 表示转折或对比 ‎ ‎　1） but表示转折，while表示对比。例如： ‎ ‎　　Some people love cats, while others hate them.有些人喜欢猫，而有些人不喜欢。 ‎ 典型例题　 ‎ ‎--- Would you like to come to dinner tonight?　　 ‎ ‎--- I'd like to, ___ I'm too busy. ‎ ‎　 A. and　 B. so　 C. as　 D. but　　 ‎ ‎　 答案D。but与前面形成转折，符合语意。而表并列的and， 结果的so，原因的as都不符合句意。 ‎ ‎　2） not…but… 意思为"不是…而是…"，后面的用词要遵循一致原则。 ‎ ‎　　They were not the bones of an animal, but （the bones） of a human being. 这些不是动物的骨头，而是人的。 ‎ ‎20.5 表原因关系 ‎ ‎1） for是并列连词，不能置于含两个并列分句的句子的句首，只能将其放在两个分句中间。 ‎ 判断改错：（错） For he is ill, he is absent today. ‎ ‎　 （对） He is absent today, for he is ill. ‎ ‎2） so为连词, therefore一般为副词。例如： ‎ He hurt his leg, so he couldn't play in the game. 他的腿受伤了，不能上场。 ‎ I think; therefore I exist. 我思故我在。 ‎ ‎20.6 比较so和 such ‎ such 是形容词，修饰名词或名词词组，so是副词，只能修饰形容词或副词。so ‎ 还可与表示数量的形容词many，few，much， little连用，形成固定搭配。 ‎ so + adj.　　　　　　　　　 such + a（n） + n. ‎ so + adj. + a（n） + n.　　　 such + n. （pl.） ‎ so + adj. + n. （pl.）　　　 such +n. （pl.）　 ‎ so + adj. + n. （不可数）　　such +n.（不可数） ‎ so foolish　　　　　　　　 such a fool　 ‎ so nice a flower　　　　　 such a nice flower ‎ so many/ few flowers　　　 such nice flowers ‎ so much/ little money.　　　 such rapid progress　 ‎ so many people　　　　　　 such a lot of people ‎ ‎　 so many 已成固定搭配，a lot of 虽相当于 many，但 a lot of 为名词性的，只能用such搭配。so…that与such…that之间的转换即为 so与such之间的转换。 ‎ ‎20.7 连词和从句练习 ‎ ‎1. I’d get it for you ______ I could remember who last borrowed the book. ‎ a. on condition that b. now that c. except that d. considering that ‎ ‎2. The robber told him that he had better keep silent ______ he wanted to get into trouble ‎ a. if b. unless c. otherwise d. whether ‎ ‎3. Strange ______ his behavior may be, there is a very good reason for it. ‎ a. although b. even if c. that d. as ‎ ‎4. We are worried about our son because no one is aware ______ he has gone. ‎ a. the place b. of where c. about the place d. where ‎ ‎5. The professor spoke in a loud voice ______ every one of us could hear him. ‎ a. such that b. so c. so that d. such ‎ ‎6. When he just got off the plane, he gave us a good description of ______ in Spain. ‎ a. what he had seen b. that he had seen c. which he had seen d. he had seen what ‎ ‎7. It is fitted with a small transformer, by means of ______ the voltage of the currency can be adjusted. ‎ a. whom b. which c. what d. that ‎ ‎8. I don’t know why she’s looking at me ______ she knew me. I’ve never seen her before in my life. ‎ a. as b. although c. even if d. as if ‎ ‎9. No sooner had he finished his speech ______ stormy applause broke out. ‎ a. when b. then c. than d. as ‎ ‎10. It is hard to avoid mistakes. ______ you correct them conscientiously, it will be all right. ‎ a. In the case b. As long as c. Although d. Despite ‎ ‎11. Geometry, ______ I know nothing, seems a very dull subject. ‎ a. that b. about that c. which d. about which ‎ ‎12. The highest temperature ______ in any furnace on earth is about 10,000 centigrade. ‎ a. we can get b. that we can get it c. which we can get it d. what we can get ‎ ‎13. We sent the horses to a considerable distance, ______ they should disturb the children. ‎ a. less b. lest c. last d. least ‎ ‎14. Sound is conducted through steel in the same manner ______. ‎ a. as in air b. as through air c. as air does d. like air ‎ ‎15. _____ he was putting on his uniform, the officer found that one of the sleeves was torn. ‎ a. Since b. Unless c. As d. Before ‎ ‎16. The police finally caught up with the man ______ was the escaped prisoner. ‎ a. who they thought b. whom they thought ‎ c. they thought him d. that they thought him ‎ ‎17. ______ knows the name of this song will receive a prize from the radio station. ‎ a. Whoever b. Those c. Whichever people d. Any people ‎ ‎18. ______ do you believe is not about to support our plan? ‎ a. Whom b. Who c. Whomever d. Which ‎ ‎19. He didn’t know French, ______ made it difficult for him to study at a university in France. ‎ a. that b. as c. this d. which ‎ ‎20. She is a fine singer, ______ her mother used to be ‎ a. like b. that c. as d. which ‎ ‎21. ______, I realize that I owe a debt to my early country life. ‎ a. Lover of towns I am b. As lover of towns ‎ c. Lover of towns as am I d. Though am I the lover of towns ‎ ‎22. The rise of Davy was all the more brilliant in ______ he had not had much schooling. ‎ a. which b. that c. what d. the way ‎ ‎23. She always takes careful notes in class ______ she may review them from time to time. ‎ a. so that b. in order to c. because of d. rather than ‎ ‎24. The reason he was late is ______ his clock didn’t give the alarm. ‎ a. because b. due to c. since d. that ‎ ‎25. ______ he was in error will scarcely be disputed by his warmest friends. ‎ a. What b. That c. Which d. Though ‎ ‎26. I shall do the exercises ______ I have been taught. ‎ a. such b. as c. what d. for ‎ ‎27. ______ is worth doing at all is worth doing well. ‎ a. That b. Whatever c. Whichever d. However ‎ ‎28. She was so stubborn that she never listens to the advice ______. ‎ a. that I give it to her b. which I give to her ‎ c. what I give to her d. I give it to her ‎ ‎29. I was supposed to be a mathematics major, but I actually took ______ courses in physics, if not more. ‎ a. so many b. as many c. a good many d. such many ‎ ‎30. Heat does not travel by convection in a solid, because the solid does not move, ______. ‎ a. so does a liquid b. so a liquid does c. so is a liquid d. as does a liquid ‎ ‎31. He explained everything over again ______ anyone should misunderstand her. ‎ a. since b. when c. lest d. as if ‎ ‎32. ______ convincing an argument is, it needs support of evidence. ‎ a. Whatever b. However c. Although d. Even if ‎ ‎33. Earthworms occur ______ adequate moisture and food and the necessary soil conditions are found. ‎ a. and b. however c. but d. wherever ‎ ‎34. ______ we gave him anything to eat, he would save it up for his little brother. ‎ a. When b. That c. Whenever d. What ‎ ‎35. The reason I plan to go is ______ if I don’t. ‎ a. because she will be disappointed b. because she will have a disappointment ‎ c. that she will be disappointed d. for which she will be disappointed ‎ ‎36.The great use of a school education is not so much to teach you things ______ to teach you the art of learning. ‎ a. than b. rather than c. nor d. as ‎ ‎37. If the design was wrong, the project is bound to fail, ______ good all the other ideas might be. ‎ a. whatever b. however c. whatsoever d. even ‎ ‎38. He gave ______ came to the store a pamphlet in which his products were described. ‎ a. who b. those c. whom d. whoever ‎ ‎39. Advertising is distinguished from other forms of communication ______ the advertiser pays for the message to be delivered. ‎ a. in that b. in order that c. in which d. that ‎ ‎40. Fox was advised to give the assignment to _______ he believed had a strong sense of responsibility. ‎ a. whom b. whomever c. whoever d. that ‎ ‎41. The chairman of the union made it clear at the meeting ______ he would not step down form his position as chairman. ‎ a. in which b. where c. because d. that ‎ ‎42. ______ Ms. Wang reached the post-office, she discovered she had left the letter at home. ‎ a. Just as b. Because c. As long as d. When as ‎ ‎43. The first step in preparing such a program is to draw a flow chart, ______ are shown opposite. ‎ a. two examples of it b. two examples of which ‎ c. whose two example d. which two examples ‎ ‎44. ______ the world began, nations have had difficulty in keeping peace with their neighbors. ‎ a. Although b. When c. Until d. Ever since ‎ ‎45. ______ difficulties we may come across, we will help one another to get over them. ‎ a. Whatever b. Whichever c. However d. What ‎ ‎46. He went to work so late ______ the manager had to send for him again before he arrived. ‎ a. as b. that c. for d. when ‎ ‎47. ______ you return those books to the library immediately you will have to pay a fine. ‎ a. Until b. If c. Unless d. Provided ‎ ‎48. The rose may grow as a low bush or as a tree, depending on ______. ‎ a. what it is trimmed b. how it trimmed c. that is trimmed d. how it is trimmed ‎ ‎49. Group work is a method of teaching ______ tasks and activities are carried out by small groups of pupils. ‎ a. which b. that c. for which d. in that ‎ ‎50. Einstein’s theory of relativity seemed hard to believe at the time ______. ‎ a. when he first introduced b. that he first introduced it ‎ c. he first introduced d. which he first introduced it ‎ ‎51. Now we may be able to say ______ between music and noise or just sound. ‎ a. what is the difference b. the difference is what ‎ c. what the difference is c. that what the difference ‎ ‎52. Contrary to ______ I had expected, he lost for a second time. ‎ a. that b. what c. which d. who ‎ ‎53. Professor Smith was so punctual ______, he always arrived to class just as the bell rang. ‎ a. that the day he died b. until the day he died ‎ c. that until the day he died d. until the day when he died ‎ ‎54. ______ he came to England to study, he didn’t know how to cook. ‎ a. When b. since c. Until d. Unless ‎ ‎55. Although Mr smith is one of those teachers who appear to be friendly, ______ he is very hard to deal with. ‎ a. but b. so c. so that d. yet ‎ ‎56. ______ a baby kangaroo is four months old does it begin to live outside its mother’s pouch. ‎ a. Until b. Not until c. After d. Only until ‎ ‎57.The earliest kind of desk was a box that had a sloping lid _______ there was storage space for writing materials. ‎ a. under that b. under which c. which d. that ‎ ‎58. I won’t lend any money to Joe because I am afraid ______ he will forget to pay it back. ‎ a. if b. whether c. that d. of ‎ ‎59. ______ human beings depend to a great extent on forests, every effort must be made to preserve trees and wildlife. ‎ a. If b. Unless c. Until d. Since ‎ ‎60. ______ he was caught cheating on the exam, Oliver had been considered to be an honest boy. ‎ a. When b. After c. Although d. Before ‎ ‎61. Not long after Galileo’s time, Newton invented another kind of telescope ______ mirrors instead of lenses. ‎ a. which used b. in which he used c. that he used d. in that he used ‎ ‎62. _____ him as a writer I don’t like him as a man. ‎ a. Much I admire b. Much as I admire c. As much I admire d. As I admire much ‎ ‎63. I punish the child ______ he should make the same mistake again. ‎ a. as be because c. lest d. unless ‎ ‎64. Hardly had the speaker begun to talk ______ were laughs. ‎ a. when there b. than there c. than d. that ‎ ‎65. A joint is ______ permits the forward and backward movement of a door. ‎ a. that b. whose c. those d. what ‎ ‎66. I am pleased with what you have told me and ______ you have given me. ‎ a. all what b. all that c. which d. all whatever ‎ ‎67. ______ has recently been done to improve the conditions of elementary schools a great number of children are unable to go to school. ‎ a. That b. What c. In spite of what d. Though what ‎ ‎68. Nuclear weapon is considered the most terrible weapon of war ______ man has invented. ‎ a. which b. that c. as d. since ‎ ‎69. ______ he performed the task with success. ‎ a. It was expected b. Which was expected ‎ c. As was expected d. That was expected ‎ ‎70. The size of the audience, ______ I had expected, was well over ten thousand. ‎ a. which b. that c. as d. whom ‎ ‎71. Not everybody could be expected to know all the answers, ______ some questions called for educated guesses rather than general knowledge. ‎ a. as b. so c. such d. once ‎ ‎72. ______ you try, you’ll never lose your English accent. ‎ a. No matter what b. How hard c. No matter how hard d. Whatever hard ‎ ‎73. ______ the bridge were packed with cars and buses, it could still carry twice the load. ‎ a. Despite b. Provided c. Unless d. Even if ‎ ‎74. The airplane crashed and over a hundred passengers were killed, ______. ‎ a. and that shocked the world b. and which shocked the world ‎ c. this fact shocked the world d. which shocked the world ‎ ‎75. The time will surely come ______ ordinary people could operate computers as well. ‎ a. while b. when c. as d. on which ‎ ‎76. This machine is new. ______, it is in excellent condition. ‎ a. Furthermore b. However c. Otherwise d. but ‎ ‎77. This room had but a single window, ______ were kept closed when it was not in use. ‎ a. which its shutters b. its shutters of which ‎ c. the shutters of which d. which shutters ‎ ‎78. The old man is no coward; ______ he is a man of high spirits. ‎ a. rather than b. on the contrary c. on the other hand d. at the same time ‎ ‎79. Satellite photographs can provide information on ______ rain are falling. ‎ a. which where and how much b. where and how ‎ c. where and how d. where and how much ‎ ‎80. Skiing is a sport ______ goes back 4,000 years. ‎ a. and its b. whose history c. its history d. and which ‎ ‎81. They will be praised or blamed ______ their work is good or bad. ‎ a. according as b. as for c. in as much as d. as regards ‎ ‎82. The story of his upbringing is shocking ______. ‎ a. to all that read it b. to all who reads it c. to all which read it d. to all who read it ‎ ‎83. You should get the license in two weeks; ______, you’ll have to pay a fine. ‎ a. yet b. still c. or d. consequently ‎ ‎84. I had hardly reached the airport ______ he started for his destination. ‎ a. then b. when c. the moment d. than ‎ ‎85. He had a large collection of books, ______ are written in foreign languages. ‎ a. many b. many ones of which c. many of which d. many in which ‎ ‎86. The book is for the students ______ native language is not Chinese to study in a Chinese college or university. ‎ a. their b. that c. whose d. of whom ‎ ‎87. Geologists cannot accurately predict ______ the live volcano will erupt again. ‎ a. when b. which c. is that d. and when ‎ ‎88. ______ said under oath was disputed by several other witness. ‎ a. It is the man b. What the man c. That the man d. The man has ‎ ‎89. ______ I was going to college, I was also working as a waitress on weekends. ‎ a. During the time that b. At the moment that ‎ c. In spite of the fact that d. On the ground that ‎ ‎90. it is a good idea to take a first-aid kit ______ there is an accident. ‎ a. in case b. in the event of c. in condition d. but that ‎ ‎91. The strength of the new material is ______ it can stand heavy loads at high temperature. ‎ a. that b. such that c. what d. so that ‎ ‎92. That’s the doctor ______ on the seriously wounded man. ‎ a. who he operated b. that he operated ‎ c. who operated d. that operated him ‎ ‎93. _____ , the problem can be solved in only 2 hours with an electronic computer. ‎ a. Complicated though it is b. Though is it complicated ‎ c. As it is complicated d. Complicated as it is ‎ ‎94. He burned all the important documents ______ that they should fall into the enemy’s hands. ‎ a. unless b. so b. lest d. for fear ‎ ‎95. His office on the fortieth floor of a skyscraper in the center of New York City is the world ______. ‎ a. that he works b. which he works c. he works in c. he works ‎ ‎96. With the introduction of the electronic computer, there are no complicated problem ______ can be solved. ‎ a. that b. as c. but d. which ‎ ‎97. ______ all behavior is learned behavior is a basic assumption of social scientists. ‎ a. Nearly b. That nearly c. It is nearly d. When nearly ‎ ‎98. In the testing period, the students spent ______ much time in the classroom on mathematics ______ they spent on any other subject. ‎ a. as, as b. as, that c. so, that d. such, that ‎ ‎99. Our confidence in the curative properties of the bottle of medicine remains the same ______. ‎ a. like theirs b. as they c. as theirs d. as them ‎ ‎100. The audience, ______ enjoyed the performance. ‎ a. most of them were students b. most of whom were students ‎ c. whom they were students d. they were mostly students ‎ ‎101. ______ steel is stronger than iron, men are able to make steel pipes with larger diameters. ‎ a. While b. If c. Unless d. As ‎ ‎102. Mr. Chen said that he would be punctual for the appointment, ______ he were late? ‎ a. but what if b. how about c. so what d. and what about ‎ ‎103. Mrs. Lee will move into her new house next Monday, ______ it will be completely furnished. ‎ a. by which time b. by the time c. by that time d. by some time ‎ ‎104. I have little doubt about his competence; ______ he is well-qualified for the job. ‎ a. although b. because c. moreover d. yet ‎ ‎105. The quantum theory states ______, such as light, is given off and absorbed in tiny definite units called quanta or protons. ‎ a. energy that b. that it is energy c. it is energy d. that energy ‎ ‎106. ______ to space travelers is high acceleration or deceleration forces. ‎ a. Danger can be b. They can be dangerous ‎ c. What can be dangerous d. While danger ‎ ‎107. ______ these questions may sound academic, answers to them could have profound ‎ economic and political significance. ‎ a. Since b. If c. While d. Lest ‎ ‎108. A body weighs ______ from the surface of the Earth. ‎ a. less the farther it gets b. the farther it gets ‎ c. less than it gets farther d. less than it, the farther it gets ‎ ‎109. ______ it is you’ve found, you must give it back to the person it belongs to. ‎ a. That b. Because c. Whatever d. However ‎ ‎110. ______ is often the case with a new idea much preliminary activity and optimistic discussion produce no concrete proposals. ‎ a. That b. It c. Which d. As ‎ ‎111. Angiosperms inhabit relatively diverse environments and may be found ______ higher plants can survive. ‎ a. there b. wherever c. somewhere d. anywhere ‎ ‎112. Without facts, we cannot form a worthwhile opinion for we need to have factual knowledge ______ our thinking. ‎ a. upon which to base b. which to base upon ‎ c. which to be based on d. to which to be based ‎ ‎113. Twelve is to six ______ two is to one. ‎ a. what b. which c. that d. when ‎ ‎114. ______, she knows French well. ‎ a. A child as she is b. Child as she is c. As she is a child d. The child as she is ‎ ‎115. ______, they could find nobody in the house. ‎ a. As they would search b. Would as they search ‎ c. Search as they would d. They would search as ‎ ‎21. 情态动词 ‎ ‎21.1 情态动词的语法特征 ‎ ‎　1） 情态动词不能表示正在发生或已经发生的事情，只表示期待或估计某事的发生。 ‎ ‎　2） 情态动词除ought 和have 外，后面只能接不带to 的不定式。 ‎ ‎　3） 情态动词没有人称，数的变化，即情态动词第三人称单数不加-s。 ‎ ‎　4） 情态动词没有非谓语形式，即没有不定式，分词，等形式。 ‎ ‎　 ‎ ‎21.2 比较can 和be able to ‎ ‎1）can/could 表示能力；可能 （过去时用could）, 只用于现在式和过去式（could）。be able to可以用于各种时态。例如： ‎ ‎　 They will be able to tell you the news soon. 他很快就能告诉你消息了。 ‎ ‎2）只用be able to的情况： ‎ ‎　 a. 位于助动词后。 ‎ ‎　 b. 情态动词后。 ‎ ‎　 c. 表示过去某时刻动作时。 ‎ ‎　 d. 用于句首表示条件。 ‎ ‎　 e. 表示成功地做了某事时，用was/were able to，不能用could。例如： ‎ He was able to flee Europe before the war broke out. = He managed to flee Europe before the war broke out. ‎ 他在战争爆发之前逃离欧洲。 ‎ 注意：could有时不表示时态 ‎ ‎1）提出委婉的请求，（注意在回答中不可用could）。例如： ‎ ‎　　 --- Could I have the television on? 我能看电视吗？ ‎ ‎　　 --- Yes, you can. / No, you can't. 可以/不可以。 ‎ ‎2）在否定句、疑问句中表示推测或怀疑。例如： ‎ He couldn't be a bad man. 他不大可能是坏人。　 ‎ ‎21.3 比较may和might ‎ ‎1） 表示允许或请求；表示没有把握的推测；may 放在句首，表示祝愿。例如： ‎ ‎　　　　May God bless you! 愿上帝保佑你！ ‎ ‎　　　　He might be at home. 他可能在家。 ‎ 注意：might 表示推测时，不表示时态，只是可能性比may 小。 ‎ ‎2） 成语：may/might as well，后面接不带to 的不定式，意为"不妨"。例如： ‎ ‎　　　If that is the case, we may as well try.如果情况确实如此，我们不妨试一试。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎　 Peter ___come with us tonight, but he isn't very sure yet. ‎ ‎　 A. must　　B. may　 C. can　 D. will ‎ ‎　 答案B. 表可能性只能用may。此句意可从后半句推出。 ‎ ‎21.4 比较have to和must ‎ ‎1）　两词都是'必须'的意思，have to 表示客观的需要，must 表示说话人主观上的看法，既主观上的必要。例如： ‎ My brother was very ill, so I had to call the doctor in the middle of the night.　 ‎ 弟弟病得很厉害，我只得半夜里把医生请来。（客观上需要做这件事） ‎ ‎　　 He said that they must work hard. 他说他们必须努力工作。（主观上要做这件事） ‎ ‎2）　have to有人称、数、时态的变化，而must只有一种形式。但must 可用于间接引语中表示过去的必要或义务。例如： ‎ He had to look after his sister yesterday. 他昨晚只得照顾他姐姐。 ‎ ‎3） 否定结构中：don't have to表示"不必"，mustn't表示"禁止"。例如： ‎ ‎　　 You don't have to tell him about it.　你不一定要把此事告诉他。 ‎ ‎　　 You mustn't tell him about it.　　　　你不得把这件事告诉他。 ‎ ‎21.5 must表示推测 ‎ ‎　1） must用在肯定句中表示较有把握的推测，意为"一定"。 ‎ ‎　2） must表对现在的状态或现在正发生的事情的推测时，must 后面通常接系动词be 的原形或行为动词的进行式。例如： ‎ ‎　　　You have worked hard all day. You must be tired. 你辛苦干一整天，一定累了。（对现在情况的推测判断） ‎ ‎　　　He must be working in his office. 他一定在办公室工作呢。 ‎ ‎　 比较：He must be staying there. 他现在肯定在那里。 ‎ ‎　　　　　　He must stay there. 他必须呆在那。 ‎ ‎　3） must 表示对已发生的事情的推测时，must 要接完成式。例如： ‎ ‎　　 I didn't hear the phone. I must have been asleep.　我刚才没有听到电话，我想必是睡着了。 ‎ ‎　4） must表示对过去某时正发生的事情的推测，must 后面要接不定式的完成进行式。例如： ‎ ‎　　---Why didn't you answer my phone call? 为何不接我的电话？ ‎ ‎　　---Well, I must have been sleeping, so I didn't hear it.唉，肯定在睡觉，所以没有听见。 ‎ ‎　5） 否定推测用can't。例如： ‎ ‎　　 If Tom didn't leave here until five o'clock, he can't be home yet.　如果汤姆五点才离开这儿，他此时一定还未到家。 ‎ ‎21.6 表示推测的用法 ‎ ‎　 can, could, may, might, must 皆可表示推测，其用法如下： ‎ ‎1）情态动词+动词原形，表示对现在或将来的情况的推测，此时动词通常为系动词。例如： ‎ ‎　　 I don't know where she is, she may be in Wuhan. 我不知道她在哪儿，可能在武汉。 ‎ ‎2）情态动词+动词现在进行时，表示对现在或将来正在进行的情况进行推测。例如： ‎ ‎　　 At this moment, our teacher must be correcting our exam papers. 这时，想必我们老师正在批改试卷。 ‎ ‎　3）情态动词+动词完成时，表示对过去情况的推测。例如： ‎ ‎　　 The road is wet. It must have rained last night. 地是湿的，昨天晚上一定下雨了。 ‎ ‎　4）情态动词+动词的现在完成进行时，表示对过去正在发生事情的推测。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Your mother must have been looking for you. 你妈妈一定一直在找你。 ‎ ‎　5）推测的否定形式，疑问形式用can't, couldn't表示。例如： ‎ Mike can't have found his car, for he came to work by bus this morning. ‎ 迈克一定还没有找回他的车，因为早上他是坐公共汽车来上班的。 ‎ ‎　　 注意：could, might表示推测时不表示时态，其推测的程度不如can, may。 ‎ ‎21.7 情态动词+ have +过去分词 ‎ ‎1） may（might） have + done sth, can （could） have + done sth　表示过去，推测过去时间里可能发生的事情。例如： ‎ ‎　　Philip may （might） have been hurt seriously in the car accident. 菲力浦可能在车祸中受了重伤。 ‎ ‎　　Philip can （could） have been hurt seriously in the car accident. ‎ ‎2） must have +done sth，对过去时间里可能发生的事情的推测，语气较强，具有"肯定"，"谅必"的意思。例如： ‎ ‎　 ---Linda has gone to work, but her bicycle is still here. 琳达已经去上班了，但她的单车还在这儿。 ‎ ‎　 ---She must have gone by bus.肯定乘巴士去的。 ‎ ‎3） ought to have done sth, should have done sth表示本应该做某事，而事实上并没有做。否定句表示"不该做某事而做了"。例如： ‎ ‎　　You ought to （should） have been more careful in this experiment. 你当时在做试验时应该更仔细点。 ‎ ‎　　He ought not to have thrown the old clothes away.他不该把旧衣服扔了。（事实上已扔了。） ‎ ‎　　ought to 在语气上比should 要强。 ‎ ‎4） needn't have done sth表示本没必要做某事，但做了。例如： ‎ I dressed very warmly for the trip, but I needn't have done so. The weather was hot. ‎ 旅行时，我衣服穿得较多，其实没有必要。那时天很热。 ‎ ‎5） would like to have done sth表示本打算做某事，但没做。例如：　 ‎ ‎　　I would like to have read the article, but I was very busy then. 我想读这篇文章，但太忙了一直没读。 ‎ ‎17.8 21.8 should 和ought to ‎ 除了上述的用法，两者还可表示"想必一定，按理应该"的意思。例如： ‎ I ought to be able to live on my salary. 靠我的薪水，想必也能维持了。 ‎ It ought to be ready now. 想必现在准备好了吧。 ‎ They should be there by now, I think. 现在他们该到那儿了。 ‎ The poems should be out in a month at most. 诗集估计最多还有一个月就要出版了。 ‎ ‎21.9 had better表示"最好"，相当于一个助动词，它只有一种形式，它后面要跟动词原形。例如： ‎ ‎　　It is pretty cold. You'd better put on my coat. 天相当冷。你最好穿上我的外套。 ‎ ‎　　She'd better not play with the dog. 她最好不要玩耍那条狗。 ‎ ‎　　had better have done sth表示与事实相反的结果，意为"本来最好"。例如： ‎ ‎　　You had better have come earlier. 你本该来得早一点。 ‎ ‎21.10 would rather表示"宁愿" ‎ ‎　 would rather do ‎ ‎　 would rather not do ‎ ‎　 would rather… than…　 宁愿…而不愿。 ‎ ‎　 还有would sooner, had rather, had sooner都表示"宁愿"、"宁可"的意思。例如： ‎ ‎　 If I have a choice, I had sooner not continue my studies at this school. 如果有选择的余地，我宁可辍学离开这个学校。 ‎ ‎　 I would rather stay here than go home. = I would stay here rather than go home. 我宁愿呆在这儿，而不愿回家。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎----Shall we go skating or stay at home? ‎ ‎----Which ___ do?　　　　　 ‎ A. do you rather　　B. would you rather　 C. will you rather　 D. should you rather ‎ 答案B。本题考查情态动词rather的用法，would rather +do sth 意为"宁愿"，本题为疑问句，would 提前，所以选B。 ‎ ‎21.11 will和would ‎ ‎　注意：1）would like；would like to do = want to 想要，为固定搭配。例如： ‎ ‎　　　 Would you like to go with me? 想和我一块去吗？ ‎ ‎　 2）Will you…?　Would you like…? 表示肯定含义的请求劝说时，疑问句中一般用some, 而不是any。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Would you like some cake? 吃点蛋糕吧。 ‎ ‎　 3）否定结构中用will，一般不用would, won't you是一种委婉语气。 ‎ ‎　　 Won't you sit down? 你不坐下吗？ ‎ ‎21.12 情态动词的回答方式 ‎ 问句 肯定回答 否定回答 ‎ Need you…? Yes, I must. No, I needn't ‎ Must you…? No, I don't have to. ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎1）---Could I borrow your dictionary? ‎ ‎　　 ---Yes, of course, you____.　 ‎ ‎　 A. might　B. will　 C. can　 D. should ‎ ‎　 答案C. could表示委婉的语气，并不为时态。答语中of course，表示肯定的语气，允许某人做某事时，用can和 may来表达，不能用could或might。will 与you连用，用来提出要求或下命令。should与you 连用，用来提出劝告。 ‎ ‎2）---Shall I tell John about it? ‎ ‎　　 ---No, you ___. I've told him already.　　 ‎ ‎　 A. needn't　　B. wouldn't　　C. mustn't　　D. shouldn't ‎ ‎　 答案A。needn't 不必，不用。 wouldn't 将不, 不会的。 mustn't 禁止、不能。 shouldn't　不应该。本题为不需要，不必的意思，应用needn't。 ‎ ‎3）---Don't forget to come to my birthday party tomorrow. ‎ ‎　　 ---______. ‎ ‎　　 A. I don't　 B.　I won't　 C. I can't　D. I haven't ‎ ‎　　 答案B. will既可当作情态动词，表请求、建议、也可作为实义动词表"意愿、意志、决心"，本题表示决心，选B。 ‎ ‎21.13 带to 的情态动词 ‎ 带to 的情态动词有四个：ought to, have to, used to, be to, 如加上have got to （=must）, be able to，为六个。它们的疑问、否定形式应予以注意： ‎ ‎　 Do they have to pay their bill before the end of the month? ‎ ‎　 She didn't use to play tennis before she was fourteen. ‎ ‎　 You ought not to have told her all about it. ‎ ‎　 Ought he to see a heart specialist at once.? ‎ ‎　 ought to 本身作为情态动词使用。其他的词作为实义动词使用，变疑问，否定时，须有do 等助动词协助。 ‎ 典型例题 ‎ ‎　 Tom ought not to ___ me your secret, but he meant no harm.　 ‎ ‎　 A. have told　B. tell　C. be telling　D. having told ‎ ‎　 答案A。由于后句为过去时，告诉秘密的动作又发生在其前因，此地应用过去完成时，但它在情态动词 ought to 后，所以用have told。 ‎ ‎　 ‎ ‎21.14 比较need和dare ‎ ‎　 这两词既可做实义动词用，又可做情态动词用。作为情态动词，两者都只能用于疑问句，否定句和条件句。need 作实义动词时后面的不定式必须带to，而dare作实义动词用时, 后面的to 时常可以被省略。 ‎ ‎1） 实义动词：need（需要, 要求） need + n. / to do sth ‎ ‎2） 情态动词：need，只用原形need后加do，否定形式为need not。例如： ‎ ‎　　 Need you go yet? 你要走了吗？ ‎ ‎　　 Yes, I must. / No, I needn't.是的，我要走了/不，不急着走。 ‎ ‎22 各章练习答案 ‎ ‎22.1 名词练习答案 ‎ ‎1 D 15 B 29 D 43 D 57 A ‎ ‎2 D 16 B 30 B 44 B 58 C ‎ ‎3 C 17 B 31 C 45 A 59 D ‎ ‎4 C 18 C 32 C 46 B 60 B ‎ ‎5 A 19 C 33 B 47 D 61 C ‎ ‎6 C 20 B 34 C 48 B 62 B ‎ ‎7 A 21 C 35 A 49 C 63 B ‎ ‎8 D 22 A 36 C 50 B 64 D ‎ ‎9 C 23 D 37 C 51 C 65 B ‎ ‎10 D 24 C 38 B 52 A 66 C ‎ ‎11 C 25 A 39 B 53 D 67 C ‎ ‎12 A 26 A 40 C 54 C 68 D ‎ ‎13 D 27 C 41 D 55 A 69 D ‎ ‎14 B 28 C 42 A 56 D 70 A ‎ ‎22.2 介词练习答案 ‎ ‎1 D 19 B 37 C 55 B 73 C 91 B 109 A ‎ ‎2 B 20 D 38 D 56 B 74 D 92 C 110 C ‎ ‎3 A 21 B 39 A 57 C 75 A 93 A 111 C ‎ ‎4 B 22 B 40 A 58 C 76 D 94 B 112 D ‎ ‎5 C 23 D 41 A 59 D 77 B 95 C 113 A ‎ ‎6 D 24 C 42 C 60 B 78 B 96 C 114 C ‎ ‎7 A 25 A 43 A 61 A 79 D 97 D 115 A ‎ ‎8 C 26 C 44 C 62 A 80 C 98 D 116 B ‎ ‎9 C 27 D 45 D 63 D 81 A 99 A 117 A ‎ ‎10 B 28 A 46 C 64 D 82 C 100 C 118 A ‎ ‎11 D 29 C 47 D 65 D 83 D 101 C 119 B ‎ ‎12 C 30 B 48 B 66 C 84 A 102 D 120 B ‎ ‎13 C 31 B 49 C 67 A 85 D 103 B 121 A ‎ ‎14 C 32 C 50 B 68 A 86 D 104 C 122 B ‎ ‎15 D 33 B 51 D 69 D 87 C 105 D 123 C ‎ ‎16 A 34 C 52 B 70 A 88 B 106 C 124 D ‎ ‎17 B 35 D 53 C 71 C 89 A 107 C 125 D ‎ ‎18 C 36 B 54 D 72 B 90 C 108 D 126 ‎ ‎22.3 冠词练习答案 ‎ ‎1 C 19 C 37 B 55 C ‎ ‎2 B 20 A 38 B 56 A ‎ ‎3 D 21 A 39 C 57 D ‎ ‎4 A 22 B 40 C 58 D ‎ ‎5 A 23 C 41 B 59 B ‎ ‎6 D 24 B 42 A 60 A ‎ ‎7 B 25 D 43 C 61 ‎ ‎8 C 26 B 44 B 62 ‎ ‎9 B 27 D 45 A 63 ‎ ‎10 C 28 D 46 C 64 ‎ ‎11 C 29 B 47 B 65 ‎ ‎12 A 30 A 48 C 66 ‎ ‎13 C 31 B 49 A 67 ‎ ‎14 D 32 B 50 D 68 ‎ ‎15 C 33 C 51 A 69 ‎ ‎16 D 34 C 52 C 70 ‎ ‎17 C 35 A 53 A 71 ‎ ‎18 A 36 A 54 B 72 ‎ ‎22.4 数词练习答案 ‎ ‎1 C 6 A 11 C 16 A ‎ ‎2 D 7 C 12 B 17 C ‎ ‎3 D 8 A 13 D 18 A ‎ ‎4 D 9 C 14 D 19 A ‎ ‎5 B 10 B 15 A 20 B ‎ ‎22.5 限定词练习答案 ‎ ‎1 A 19 D 37 A ‎ ‎2 C 20 B 38 B ‎ ‎3 D 21 C 39 C ‎ ‎4 D 22 B 40 D ‎ ‎5 D 23 C 41 ‎ ‎6 C 24 B 42 ‎ ‎7 B 25 D 43 ‎ ‎8 A 26 C 44 ‎ ‎9 B 27 B 45 ‎ ‎10 B 28 C 46 ‎ ‎11 C 29 B 47 ‎ ‎12 D 30 D 48 ‎ ‎13 C 31 B 49 ‎ ‎14 A 32 C 50 ‎ ‎15 B 33 A 51 ‎ ‎16 A 34 D 52 ‎ ‎17 A 35 C 53 ‎ ‎18 C 36 C 54 ‎ ‎22.6 代词练习答案 ‎ ‎1 B 19 A 37 C 55 A 73 C ‎ ‎2 C 20 A 38 D 56 C 74 C ‎ ‎3 B 21 D 39 D 57 B 75 D ‎ ‎4 D 22 C 40 D 58 C 76 A ‎ ‎5 C 23 B 41 A 59 D 77 C ‎ ‎6 A 24 D 42 C 60 D 78 B ‎ ‎7 B 25 C 43 C 61 B 79 C ‎ ‎8 C 26 C 44 D 62 C 80 D ‎ ‎9 A 27 B 45 B 63 A 81 ‎ ‎10 B 28 D 46 A 64 B 82 ‎ ‎11 C 29 A 47 C 65 B 83 ‎ ‎12 A 30 B 48 C 66 B 84 ‎ ‎13 A 31 B 49 B 67 D 85 ‎ ‎14 C 32 B 50 D 68 A 86 ‎ ‎15 A 33 A 51 B 69 B 87 ‎ ‎16 A 34 B 52 B 70 D 88 ‎ ‎17 A 35 B 53 C 71 A 89 ‎ ‎18 C 36 C 54 C 72 B 90 ‎ ‎22.7 形容词、副词练习答案 ‎ ‎1 B 19 C 37 D 55 A 73 D ‎ ‎2 C 20 B 38 C 56 C 74 D ‎ ‎3 A 21 C 39 C 57 B 75 B ‎ ‎4 A 22 C 40 C 58 C 76 B ‎ ‎5 C 23 D 41 A 59 B 77 D ‎ ‎6 D 24 C 42 D 60 D 78 C ‎ ‎7 B 25 D 43 C 61 A 79 C ‎ ‎8 D 26 B 44 A 62 A 80 A ‎ ‎9 C 27 A 45 B 63 C 81 ‎ ‎10 D 28 D 46 C 64 C 82 ‎ ‎11 B 29 B 47 B 65 A 83 ‎ ‎12 D 30 B 48 B 66 B 84 ‎ ‎13 B 31 A 49 C 67 D 85 ‎ ‎14 A 32 B 50 D 68 D 86 ‎ ‎15 C 33 B 51 C 69 C 87 ‎ ‎16 A 34 D 52 A 70 A 88 ‎ ‎17 A 35 A 53 D 71 B 89 ‎ ‎18 C 36 B 54 D 72 C 90 ‎ ‎22.8 ‎ ‎1 B 19 C 37 C 55 C 73 C ‎ ‎2 D 20 B 38 A 56 B 74 B ‎ ‎3 A 21 D 39 D 57 D 75 B ‎ ‎4 C 22 D 40 A 58 A 76 C ‎ ‎5 D 23 C 41 D 59 B 77 A ‎ ‎6 B 24 A 42 B 60 B 78 B ‎ ‎7 D 25 B 43 B 61 C 79 C ‎ ‎8 B 26 D 44 D 62 B 80 A ‎ ‎9 C 27 A 45 B 63 A 81 ‎ ‎10 B 28 B 46 B 64 B 82 ‎ ‎11 C 29 C 47 A 65 A 83 ‎ ‎12 D 30 A 48 B 66 C 84 ‎ ‎13 C 31 D 49 D 67 B 85 ‎ ‎14 B 32 B 50 B 68 D 86 ‎ ‎15 D 33 B 51 C 69 D 87 ‎ ‎16 B 34 B 52 A 70 B 88 ‎ ‎17 B 35 B 53 D 71 A 89 ‎ ‎18 C 36 A 54 A 72 B 90 ‎ ‎22.9 ‎ ‎1 B 19 B 37 D 55 A 73 C 91 B 109 B 127 C ‎ ‎2 D 20 B 38 D 56 B 74 A 92 D 110 B 128 A ‎ ‎3 C 21 C 39 C 57 D 75 B 93 B 111 D 129 B ‎ ‎4 C 22 B 40 C 58 A 76 B 94 B 112 D 130 B ‎ ‎5 B 23 C 41 C 59 B 77 B 95 B 113 C ‎ ‎6 C 24 A 42 C 60 D 78 A 96 C 114 D ‎ ‎7 B 25 B 43 A 61 A 79 B 97 D 115 C ‎ ‎8 C 26 D 44 D 62 B 80 B 98 B 116 C ‎ ‎9 A 27 B 45 C 63 A 81 A 99 A 117 B ‎ ‎10 C 28 A 46 A 64 B 82 B 100 D 118 A ‎ ‎11 B 29 C 47 B 65 A 83 C 101 A 119 B ‎ ‎12 C 30 D 48 C 66 C 84 A 102 C 120 B ‎ ‎13 D 31 A 49 C 67 A 85 C 103 B 121 C ‎ ‎14 B 32 B 50 A 68 C 86 B 104 B 122 D ‎ ‎15 D 33 C 51 D 69 D 87 B 105 C 123 B ‎ ‎16 B 34 B 52 C 70 D 88 A 106 B 124 C ‎ ‎17 D 35 D 53 C 71 B 89 C 107 B 125 B ‎ ‎18 D 36 A 54 B 72 D 90 D 108 A 126 D ‎ ‎22.10 ‎ ‎1 D 19 A 37 D 55 C 73 D 91 A ‎ ‎2 D 20 B 38 C 56 D 74 B 92 D ‎ ‎3 C 21 D 39 C 57 D 75 A 93 C ‎ ‎4 D 22 C 40 A 58 D 76 C 94 D ‎ ‎5 A 23 B 41 C 59 B 77 B 95 D ‎ ‎6 B 24 A 42 C 60 B 78 C 96 D ‎ ‎7 C 25 D 43 B 61 A 79 D 97 C ‎ ‎8 D 26 D 44 A 62 B 80 C 98 B ‎ ‎9 A 27 C 45 C 63 D 81 A 99 B ‎ ‎10 C 28 A 46 A 64 C 82 A 100 A ‎ ‎11 D 29 C 47 C 65 A 83 D 101 ‎ ‎12 A 30 A 48 D 66 C 84 A 102 ‎ ‎13 C 31 D 49 B 67 B 85 A 103 ‎ ‎14 B 32 B 50 A 68 A 86 A 104 ‎ ‎15 C 33 C 51 D 69 C 87 D 105 ‎ ‎16 B 34 D 52 B 70 C 88 D 106 ‎ ‎17 A 35 D 53 D 71 A 89 D 107 ‎ ‎18 C 36 A 54 D 72 C 90 B 108 ‎ ‎22.11反意疑问句练习答案 ‎ ‎1 C 19 D 37 A ‎ ‎2 A 20 D 38 C ‎ ‎3 B 21 C 39 D ‎ ‎4 C 22 A 40 A ‎ ‎5 A 23 B 41 ‎ ‎6 A 24 C 42 ‎ ‎7 C 25 D 43 ‎ ‎8 B 26 C 44 ‎ ‎9 D 27 B 45 ‎ ‎10 B 28 B 46 ‎ ‎11 A 29 A 47 ‎ ‎12 C 30 C 48 ‎ ‎13 B 31 B 49 ‎ ‎14 D 32 C 50 ‎ ‎15 A 33 D 51 ‎ ‎16 D 34 C 52 ‎ ‎17 B 35 A 53 ‎ ‎18 A 36 D 54 ‎ ‎22.12倒装练习答案 ‎ ‎1 A 19 D 37 A ‎ ‎2 B 20 D 38 C ‎ ‎3 D 21 A 39 B ‎ ‎4 C 22 B 40 A ‎ ‎5 B 23 A 41 A ‎ ‎6 B 24 C 42 B ‎ ‎7 D 25 A 43 D ‎ ‎8 C 26 B 44 A ‎ ‎9 C 27 C 45 C ‎ ‎10 C 28 B 46 B ‎ ‎11 C 29 A 47 C ‎ ‎12 C 30 B 48 D ‎ ‎13 C 31 A 49 C ‎ ‎14 A 32 D 50 B ‎ ‎15 D 33 C 51 ‎ ‎16 B 34 A 52 ‎ ‎17 B 35 A 53 ‎ ‎18 C 36 B 54 ‎ ‎22.13主谓一致练习答案 ‎ ‎1 C 19 D 37 D ‎ ‎2 A 20 C 38 A ‎ ‎3 A 21 D 39 B ‎ ‎4 D 22 B 40 C ‎ ‎5 C 23 A 41 D ‎ ‎6 C 24 A 42 D ‎ ‎7 B 25 C 43 C ‎ ‎8 A 26 A 44 A ‎ ‎9 D 27 D 45 B ‎ ‎10 B 28 A 46 B ‎ ‎11 C 29 D 47 B ‎ ‎12 D 30 D 48 A ‎ ‎13 B 31 C 49 A ‎ ‎14 C 32 C 50 C ‎ ‎15 C 33 C 51 ‎ ‎16 B 34 D 52 ‎ ‎17 A 35 C 53 ‎ ‎18 B 36 A 54 ‎ ‎22.14虚拟语气练习答案 ‎ ‎1 D 19 A 37 B 55 B ‎ ‎2 D 20 A 38 C 56 D ‎ ‎3 C 21 B 39 C 57 C ‎ ‎4 B 22 C 40 B 58 B ‎ ‎5 B 23 B 41 B 59 C ‎ ‎6 C 24 A 42 D 60 A ‎ ‎7 D 25 D 43 C 61 C ‎ ‎8 C 26 C 44 C 62 B ‎ ‎9 C 27 A 45 D 63 C ‎ ‎10 A 28 B 46 C 64 C ‎ ‎11 C 29 D 47 A 65 D ‎ ‎12 C 30 C 48 C 66 C ‎ ‎13 C 31 B 49 B 67 B ‎ ‎14 C 32 C 50 C 68 C ‎ ‎15 A 33 A 51 D 69 B ‎ ‎16 B 34 D 52 B 70 B ‎ ‎17 D 35 D 53 C 71 ‎ ‎18 D 36 A 54 B 72 ‎ ‎22.15连词和从句练习答案 ‎ ‎1 A 19 D 37 B 55 D 73 D 91 B 109 C ‎ ‎2 B 20 C 38 D 56 B 74 D 92 C 110 D ‎ ‎3 D 21 A 39 A 57 B 75 B 93 D 111 B ‎ ‎4 B 22 B 40 C 58 C 76 A 94 D 112 A ‎ ‎5 C 23 A 41 D 59 D 77 C 95 C 113 A ‎ ‎6 A 24 D 42 A 60 D 78 B 96 C 114 B ‎ ‎7 B 25 B 43 B 61 B 79 D 97 B 115 C ‎ ‎8 D 26 B 44 D 62 B 80 B 98 A 116 ‎ ‎9 C 27 B 45 A 63 C 81 A 99 C 117 ‎ ‎10 B 28 B 46 B 64 A 82 A 100 B 118 ‎ ‎11 D 29 B 47 C 65 D 83 C 101 D 119 ‎ ‎12 A 30 D 48 D 66 B 84 B 102 A 120 ‎ ‎13 B 31 C 49 D 67 C 85 C 103 A 121 ‎ ‎14 B 32 B 50 B 68 B 86 C 104 C 122 ‎ ‎15 C 33 D 51 C 69 C 87 A 105 D 123 ‎ ‎16 A 34 C 52 B 70 C 88 B 106 C 124 ‎ ‎17 A 35 C 53 C 71 A 89 A 107 C 125 ‎ ‎18 B 36 D 54 C 72 C 90 A 108 A 126‎ 更多电子书、学习资料下载